Installation

,
Configuration
and Operation
fkltII8ox
Fon WLAN T340
2
Legal Notice
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
This documentation and the software it describes are protected by copyright. AVM grants the non-
exclusive right to use the software, which is supplied exclusively in what is known as object code
format. The licensee may create only one copy of the software, which may be used exclusively for
backup use.
AVM reserves all rights that are not expressly granted to the licensee. Without previous approval
in writing, and except for in cases permitted by law, it is particularly prohibited to
• copy, propagate or in any other manner make this documentation or this software publicly ac-
cessible, or
• process, disassemble, reverse engineer, translate, decompile or in any other manner open
the software and subsequently copy, propagate or make the software publicly accessible in
any other manner.
The licensing conditions are specified in the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 user interface: Open the
user interface as described on “Opening the User Interface” from page 26, click the question mark
icon at the upper right, and open the “Legal Notice”.
This documentation and software have been produced with all due care and checked for correct-
ness in accordance with the best available technology. AVM GmbH disclaims all liability and war-
ranties, whether express or implied, relating to the AVM product’s quality, performance or suitabi-
lity for any given purpose which deviates from the performance specifications contained in the
product description. The licensee bears all risk in regard to hazards and impairments of quality
which may arise in connection with the use of this product.
AVM will not be liable for damages arising directly or indirectly from the use of the manual or the
software, nor for incidental or consequential damages, except in case of intent or gross negli-
gence. AVM expressly disclaims all liability for the loss of or damage to hardware or software or
data as a result of direct or indirect errors or destruction and for any costs (including connection
charges) related to the documentation and the software and due to incorrect installations not per-
formed by AVM itself.
The information in this documentation and the software are subject to change without notice for
the purpose of technical improvement.
We offer a manufacturer’s warranty for this original product. The warranty conditions are presen-
ted in the “Manufacturer’s Warranty” on page 123 of this manual.
© AVM GmbH 2010. All rights reserved. Documentation release 07/2010
AVM in the Internet: www.avm.de/en
Trademarks: Unless otherwise indicated, all trademarks mentioned are legally protected trade-
marks owned by AVM GmbH, especially product names and logos. Microsoft, Windows and the
Windows logo are trademarks owned by Microsoft Corporation in the USA and/or other countries.
Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. licensed to AVM GmbH. All other product and com-
pany names are trademarks of their respective owners.
AVM Audiovisuelles Marketing
und Computersysteme GmbH
Alt-Moabit 95
D 10559 Berlin
Germany
AVM Computersysteme
Vertriebs GmbH
Alt-Moabit 95
D 10559 Berlin
Germany
3
Table of Contents
CONNECTING AND OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1 Security and Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2 FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1 Package Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2 Operation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3 Connecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.1 Connecting to Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.2 Connecting the Computer(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.3 Connecting Computers to the LAN Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.4 Connecting Computer(s) Wirelessly via WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.5 Connecting to the DSL Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.6 Connecting to the Analog Telephone Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.7 Connecting to the ISDN Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.8 Connecting Telephone, Fax, or Answering Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.9 ConnectingIP Telephones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4 Opening the User Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
4.1 Password Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
4.2 Saving Your Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
5 Internet Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
5.1 Configuring an Internet Connection Automatically over DSL . . . . . . . 30
5.2 Configuring the Internet Connection via DSL Using the Wizard. . . . . 32
5.3 Configuring the Internet Connection via DSL Manually . . . . . . . . . . . 32
5.4 Internet Connection via Cable Modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
5.5 Internet Connection via the Mobile Telephone Network . . . . . . . . . . 34
5.6 Surfing the Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4
6 Telephone Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
6.1 Entering Your Telephone Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
6.2 Configuring Telephony Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
6.3 Telephony Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
6.4 Operating the Answering Machine via Telephone Keypad. . . . . . . . . 45
7 DECT Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
7.1 Registering Cordless Telephones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
7.2 Making an Internal Call to a Cordless Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
7.3 Search for Cordless Telephones by Paging Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
7.4 Logging a Cordless Telephone off of the FRITZ!Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
7.5 Enabling and Disabling DECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
8 USB Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
8.1 Connecting USB Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
8.2 Accessing USB Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
8.3 FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
8.4 USB Mass Storage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
8.5 USB Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
8.6 USB Hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
8.7 FRITZ!Box USB Remote Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
8.8 Tips for Using USB Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
9 Configuration and Operation on the Telephone . . . . . . . 65
9.1 Instructions for Operation at the Telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
9.2 Audio Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
9.3 Configuring on the Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
9.4 Operation at the Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
10 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
10.1 Errors Opening the User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
10.2 The WLAN Adapter Cannot Find FRITZ!Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
10.3 WLAN Connection Is Not Established . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
10.4 Obtaining an IP Address Automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5
11 Removing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
11.1 Disconnecting the FRITZ!Box from the Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
11.2 Removing the Printer Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
11.3 Removing the Program Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
PRODUCT DETAILS AND USEFUL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . 116
1 Product Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
1.1 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
1.2 LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
1.3 WLAN Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
1.4 DECT Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
1.5 Technical Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
1.6 Declaration of CE Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
1.7 Manufacturer’s Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
1.8 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2 More about WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.1 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.2 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
2.3 Frequency Ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
2.4 Increasing the WLAN Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
2.5 WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3 More about Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.1 Network Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.2 IP Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.3 UPnP Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
3.4 IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
3.5 DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
3.6 Changing the Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
6
4 More about Internet Telephony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
4.1 Telephony Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
5 More about Virtual Private Network (VPN). . . . . . . . . . . 152
5.1 What Is VPN?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
5.2 Security through a VPN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
5.3 The Tunnel Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
5.4 Supplementary Software for VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
6 More about Bandwidth Management and Prioritization156
6.1 Bandwidth Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
6.2 The Prioritization of Network Applications and Network Devices . . 156
7 More Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
7.1 Child Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
7.2 Energy Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
7.3 Push Service E-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
7.4 Night Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
8 Customer Service Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8.1 Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8.2 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8.3 Updates and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8.4 Support from the AVM Service Team. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
7
Symbols and Highlighting
Symbols and Highlighting
The table below explains the highlighting used in this
manual:
This symbol indicates useful hints to assist you in work-
ing with the FRITZ!Box.
This symbol indicates important instructions that must be
observed to avoid malfunctions.
Highlighting Function Examples
Quotation marks Keys
Buttons
Settings pages
Menus
Commands
File paths
File names
“F1” key
“Help”
“Advanced Settings”
“Edit / Paste”
“Copy”
“C:/My Documents”
“Info”
Underlined text Text input fritz.box
Pointed brackets Joker <Ext.>
Bold Emphasis Do not click the but-
ton...
Security and Handling
8
I CONNECTING AND OPERATION
1 Security and Handling
What to Watch Out For
Safety Instructions When working with the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340, ob-
serve the following security instructions in order to protect
yourself and the FRITZ!Box from harm.
• Do not install the FRITZ!Box during an electrical
storm.
• Disconnect FRITZ!Box from the power supply during
electrical storms.
• Never let liquids get inside the FRITZ!Box. Otherwise,
electric shocks or short circuits may result.
• The FRITZ!Box is intended for indoor use only.
• Do not open the FRITZ!Box housing. The device con-
tains hazardous components and should only be
opened by authorized repair technicians.
Handling the
FRITZ!Box
You can either place FRITZ!Box on a horizontal surface or
mount it on a wall. Please note the following:
• Place or hang the FRITZ!Box in a dry location that is
free of dust and protected from direct sunlight.
For ideal operating conditions, mount the FRITZ!Box
on a wall with the cables connected on the bottom.
• Do not place FRITZ!Box on excessively heat-sensitive
surfaces, as the base of the device can heat up dur-
ing normal operation.
• Make sure that the ventilation slits are unobstructed.
For this reason the FRITZ!Box should not be placed on
a carpet or on upholstered furniture. The ventilation
slits provide for air cooling of the FRITZ!Box.
• When connecting FRITZ!Box to your computer using
the network, remember to take the length of the ca-
ble into account.
9
Security and Handling
• If you would like to establish wireless connections
between FRITZ!Box and the computer, position the
device at a central location.
• Make sure to keep sufficient distance from potential
sources of interference like microwave devices or
electric devices with large metal housings.
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
10
2 FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
An Overview
The FRITZ!Box connects your computers directly with your DSL or VDSL
line. Each connected computer can establish an Internet connection
over the FRITZ!Box. As a WLAN access point, FRITZ!Box offers you the
possibility of connecting your computer to the DSL or VDSL line wire-
lessly.
The FRITZ!Box is a Private Branch Exchange (PBX) for making telephone
calls via the Internet and the fixed-line network (ISDN and analog).
PBX Two analog telephones, fax machines and answering ma-
chines can be connected to FRITZ!Box.
Using Cordless
Telephones
Thanks to the DECT function, the FRITZ!Box can be used as
a basis station for cordless phones. Every cordless phone
that supports the DECT-GAP standard can be registered at
the FRITZ!Box.
Connecting
Computers
Two computers can be connected directly to the FRITZ!Box
using the LAN ports.
You can also connect a network hub or switch to the LAN
ports so that even more computers can be connected to
FRITZ!Box.
WLAN Access Point The FRITZ!Box is a WLAN access point. All computers that
support WLAN can be wirelessly connected to the
FRITZ!Box.
INFO
WLAN
Fixed Line
Internet
Power / DSL
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
ADSL/VDSL Connection
with or without telephone line
Telephones,
fax
2 x phone
USB printer
USB storage media
Computer, games console,
network
Notebook, computer,
PDA
UMTS/HSPA modem
Cordless telephones
FRITZ!WLAN
USB Stick N
FRITZ!WLAN
Repeater N/G
2.4 Ghz and 5 GHz
2.4 Ghz and 5 GHz
2
2
11
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
Locale Network All of the computers connected with the FRITZ!Box consti-
tute a network and can share access to any files released
for file sharing.
Internet All of the computers connected to the FRITZ!Box can ac-
cess the Internet.
The FRITZ!Box works as a DSL router, making the Internet
connection available to all connected computers. All con-
nected computers can then use the Internet connection at
the same time.
Firewall The FRITZ!Box is equipped with an integrated firewall. The
integrated firewall protects your network from attacks
from the Internet as long as the FRITZ!Box is operated as a
router.
USB Port The FRITZ!Box is equipped with two ports for USB devices,
to which you can connect USB storage devices (hard drive,
stick), a printer, one of the FRITZ!WLAN USB Sticks, a USB
hub or other devices (see page 60).
The USB port supports the USB 2.0 and USB 1.1 stan-
dards.
If you use one of the FRITZ!WLAN USB Sticks by AVM, AVM
Stick & Surf technology is at your disposal. Use
Stick & Surf to adopt the WLAN security settings from the
FRITZ!Box quickly and conveniently.
For connecting a printer, FRITZ!Box has a printer server. Al-
ternatively, the USB remote connection is available for the
use of printers.
Media Server An integrated media server makes music, image and
video files available in the local network. USB storage with
a media collection is simply connected to the FRITZ!Box. A
suitable playback device linked to the local network can
then playback these media contents. Suitable devices
include all devices compatible with the UPnP AV standard.
Network Devices Other network devices can also be connected to the net-
work ports of the FRITZ!Box, for instance game consoles.
Package Contents
12
2.1 Package Contents
The following is included in the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
package:
• FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
• one power supply unit with a cable for connection to
the power mains
• one network cable for connection to a computer or a
network
• one DSL/telephone cable for connection to a DSL and
a telephone line (ISDN or analog)
• one RJ45/RJ11 adapter (black) for connecting
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 to the analog telephone
network
• one RJ45/RJ11 adapter (gray) for the DSL line (re-
quired in some countries)
• one quick guide
2.2 Operation Requirements
In order to operate the FRITZ!Box, you must have the fol-
lowing:
• a Web browser that supports Java script (for instance,
Internet Explorer version 7.0 or higher, or Firefox
version 2.0 or higher)
• an Internet connection
– a VDSL2 line, ITU standard G.993.2 Annex A or B
– a DSL line in accordance with the standards
ITU G.992.1 Annex A or B (G.dmt), ITU G.992.3
Annex A or B (ADSL2), ITU G.992.5 Annex A or B
(ADSL2+), ITU G.994.1 (G.hs)
– or a cable line with cable modem
– or a USB modem for mobile Internet access
(UMTS/HSPA)
– or another Internet connection
13
Operation Requirements
• for connection via WLAN:
computer with a WLAN adapter compliant with
IEEE 802.11n/g/a or IEEE 802.11b, for example a
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N
• for connection via network cable:
computer with a network port (network adapter stan-
dard Ethernet 10/100/1000 Base-T)
• for fixed-line telephony:
an analog telephone line or ISDN point-to-multipoint
line in accordance with the Euro ISDN protocol DSS1
Connecting
14
3 Connecting
Connecting FRITZ!Box
This chapter contains instructions on the following topics:
• connecting FRITZ!Box to electrical power
• connecting one or several computers to the FRITZ!Box
• connecting FRITZ!Box to DSL
• connecting FRITZ!Box to ISDN or the analog telephone line
• connecting analog terminal devices to the FRITZ!Box
• connecting an IP telephone
3.1 Connecting to Electrical Power
Connecting to the power supply
Connecting Set aside the power supply unit from the FRITZ!Box pack-
age.
1. Connect the FRITZ!Box to the power supply unit. In-
sert the small plug in the power socket at the right
edge of the socket strip on the FRITZ!Box.
2. Plug the other end into an AC power outlet.
The green “Power/DSL” LED will light up after a few sec-
onds to indicate that the device is ready for operation.
Please see the instructions about setting up the
FRITZ!Box in section “Security and Handling” on page 8.
INFO
WLAN
Festnetz
Internet
Power / DSL
15
Connecting the Computer(s)
3.2 Connecting the Computer(s)
If you would like to surf the web using the FRITZ!Box or to
open the FRITZ!Box user interface, then you must connect
a computer with the FRITZ!Box.
A computer can be connected with the FRITZ!Box in two
different ways:
• via a LAN port
• wirelessly via WLAN
Connection
Scenarios
Note the following when connecting computers to the
FRITZ!Box:
• One computer can be connected to the FRITZ!Box by
only one of these means.
• At each of the network ports of the FRITZ!Box, a com-
puter can be connected directly or via a hub/switch.
• Using WLAN you can connect multiple computers
with the FRITZ!Box at the same time.
• The way a computer is connected to the FRITZ!Box is
the same regardless of the operating system on the
computer.
• All of the computers connected with the FRITZ!Box
constitute a network.
3.3 Connecting Computers to the LAN Port
If you would like to connect a computer to the LAN port of
the FRITZ!Box, make sure the computer is equipped with a
LAN port (network adapter). A LAN port is usually desig-
nated by the icon at left or labeled “LAN”.
Connecting More Computers to the LAN Ports
16
Connecting a computer to a LAN port on the FRITZ!Box
Connecting Set aside the network cable (yellow) from the FRITZ!Box
package.
1. Switch on your computer.
2. If you work with a Linux operating system, configure
your network adapter with the setting “DHCP”, if this
setting is not already configured.
3. Insert one end of the LAN cable to the computer’s
network adapter.
4. Connect the other end of the network cable to the
socket on FRITZ!Box labeled “LAN 1” or “LAN 2”.
Now the FRITZ!Box and computer are connected to each
other.
Connecting More Computers to the LAN Ports
Additional cables are required to connect further comput-
ers. In purchasing a LAN cable, note the instructions in the
section “Network Cable” on page 117.
You can connect a computer to any of the two LAN ports of
the FRITZ!Box at any time.
INFO
WLAN
Festnetz
Internet
Power / DSL
17
Connecting a Network Hub or Switch
Connecting a Network Hub or Switch
You can connect a network hub or switch to one of the LAN
ports on the FRITZ!Box if you would like to connect multi-
ple computers via LAN.
Connecting FRITZ!Box to a network hub
Connecting Set aside the network cable (yellow) from the FRITZ!Box
package.
1. Connect one end of the LAN cable to the uplink port
of the network hub or switch.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to one of the LAN
sockets on the FRITZ!Box.
The FRITZ!Box and network hub are now connected with
each other.
3.4 Connecting Computer(s) Wirelessly via WLAN
Using WLAN you can connect one or multiple computers
with the FRITZ!Box wirelessly.
The wireless WLAN connection is independent of the oper-
ating system used. Each computer to be connected to the
FRITZ!Box via WLAN must be equipped with a compatible
WLAN adapter, for instance the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick.
Many modern computers and notebooks have an integrat-
ed WLAN adapter.
INFO
WLAN
Festnetz
Internet
Power / DSL
For more information on WLAN, see the section “More
about Networks” from page 144.
Connecting the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick
18
Connecting the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick
AVM Stick & Surf If you are using the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N. the
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N 2.4 or the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick
by AVM as a WLAN adapter, you can establish a secure
WLAN connection quickly and conveniently using the AVM
Stick & Surf technology.
1. Switch on your computer.
2. Insert your FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick into one of the USB
ports on the FRITZ!Box.
The WLAN security settings are transmitted automati-
cally to the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick. The “INFO” LED on
the FRITZ!Box begins flashing rapidly.
As soon as the “INFO” LED stops flashing, transmis-
sion of the settings has been concluded.
3. Remove the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick from the device.
4. Now insert the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick into the USB
port on your computer.
The security settings saved on the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick
are applied to the computer. Now the FRITZ!Box and
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick are connected with each other wire-
lessly.
Establishing a WLAN Connection Using WPS
If you are using a WLAN adapter from another manufactur-
er and your WLAN adapter supports WPS (Wi-Fi Protected
Setup), you can also use this mechanism to establish the
WLAN connection between your computer and the
FRITZ!Box. For detailed instructions about how to do so,
see the section “WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)” from
page 141.
For more information, see the manual on the AVM
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N, the manual for the AVM
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N 2.4, or the manual for the AVM
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick.
19
Establishing a WLAN Connection Manually
Establishing a WLAN Connection Manually
Installing a WLAN
Adapter
If you are using a WLAN adapter from another manufactur-
er, you can also establish the WLAN connection manually.
To do so, proceed as follows:
1. Switch on your computer.
2. Install the WLAN adapter in your computer along with
the appropriate software. Please take note of the in-
structions in the documentation of the adapter.
3. In order to establish a WLAN connection to the
FRITZ!Box, you can use the WLAN software for the
WLAN adapter, or the WLAN software supplied with
the operating system.
Establishing a
Connection
The FRITZ!Box is delivered with preset values for WLAN se-
curity. You must enter these values during the configura-
tion of the WLAN adapter.
If you would like to establish a WLAN connection using
these preset values, then your WLAN adapter must sup-
port the WPA encryption procedure.
1. Start the WLAN software.
2. Enter the following values for the connection be-
tween the FRITZ!Box and the WLAN adapter:
3. Confirm your entries using the relevant button in the
user interface (for instance, “OK” or “Connect”).
Now your WLAN adapter and the FRITZ!Box are connected
with each other wirelessly.
SSID (name of the
WLAN radio network)
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
Encryption methods WPA (TKIP) or WPA2 (AESCCMP)
Encryption WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK (AES)
WLAN key The key is printed on the sticker on
the base of the device.
Network mode Infrastructure
Establishing a WLAN Connection Manually
20
Please see the instructions in the section “Opening the
User Interface” on page 26. See also the information on
WLAN security in the section “Security” from page 130.
WPA Not Supported If your WLAN adapter does not support WPA encryption,
you must convert the encryption set in the FRITZ!Box to
WEP. For this you must change the WLAN settings in the
FRITZ!Box. To do so, proceed as follows:
1. Connect the FRITZ!Box and the computer using the
network cable (yellow) (see the section “Connecting
Computers to the LAN Port” from page 15).
2. Start a web browser on your computer.
3. Enter fritz.box in the address field of the browser.
4. In the “Settings” area, select the “Advanced Settings
/ WLAN / Security” menu.
5. Then select WEP encryption and enter a network key.
6. Click the “Apply” button.
A window is displayed with the WLAN security set-
tings.
7. Make a note of the settings or print out the page by
clicking the printer icon in the toolbar.
8. Close the user interface and clear the connection be-
tween the FRITZ!Box and the computer. Remove the
network cable (yellow).
9. Configure your WLAN adapter with the security set-
tings entered in the FRITZ!Box.
The WLAN connection between your WLAN adapter and
the FRITZ!Box will be established.
We strongly recommend the use of a WLAN adapter that
supports WPA or WPA2 (for instance, an AVM
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick, see also page 18). WEP is out of
date and data encrypted with WEP can be deciphered
within minutes.
21
Connecting to the DSL Line
3.5 Connecting to the DSL Line
FRITZ!Box on the DSL line: connecting to the telephone socket
Connecting Connect the FRITZ!Box with the DSL/telephone cable
(gray/black).
1. Connect the long, gray end of the DSL/telephone ca-
ble to the socket on the FRITZ!Box labeled “DSL/TEL”.
2. Then take the short, gray end of the cable and insert
the plug (RJ45) into the socket of the DSL line.
If the plug does not fit into this socket, insert the
plug into the gray adapter included in the package.
Then insert the adapter into the appropriate socket
of the DSL line.
As soon as the connection to the DSL line is ready for op-
eration, the “Power/DSL” LED stops flashing and stays lit.
INFO
WLAN
Festnetz
Internet
Power / DSL
You can connect the FRITZ!Box to the Internet via DSL, or
using alternative access technologies. For information
about how to proceed, see the section “Internet Connec-
tions” from page 29.
Connecting to the Analog Telephone Line
22
3.6 Connecting to the Analog Telephone Line
Your telephone line is either an analog line or an ISDN
line.
If you have an analog telephone line, then connect the
FRITZ!Box as follows:
Connecting to the analog telephone line via the DSL splitter
Connecting Connect the FRITZ!Box with the DSL/telephone cable
(gray-black) and the black adapter with the analog tele-
phone line.
1. Connect the longer gray end of the cable to the sock-
et on the FRITZ!Box labeled “DSL/TEL”.
2. Insert the black end of the DSL/telephone cable into
the corresponding socket on your splitter.
If the plug does not fit into this socket, insert the
plug into the black adapter included in the package.
Then insert the adapter into the appropriate socket
on the DSL splitter.
Now the FRITZ!Box is connected to the telephone line.
INFO
WLAN
Festnetz
Internet
Power / DSL
23
Connecting to the ISDN Line
3.7 Connecting to the ISDN Line
Your telephone line is either an analog line or an ISDN
line.
If you have an ISDN line, read here how to connect the
FRITZ!Box with the ISDN line.
Connecting to the ISDN NT
Connecting Set aside the Y-shaped cable (gray-black) delivered in the
package. This cable is a combined DSL/telephone cable.
1. Connect the longer gray end of the cable to the sock-
et on the FRITZ!Box labeled “DSL/TEL”.
2. Insert the black branch of the Y-shaped cable into the
socket of your ISDN NT.
If the plug does not fit into this socket, insert the
plug into the black adapter included in the package.
Then insert the adapter into the appropriate socket
on the ISDN NT.
Now the FRITZ!Box and the ISDN line are connected.
INFO
WLAN
Festnetz
Internet
Power / DSL
Connecting Telephone, Fax, or Answering Machine
24
3.8 Connecting Telephone, Fax, or Answering Machine
Connecting to an analog telephone
Analog telephones, fax machines and answering ma-
chines can be connected to the “FON 1” or “FON 2” socket
on the FRITZ!Box.
3.9 ConnectingIP Telephones
IP telephones can be connected to the FRITZ!Box Fon
WLAN 7340 at the LAN ports or via WLAN.
Connecting to a LAN
Port
At the LAN ports of the FRITZ!Box you can connect IP tele-
phones using a LAN cable.
Connecting an IP telephone to the FRITZ!Box
1. Connect one end of the LAN cable with the IP tele-
phone.
2. Connect the other end of the LAN cable to one of the
LAN ports on the FRITZ!Box.
INFO
WLAN
Festnetz
Internet
Power / DSL
INFO
WLAN
Festnetz
Internet
Power / DSL
25
ConnectingIP Telephones
Now the IP telephone is connected to the FRITZ!Box. This
phone must be configured before you can use it for tele-
phone calls. Follow the instructions in the documentation
of the device and in the section “Setting Up an IP Tele-
phone in the FRITZ!Box” from page 40.
Connecting via WLAN IP telephones that support WLAN, known as “smart
phones”, can be connected wirelessly to the FRITZ!Box via
WLAN.
Connecting a smart phone to the FRITZ!Box
1. Use your smart phone to search for WLAN devices at
your location.
2. Select the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 from the list of
WLAN devices found.
3. To establish a connection, enter the WLAN key of the
FRITZ!Box.
The smart phone is now connected to the FRITZ!Box. Be-
fore you can make telephone calls that take advantage of
the features of an IP telephone, this phone must be con-
figured once. Follow the instructions in the documentation
of the device and in the section “Setting Up an IP Tele-
phone in the FRITZ!Box” from page 40.
INFO
WLAN
Festnetz
Internet
Power / DSL
WLAN
Opening the User Interface
26
4 Opening the User Interface
fritz.box
The FRITZ!Box has a user interface that can be used in a
web browser.
The user interface presents information about the
FRITZ!Box product, your access and connections. This is
where you configure all of the settings for operating the
FRITZ!Box.
The user interface can be opened from any computer con-
nected with the FRITZ!Box. The settings you configure are
saved in the FRITZ!Box.
Starting 1. Start a web browser on your computer.
2. Enter “fritz.box” in the address field of the browser.
The “fritz.box” address entry in the address field of an Internet
browser
The FRITZ!Box user interface opens.
4.1 Password Protection
You can protect the FRITZ!Box user interface from unau-
thorized and unwelcome access by setting up a password.
Only users who know the password can access the user in-
terface. This protects all settings and all information in the
FRITZ!Box.
If the user interface does not open, please see the in-
structions in the section “Errors Opening the User Inter-
face” from page 97.
We strongly recommend setting up and using password
protection for the user interface.
27
Setting up Password Protection
Please note the following once you have enabled pass-
word protection:
• When the user interface is opened, the login screen
will be displayed first. Enter the password here to log
in to the user interface.
• If you do not click on the user interface for a period of
longer than ten minutes, you will be logged off the
user interface automatically.
The next time you click you then log back in.
• There are some pages in the user interface from
which the user is not logged off automatically. These
are pages that show constantly changing informa-
tion, which are refreshed automatically at regular in-
tervals. The “Overview” page in the “Start Menu”
area is one example.
• You can log yourself off the user interface by clicking
the icon with the padlock at the top right.
• Be sure to use a password you can remember easily.
If you forget the password, the only way to access the
FRITZ!Box is to restore the factory settings. All set-
tings made during operation will be overwritten. Then
you can open the user interface again in order to re-
configure your settings or restore the settings you
saved during previous operation.
Setting up Password Protection
There are several ways to set up password protection in
the FRITZ!Box:
• On the login screen:
As long as password protection is not enabled and
you have not switched off the prompt to use pass-
word protection, you will be prompted to set up pass-
word protection every time you open the user inter-
face.
Saving Your Settings
28
• In the “Start Menu” area:
In the “Product Information” section on the “Over-
view” page, there is a link labeled “Set password
(recommended)”. You can set up the password using
this link.
• In the “Settings / Advanced Settings / System /
FRITZ!Box Password” menu.
In this menu you can set up password protection, or
change a password that has already been set up.
4.2 Saving Your Settings
The settings you made in the FRITZ!Box can be saved as a
file on your computer. This file contains all user-defined
settings, including the account information for the Inter-
net and telephony connections. This settings file can be
loaded back into your FRITZ!Box at any time.
The FRITZ!Box features a Wizard to accompany you step by
step through the process of saving and restoring your set-
tings.
29
Internet Connections
5 Internet Connections
Setting Up the Internet Connection
In order to allow Internet access with the FRITZ!Box, you must first con-
figure the Internet connection in the FRITZ!Box user interface.
The FRITZ!Box can be operated directly at the DSL line. Alternatively, it
can be connected to a cable modem, a DSL modem, or a DSL router, or
integrated into an existing network.
If no DSL line is available, Internet connections can also be established
over the mobile telephone network using a USB modem.
There are various ways to set up the Internet connection of
your FRITZ!Box. In addition to the manual configuration
variations, your Internet provider may also offer automatic
configuration of the Internet connection.
This chapter describes the various ways you can use the
FRITZ!Box technology to set up an Internet connection.
Nevertheless it is always advisable to follow the configura-
tion instructions you received from your Internet Service
provider.
Also note the following for the setup of your FRITZ!Box’s
Internet connection:
• The Internet connection of the FRITZ!Box can be es-
tablished using only one of the methods described
below.
• Your Internet Service Provider transmitted you infor-
mation about the configuration of your Internet con-
nection. Always perform the Internet connection set-
up as described by your provider!
• If your Internet Service Provider supports an automat-
ic setup routine (also known as “automatic configu-
ration”, “autoconfiguration”, “remote configuration”
Configuring an Internet Connection Automatically over DSL
30
or “autoprovisioning”), we recommend always set-
ting up the Internet connection of your FRITZ!Box in
this way.
The FRITZ!Box then is set up automatically and se-
curely, with the data necessary for Internet use and
any other services ordered from your provider, like In-
ternet telephony.
• If you would like to use not only DSL, but also
UMTS/HSPA for Internet connections, note that the
Internet connection can be used by only one of these
access technologies. You will have to change the type
of access in the FRITZ!Box as needed.
Remember that you can configure in the FRITZ!Box
only those types of Internet access you have contract-
ed with the appropriate providers.
5.1 Configuring an Internet Connection Automatically over DSL
Automatic configuration is a procedure in which the Inter-
net Service Provider sets up the Internet connection of
your FRITZ!Box completely automatically by “Plug & Play”.
Prerequisites In order for you to be able to perform automatic configura-
tion, the following requirements must be met:
• Your FRITZ!Box is brand new and starting operation
for the first time
or
The factory settings were restored to your existing
FRITZ!Box (see page 67) and the Internet connection
has to be set up again.
• The provider you contracted your Internet connection
from supports automatic configuration.
If these prerequisites are not fulfilled, you can set up your
FRITZ!Box using the Configuration Wizard (see page 32).
Follow all of the information you received from your pro-
vider on configuring your Internet connection!
31
Configuring an Internet Connection Automatically over DSL
Automatic
Configuration
Procedure
Proceed as follows to perform automatic configuration:
1. Connect the FRITZ!Box to the DSL line.
The automatic configuration starts automatically.
2. Wait until the automatic configuration has conclud-
ed. This process can take around five to ten minutes.
During this time the FRITZ!Box receives all necessary
settings directly from the autoconfiguration server of
your Internet Service Provider.
After automatic configuration you can surf the web
right away and use any other contracted services
(like Internet telephony).
3. To check that the automatic configuration was com-
pleted successfully, open a web browser and enter
any Internet address.
Then you may want to try out the other services or-
dered from your Internet Service Provider, such as In-
ternet telephony.
Your Internet Service Provider transmitted you informa-
tion about the configuration of your Internet connection.
Always perform the Internet connection setup as de-
scribed by your provider!
Further settings can be configured in the user interface of
your FRITZ!Box. The “Settings / Wizards” area offers easy-
to-use, step-by-step instructions on all important func-
tions. Use these to set up the FRITZ!Box in accordance
with your own needs.
Configuring the Internet Connection via DSL Using the Wizard
32
5.2 Configuring the Internet Connection via DSL Using the Wizard
If the FRITZ!Box is connected directly to the DSL line, the
account information from your Internet Service Provider is
required to configure the Internet connection in the
FRITZ!Box.
Use the Wizard to configure the Internet connection:
1. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface.
2. In the “Settings” area, please select the “Wizards”
menu.
3. Click the “Check Internet Connection” Wizard and fol-
low the instructions.
5.3 Configuring the Internet Connection via DSL Manually
Changes to the Internet connection settings can be made
in the FRITZ!Box user interface.
Proceed as follows:
1. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface.
2. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Set-
tings” area.
3. Select “Internet / Account Information”.
4. Configure the desired settings. Take advantage of the
Help available in the FRITZ!Box user interface for
more information and instructions.
5. As a final step, click “Apply”.
If the FRITZ!Box is connected to a DSL modem or a DSL
router, or integrated into an existing network, you must al-
so configure your Internet connection as described above.
To do so, enable the expert setting in the “System / Expert
Mode” menu.
33
Internet Connection via Cable Modem
5.4 Internet Connection via Cable Modem
With an additional cable modem you can also use your
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 on a cable connection. Then
the Internet connection is established and controlled by
the FRITZ!Box itself, so that in this operating mode, too, all
FRITZ!Box functions (like Internet telephony, firewall) are
available without restriction.
1. Use a network cable to connect the cable modem wi-
th the “LAN 1” port on the FRITZ!Box.
2. Connect a computer with the FRITZ!Box either wire-
lessly via WLAN or using a network cable.
3. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface.
4. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Set-
tings” area.
5. Enable the expert setting of the FRITZ!Box in the “Sys-
tem / Expert Mode” menu. Confirm by clicking “Ap-
ply”.
6. Open the “Internet / Account Information” menu.
7. Select the connection type “Internet connection via
LAN 1” from the “Connection” area.
8. In the “Operating Mode” section, enable the option
“Establish own Internet connection (NAT router with
PPPoE or IP)”.
9. In the “Account Information” section, select the op-
tion “No account information required (IP)”.
10. In the “Connection Settings” section, enable the op-
tion “Obtain the IP address automatically (DHCP)”.
11. In the input fields “Upstream” and “Downstream”,
enter the relevant speeds of your Internet connec-
tion.
12. Save your settings by clicking “Apply”.
13. Then restart the cable modem, for instance, by un-
plugging it briefly from the electrical outlet.
Internet Connection via the Mobile Telephone Network
34
Now the Internet connection of the FRITZ!Box will be es-
tablished over the cable modem.
5.5 Internet Connection via the Mobile Telephone Network
In situations where DSL is not available, you can use your
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 to connect to the Internet via
the mobile telephone network. A USB modem for mobile
Internet access (UMTS/HSPA) is required for this.
The USB modem is simply inserted into the USB port of
the FRITZ!Box.
The FRITZ!Box supports UMTS/HSPA modems from various
manufacturers.
When the mobile telephone network function is used, the
FRITZ!Box user interface presents information about net-
work availability, connection status and transmission rate.
1. Insert the USB modem into the USB port on the
FRITZ!Box.
2. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface.
You are now in the “Start Menu / Overview” menu.
3. The “Connection Information / USB Devices” area
displays the USB modem as a “Mobile telephone net-
work modem”.
4. Click “Mobile telephone network modem”.
The “Mobile Telephone Network” menu opens to let
you set up the USB modem.
5. Configure the settings for your Internet connection
over the mobile telephone network. For more infor-
mation, see the Online Help of the FRITZ!Box.
The “Mobile Telephone Network” menu is not availa-
ble until the USB modem has been connected to the
FRITZ!Box. From this point on the menu is always
available, even when the USB modem has been dis-
connected.
35
Surfing the Net
5.6 Surfing the Net
Once you have set up the Internet connection in your
FRITZ!Box, you can surf the Internet with any computer
connected to the FRITZ!Box.
1. Start a web browser on your computer.
2. Enter in the address field the URL of the web page
you would like to visit, for instance
“http://www.avm.de/en”.
Due to technical limitations on the part of the mobile tele-
phone network carriers, some limitations may arise for In-
ternet telephone calls and for applications requiring an
incoming connection. The same is true for using port for-
warding, sharing USB storage memory, remote mainte-
nance via HTTPS, dynamic DNS and VPN. Contact your
network provider for details on any restrictions that may
apply.
Telephone Connections
36
6 Telephone Connections
Configuring FRITZ!Box for Telephony
Using the FRITZ!Box you can make telephone calls via the Internet and
the fixed-line network.
Once you have connected the FRITZ!Box as described in the chapter
“Connecting” from page 14, you can configure the FRITZ!Box for making
telephone calls.
The configuration is performed in two consecutive steps:
• entering your phone numbers
• configuring the connected telephony devices
6.1 Entering Your Telephone Numbers
The “Manage Your Own Phone Numbers” Wizard supports
you in performing the following tasks:
• entering Internet telephone numbers
• entering fixed-line numbers
• changing numbers already entered
• deleting entered numbers
Entering Internet Telephone Numbers
In order to be able to make calls via the Internet with the
FRITZ!Box, you will need an Internet telephone number
from an Internet telephony provider. Enter the Internet
telephone number in the FRITZ!Box.
In the “Settings” area of the FRITZ!Box user interface
there are various Wizards for the configuration of your
FRITZ!Box. We recommend using these step-by-step in-
structions.
If you used the Basic Configuration Wizard after connect-
ing your FRITZ!Box and entered numbers then, these num-
bers are already entered in your FRITZ!Box. In this case
you can start right away with the configuration of the con-
nected telephony devices.
37
Entering Fixed-line Numbers
You can enter multiple Internet numbers in the FRITZ!Box.
The Internet numbers can be from one or from multiple dif-
ferent Internet telephony providers.
Entering Fixed-line Numbers
With the FRITZ!Box you can make calls both via the analog
fixed-line network and via the ISDN fixed-line network:
• In order to make calls via the analog fixed-line net-
work, enter your telephone numbers in the FRITZ!Box.
• In order to make calls via the ISDN fixed-line network,
enter your ISDN numbers in the FRITZ!Box.
6.2 Configuring Telephony Devices
For the configuration of telephony devices, the “Manage
Telephony Devices” Wizard is available in the FRITZ!Box.
Telephony Devices Supported
The following telephony devices are supported by the
FRITZ!Box:
• telephones
– analog telephones
– analog telephones with an integrated answering
machine
– cordless (DECT) telephones
– IP telephones
• answering machine
If you have connected an analog answering machine
(to the “FON 1” or “FON 2” socket, for instance), con-
figure it as an answering machine.
The FRITZ!Box is also equipped with integrated an-
swering machines, which can be enabled and config-
ured in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area in
the “Telephony / Telephony Devices” menu.
Settings for Telephony Devices
38
• fax machines
The FRITZ!Box is equipped with an integrated fax ma-
chine for receiving faxes. This integrated device can
be enabled and configured in the “Settings / Advan-
ced Settings” area in the “Telephony / Telephony De-
vices” menu.
The FRITZ!Box also supports:
– analog fax machines
– analog fax-telephone combinations
Settings for Telephony Devices
Telephony devices like telephones, faxes and answering
machines can be connected to the FRITZ!Box. The
FRITZ!Box is also equipped with integrated answering ma-
chines and a fax machine for fax reception.
The “Manage Telephony Devices” Wizard can assist you in
configuring the necessary settings for all telephony devic-
es:
Devices Connected to
the FRITZ!Box
• telephone
– kind of connection used to connect the telephone
with the FRITZ!Box
– internal name for the telephone
– number used to conduct outgoing calls: With this
entry you specify whether outgoing calls should
be conducted via the Internet or the fixed-line net-
work.
– Call acceptance: Specify here whether the tele-
phone should react to all calls or only to calls for
certain telephone numbers.
• fax machine
– kind of connection used to connect the fax ma-
chine with the FRITZ!Box
– internal name for the fax machine
39
Settings for Telephony Devices
– Number used to send faxes: This entry defines
whether outgoing faxes are sent via the Internet
or the fixed-line network.
– Call acceptance: Here you define the numbers to
which the fax machine should react.
• answering machine
– kind of connection used to connect the answering
machine with the FRITZ!Box
– internal name for the answering machine
– Call acceptance: Enter here whether the answer-
ing machine should react to all calls or only to
calls for certain numbers.
Devices Integrated to
the FRITZ!Box
• fax reception
– fax ID to be transmitted to the sender of the fax
– e-mail address to which the incoming faxes are
forwarded
– USB memory on which the incoming faxes are
stored. For this option a USB memory device must
be connected to the USB port of the FRITZ!Box.
– Automatic fax detection for an analog fixed line,
which detects wether an incoming call is a fax.
• answering machine
– Specifications about how calls should be ac-
cepted, and whether the message should also be
sent by e-mail.
– internal name for the answering machine
– Call acceptance: Enter here whether the answer-
ing machine should react to all calls or only to
calls for certain numbers.
– Remote inquiry, which can be used to pick up
messages from the answering machine from an-
other telephone line.
Setting Up an IP Telephone in the FRITZ!Box
40
Setting Up an IP Telephone in the FRITZ!Box
Before you can use an IP telephone with the FRITZ!Box, it
must be set up. Follow the instructions below:
See also the manufacturer’s documentation for informa-
tion about how to set up your IP telephone.
1. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface (see the section
“Opening the User Interface” on page 26).
2. Enable the Expert Mode setting in the “Settings / Ad-
vanced Settings / System” menu.
3. Click “Wizards / Telephony Devices” and then click
“Next”.
4. Select the option “Telephone” and then click “Next”.
5. Select “LAN/WLAN (IP telephone)”, assign a name
and then click “Next”.
6. Assign a password.
7. Enter the password, the user name and the registrar
in your IP telephone. Be sure to consult the documen-
tation for your telephone on how to do this.
8. Confirm the Telephony Wizard of the FRITZ!Box by
clicking “Next” and follow the instructions.
The IP telephone will be set up in the FRITZ!Box so that it
can be used to make telephone calls.
6.3 Telephony Functions
Call List
The “Call List” displays outgoing calls and sent faxes, in-
coming calls and faxes, as well as incoming calls during
absence.
More functions and settings options for telephony are
available in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area, in
the “Telephony” menu.
41
Telephone Book
If the number of a caller or someone called is entered in
the telephone book, the “Call List” will display the name
from the telephone book.
The “Call List” can be saved as a file.
Menu The “Call List” is found in the “Settings / Advanced Set-
tings” area, in the “Telephony / Calls” menu.
Telephone Book
A telephone book is at your disposal in the FRITZ!Box.
Menu The “Telephone Book” is found in the “Settings / Advan-
ced Settings” area, in the “Telephony” menu.
Call Diversion
With this function you can divert incoming calls to another
number. The following kinds of call diversion are avail-
able:
• diversion of all incoming calls to a certain telephone
number
• diversion of calls to other telephones or answering
machines connected with the FRITZ!Box
• diversion of calls for certain numbers
• diversion of calls that come from a certain telephone
number
• diversion of calls without a telephone number (anon-
ymous calls)
Menu The “Call Diversion” menu is located in the “Settings / Ad-
vanced Settings” area, in the “Telephony” menu.
Block Calls
42
Block Calls
The blocking of telephone number using the FRITZ!Box of-
fers you the following options:
• numbers and number ranges can be blocked for out-
going calls
From the FRITZ!Box no outgoing calls to a blocked
number range are possible. In this manner you can
block connections to certain mobile networks, for in-
stance.
• blocking telephone numbers for incoming calls
For incoming calls you can block certain numbers to
avoid receiving calls from unwanted callers.
Menu The command for blocking calls is located in the “Settings
/ Advanced Settings” area, in the “Telephony / Calls”
menu.
Alarm
With the alarm function you can use the telephones con-
nected to the FRITZ!Box as alarm clocks.
• You can specify several different times for the alarm
to go off.
• An individual telephone can be selected for the alarm
function.
Menu The “Alarm” function is located in the “Settings / Advan-
ced Settings” area, in the “Telephony” menu.
Dialing Rules
Dialing rules specify when calls are conducted on the
fixed-line network, and when they take place over the In-
ternet.
All connections to number ranges for which a dialing rule
has been defined are established using the specified con-
nection type.
Menu The “Dialing Rules” menu is located in the “Settings” area
in the “Advanced Settings / Telephony” menu.
43
Integrated Fax
Integrated Fax
The FRITZ!Box is equipped with an integrated fax function
so that you can receive faxes without having to connect a
fax machine. The integrated fax machine forwards incom-
ing faxes to an e-mail address, or stores them on a USB
memory device connected to the FRITZ!Box.
For operation the integrated fax machine must be set up
using the Wizard for telephony devices in the FRITZ!Box
user interface. For this, enter an e-mail address to which
incoming faxes should be forwarded.
If the FRITZ!Box is connected to an analog fixed line with
only one number, remember to enable automatic fax de-
tection as well. The fax detection works passively, mean-
ing that it does not detect an incoming fax until a call has
been accepted. For this reason we recommend also using
the Wizard for telephony devices to set up an answering
machine, so that fax detection can also function when you
do not accept a call.
The integrated fax machine of the FRITZ!Box supports only
fax reception. To send faxes you can install the “FRITZ!fax
for FRITZ!Box” software. This program can be downloaded
from the AVM web site for the operating systems
Windows 7, Windows Vista and Windows XP.
Integrated Answering Machines
44
Integrated Answering Machines
The FRITZ!Box is equipped with several integrated answer-
ing machines, each of which can be enabled and config-
ured individually.
By enabling the setting “Send messages by e-mail” you
can have recorded messages sent to you by e-mail. The
messages are sent as audio files.
To check an answering machine internally, enter the fol-
lowing keypad sequences:
An overview of the answering machine menu is presented
in the section “Operating the Answering Machine via Tele-
phone Keypad” on page 45.
Menu The integrated answering machines can be enabled and
configured in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area in
the “Telephony / Telephony Devices” menu.
Answering machine 1 ss600
Answering machine 2 ss601
Answering machine 3 ss602
Answering machine 4 ss603
Answering machine 5 ss604
45
Operating the Answering Machine via Telephone Keypad
6.4 Operating the Answering Machine via Telephone Keypad
Main menu
1 Play back messages
If no messages have been recorded, you hear two short audio signals and re-
turn to the main menu.
1 Play back messages
3 Call back the caller of the message
5 Delete message
7 To previous message
9 To next message
0 Listen to “Play back messages” menu again
r Back to Main menu
2 Delete all messages
3 Switch the answering machine on / off
4 Record greetings
1 Record greeting
2 Record announcement
3 Record closing announcement
Record and select
1 Listen to all greetings/announcements of the selected type > Se-
lect the desired recording by pressing 2
5 Delete greeting/announcement
8 Tecord greeting/announcement > End recording by pressing 1
0 Listen to “Record and Select” menu again
r Back to Main menu
0 Listen to “Record greetings” menu again
r Back to Main menu
5 Switch recording and directions mode on / off
0 Listen to Main menu again
DECT Function
46
7 DECT Function
Cordless Telephony with FRITZ!Box
Thanks to the integrated DECT function, the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
can be used as a base station for cordless telephones that support the
DECT GAP or CAT-iq standard. A total of up to five cordless telephones
can be registered on the FRITZ!Box.
7.1 Registering Cordless Telephones
With FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 you can use all cordless
telephones that support the DECT-GAP and CAT-iq radio
standards. See the documentation of your cordless tele-
phone to find out whether it supports either of these stan-
dards.
To register a cordless telephone from any manufacturer on
the FRITZ!Box, please follow the corresponding instruc-
tions in your telephone manual.
7.2 Making an Internal Call to a Cordless Telephone
All telephones connected to the FRITZ!Box can establish
connections to each other free of charge.
Telephones can establish internal connections using in-
ternal numbers, which are assigned to each telephone au-
tomatically upon registration.
The internal numbers of the telephones you have connect-
ed are listed in the FRITZ!Box user interface. Perform the
following steps:
1. Start a web browser.
2. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface by entering
fritz.box.
3. In the “Start Menu” area, select the “Telephone
Book” menu.
4. Select the “Internal Numbers” tab.
Press and hold down the search key on the FRITZ!Box la-
beled “DECT” during the entire registration process. This
facilitates telephone registration.
47
Search for Cordless Telephones by Paging Call
The internal numbers of the telephones connected to the
FRITZ!Box are displayed.
7.3 Search for Cordless Telephones by Paging Call
Using the DECT button on the top of the device you can
search for lost handsets by starting a paging call.
Press the DECT button briefly and all of the cordless tele-
phones connected with the FRITZ!Box will ring. A paging
call cannot work if a handset has dead batteries.
The DECT button and its use are described in the section
“DECT Button” on page 119.
7.4 Logging a Cordless Telephone off of the FRITZ!Box
1. Start a web browser.
2. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface by entering
fritz.box.
3. In the “Start Menu” area, select the “Telephony De-
vices” menu.
4. In the “Cordless Telephones (DECT)” area, select the
cordless telephone you want to log off and click the
“Delete” button.
Now the cordless telephone will be logged off.
7.5 Enabling and Disabling DECT
The DECT function is disabled upon delivery of the
FRITZ!Box.
• Enabling the DECT function
The DECT function is switched on when the first cord-
less telephone is registered.
• Disabling the DECT function
When the last cordless telephone is logged off in the
FRITZ!Box user interface, the DECT function is
switched off automatically.
USB Devices
48
8 USB Devices
USB Devices at the FRITZ!Box
The FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 is equipped with two USB ports (also
known as USB host controller).
The USB ports of the FRITZ!Box support the standards USB 2.0 and
USB 1.1.
Various USB devices can be connected to the USB ports:
• a FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N 2.4, a FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N or an
AVMFRITZ!WLAN USB Stick
• a USB storage device (hard drive, memory stick, card reader)
• a USB printer
• a USB modem (UMTS/HSPA)
• USB hubs
If you use USB hubs, note that a maximum of four USB devices can
be operated on the FRITZ!Box.
8.1 Connecting USB Devices
Connecting a USB cable to the USB port
Connecting Some USB devices, such as memory sticks or the
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N, are inserted directly into one of
the USB ports on the FRITZ!Box. Other devices like USB
printers are connected to one of the USB ports by means
of a USB cable.
LAN 1
LAN 1
LAN 2
LAN 2
FON 1 FON 1
FON 2 FON 2
DSL/TEL
DSL/TEL
49
Accessing USB Devices
If you would like to use multiple devices at one USB port,
you can also use a USB hub (see the section “USB Hubs”
on page 60). Please read the “Tips for Using USB Devices”
on page 63 first.
8.2 Accessing USB Devices
Network Sharing As soon as a USB device is connected to the FRITZ!Box, all
of its functions are available in the entire network:
• The files in the USB mass storage can be accessed
from the network via FTP (File Transfer Protocol), or
you can make the USB mass storage device available
as a network storage device. The two kinds of access
are explained in greater detail in the section “Access-
ing the Data on the USB Mass Storage” on page 51.
• USB printers are available as network printers.
USB Remote
Connection
With the USB remote connection, a computer in the net-
work can use USB devices just as if they were connected
directly to the computer via the USB cable (virtual cable
replacement). This can make sense for multifunctional
printers, for instance, so that you can use the integrated
card reader/scanner or the ink level display.
While a computer accesses a USB device via the USB re-
mote connection, the USB device is not available for other
computers in the network.
For more information on the USB remote connection, see
the section “FRITZ!Box USB Remote Connection” from
page 60.
8.3 FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick
The FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N, the FRITZ!WLAN USB
Stick N 2.4 and the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick are WLAN
adapters manufactured by AVM for connection to a com-
puter. Using a WLAN adapter you can connect the comput-
er wirelessly with the FRITZ!Box.
All FRITZ!WLAN USB Sticks from AVM master the
Stick & Surf method, making it easy to establish a secure
WLAN connection: The FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick is inserted
USB Mass Storage Devices
50
briefly into one of the USB ports on the FRITZ!Box, where it
receives all of the security settings required for the WLAN
connection to this FRITZ!Box.
For instructions on establishing a WLAN connection using
Stick & Surf, see the section “Connecting the
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick” from page 18. For more informa-
tion on the various FRITZ!WLAN USB Sticks by AVM and
the WLAN standards each of them supports, see the
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N manual, the FRITZ!WLAN USB
Stick N 2.4 manual, or the manual for the FRITZ!WLAN USB
Stick.
8.4 USB Mass Storage Devices
USB storage devices include hard drives, memory sticks,
and card readers.
File Systems Access to USB memory devices connected to the
FRITZ!Box is possible via the File Transfer Protocol (FTP),
network storage and USB remote connection functions.
USB storage devices using the file systems FAT, FAT32 and
NTFS are supported. Files in the FAT and FAT32 file sys-
tems are supported up to a size of 4 GB. This limit does
not apply in the NTFS file system, where even larger files
can be accessed.
Access Rights and Passport Protection
You can define access rights and password protection for
the USB storage devices. These settings are valid for all
USB storage devices connected to the FRITZ!Box. It is not
possible to assign specific read or write access or an indi-
vidual password to each storage device.
Configuring Proceed as follows to define access rights and password
protection for the USB storage devices:
1. Start a web browser.
2. Enter fritz.box in the address field.
3. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Set-
tings” area.
51
Accessing the Data on the USB Mass Storage
4. Select the “USB Devices / Overview of Devices”
menu.
5. Configure the access rights and password protection
for the USB mass storage devices.
Accessing the Data on the USB Mass Storage
USB storage devices connected to the FRITZ!Box directly
or via a USB hub are displayed with their device name in
the “USB Devices / Overview of Devices” menu on the us-
er interface.
FTP (File Transfer
Protocol)
All of the computers in the network can access the data in
the USB mass storage simultaneously via FTP.
Click the name of the USB storage device in the “USB De-
vices / Overview of Devices” menu or open a web browser
and enter ftp://fritz.box in the address field. The folder
structure of the USB storage device is displayed in the web
browser.
The data in the USB storage device can be accessed via
FTP using any FTP client.
Files from the USB storage device cannot be executed or
opened in a suitable program until they have been copied
to your computer or your local network.
USB Network
Memory
The FRITZ!Box offers you the possibility of making USB
storage devices available in the Windows network as net-
work drives. Files on the USB storage device then can be
opened and processed directly on the USB storage device.
Media Server With this option music, image and video files on the USB
storage device can be played back by compatible devices
(streaming). The USB storage device with the media col-
lection is simply connected to the USB port on the
FRITZ!Box and a suitable playback device is linked to the
local network.
The access rights and password are are not enabled if the
USB remote connection is enabled for all USB storage de-
vices.
USB Printer
52
The devices automatically communicate via Universal Plug
& Play (UPnP). This technology allows the devices con-
nected to each other by cable or radio network to perform
automatic detection, recognize events, and exchange data
with each other accordingly. With UPnP AV this technology
has been expanded to audio and video contents.
With the media server, media files of all kinds of formats
can be made available from the connected USB storage
device via UPnP.
8.5 USB Printer
To connect a USB printer to one of the USB ports of the
FRITZ!Box, you can either enable the USB remote connec-
tion or use the USB printer as a network printer.
USB Printer at the USB Remote Connection
If you enable the USB remote connection for USB printers,
then you can use the printer on another computer just as if
it were connected directly to your computer (virtual cable
replacement).
• If you want to use the printer with the USB remote
connection enabled, then the program for the USB re-
mote connection (see page 60) and the suitable
printer drivers must be installed on any computer
that is supposed to use the printer.
• When the USB remote connection is enabled, all-in-
one printers (printers with supplementary fax or
scanner functions) can also be used for faxing and
scanning.
• If your printer is equipped with a status monitor, you
can use this feature when the USB remote connection
is enabled.
The USB network storage, media server and FTP functions
can be used only if the USB remote connection is not en-
abled for USB storage devices.
53
USB Printer as a Network Printer
• Host-based printers, like those that expect printer
status message responses from the system (bidirec-
tional communication as in the GDI system, for in-
stance), can only be used via the USB remote con-
nection. These printers usually can be used only with
an operating system for which the printer manufac-
turer has provided driver software. Such printers con-
nected to the FRITZ!Box are not supported as network
printers.
USB Printer as a Network Printer
When you connect a USB printer to the FRITZ!Box and set it
up without using the “USB Remote Connection” software,
the FRITZ!Box manages the printer itself and makes it
available as a network printer to all computers connected
to the FRITZ!Box. Please note the following for the printer
setup:
• If you want to use the printer as a network printer, the
printer connection must be configured, and the suit-
able printer drivers installed, on every computer.
Print jobs are forwarded to the IP address of the
printer server in the local network via the printer port.
• Only printers that can be addressed with the device
class “Printer” are supported as network printers.
This is generally not the case for some multi-function
devices, for instance combined fax-scanner-printers.
• If your printer is equipped with a status monitor, it
may not be possible to use the status monitor if the
printer is operated as a network printer.
• For multi-function devices (printers with additional
functions like fax or scanning), only the printing func-
tion is supported for network printers.
Configuring the Windows Printer Port for a Network
Printer
If the “FRITZ!Box” entry is already listed in the “Programs”
group of the start menu of the computer, this means that
the printer port is already configured on this computer.
USB Printer as a Network Printer
54
Otherwise, work through the following steps to configure
the printer port:
1. Open a web browser and enter fritz.box in the ad-
dress field.
The FRITZ!Box user interface opens.
2. Click the “Programs” menu entry in the “Settings” ar-
ea.
3. On the “Programs” page, click the link to the “Printer
Port”. The program is downloaded to your computer.
4. Follow the instructions to unzip and to install the pro-
gram.
The printer port designated “AVM: (FRITZ!Box USB
Printer Port)” will be configured.
Now you can install the printer drivers of the printer con-
nected to FRITZ!Box for this printer port.
Installing Printer Drivers in Windows 7
1. Click the “Start” button in the task bar and select
“Devices and Printers”.
2. Click “Add a printer”.
3. Select “Add a local printer”.
You must make this selection because the printer
port on the computer functions as a local port.
4. Select the “Use an existing port:” setting and then
choose the entry “AVM: (FRITZ!Box USB Printer Port)”
from the list. Click “Next”.
5. Select the manufacturer for the USB printer connect-
ed to the FRITZ!Box from the “Manufacturers” list and
then select the exact model from the “Printers” list.
Click “Next”.
If the manufacturer or the model is not included in
the lists, use an installation disk or CD with the re-
quired files and click “Have Disk...”.
55
USB Printer as a Network Printer
6. You can enter a name for the printer in the “Printer
name” field. The operating system will use this name
to administer the printer.
7. Click “Next”. Installation will be concluded.
Installing Printer Drivers in Windows Vista
1. Click the “Start” button in the task bar and select the
“Control Panel”.
2. Select “Printers”.
3. Click “Add Printer”.
4. Select “Add a local printer”.
You must make this selection because the printer
port on the computer functions as a local port.
5. Select the “Use an existing port” setting and then
choose the entry “AVM: (FRITZ!Box USB Printer Port)”
from the list. Click “Next”.
6. Select the manufacturer for the USB printer connect-
ed to the FRITZ!Box from the “Manufacturers” list and
then select the exact model from the “Printers” list.
If the manufacturer or the model is not included in
the lists, use an installation disk or CD with the re-
quired files and click “Have Disk...”.
7. You can enter a name for the printer in the “Printer
name” field. The operating system will use this name
to administer the printer.
8. Conclude the installation by clicking “Finish”.
Installing Printer Drivers in Windows XP/2000
1. Open the start menu of the computer and click the
“Printers and Faxes” entry (Windows XP) or click
“Start / Settings / Printer” (Windows 2000).
2. In the “Printers and Faxes” window, click “Add a
printer”.
The “Add Printer” Wizard will be started.
USB Printer as a Network Printer
56
3. Click “Next”.
4. Select the option “Local printer attached to this com-
puter” (Windows XP) or click “Local Printer”
(Windows 2000) and make sure that the setting “Au-
tomatically detect and install my Plug and Play print-
er” is disabled.
You must make this selection because the printer
port on the computer functions as a local port.
5. Click “Next”.
6. In the “Select a Printer Port” window, select the op-
tion “Use the following port” and select “AVM:
(FRITZ!Box USB Printer Port)” from the list field. Click
“Next”.
7. Select the manufacturer for the USB printer connect-
ed to the FRITZ!Box from the “Manufacturers” list and
then select the exact model from the “Printers” list.
If the manufacturer or the model is not included in
the lists, use an installation disk or CD with the re-
quired files and click “Have Disk...”.
8. In the “Name Your Printer” window, answer the ques-
tion “Do you want to use this printer as the default
printer?” (Windows XP) or “Do you want your Win-
dows-based programs to use this printer as the de-
fault printer?” (Windows 2000) with “No”.
Setting Up Printers in SUSE Linux Systems
A USB printer can be connected to the FRITZ!Box for use as
a network printer. The printer is then available to all com-
puters connected with the FRITZ!Box.
You install the printer as “root” or “superuser”.
1. Open a console and enter the following command:
lpadmin -p <printer_name> -E -v socket://<IP_
address_of_the_FRITZ!Box>:<port> -m <printer_
description_file.ppd>
57
USB Printer as a Network Printer
2. For more information and instructions, go to the fol-
lowing web site:
http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/man-lp-
admin.html
Example For a laser jet printer with the example name of Laserjet4
and the PPD file laserjet.ppd at a FRITZ!Box with the de-
fault address 192.168.178.1, on the console you must en-
ter:
lpadmin -p LaserJet4 -E -v socket://192.168.178.1:9100 -
m laserjet.ppd
You can view the PPD files installed in the system with the
following command:
lpinfo -m
For More Information Please direct any questions about PPD files to the manu-
facturer of the printer or system used. More detailed infor-
mation on the CUPS printing software is included in the
following documentation:
http://www.cups.org/documentation.php
More detailed questions on the setup should also be di-
rected to the manufacturer of the distribution or to an In-
ternet-based or usenet forum that deals with CUPS or the
distribution used.
Setting Up USB Printers on Apple Computers
A USB printer can be connected to the FRITZ!Box for use as
a network printer. The printer is then available to all com-
puters connected with the FRITZ!Box.
The printer must be supported by CUPS (Common UNIX
Printing System) software and be detected correctly at the
USB port of the FRITZ!Box.
The only printers that can be used are the ones whose
drivers can be selected in the Printer utility or for which a
compatible driver is available there.
USB Printer as a Network Printer
58
1. Open “Programs / System Preferences / Print & Fax”.
2. Click the “+” symbol at the left of the bottom half of
the screen.
59
USB Printer as a Network Printer
3. Click “IP Printer”.
4. In the “Protocol:” field, select the entry “HP JetDirect
– Socket”.
5. Enter in the “Address:” field the IP address of the
FRITZ!Box:
192.168.178.1
6. Leave the “Queue:” field empty.
7. Enter the desired values in the “Name:” and “Loca-
tion:” fields.
8. Enter a driver compatible with your printer in the
“Print Using:” field.
USB Hubs
60
9. Click the “Add” button to save your settings.
The printer is then available to all computers connected
with the FRITZ!Box.
Information about compatible printers or printer drivers is
available in the Internet, for instance on the following
page:
http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/MacOSX.php
8.6 USB Hubs
One or two USB hubs can be connected to the USB ports
of the FRITZ!Box. A USB hub is a device to extend existing
USB ports.
In total you can connect either four USB memory devices
(hard drives, memory sticks), or three USB memory devic-
es and a USB printer, directly to the FRITZ!Box or via a USB
hub.
8.7 FRITZ!Box USB Remote Connection
With the FRITZ!Box USB remote connection you can control
connections between your computer and USB devices.
The computer and the USB devices are all connected with
the FRITZ!Box.
A USB device connected to the FRITZ!Box is handed over
to a computer via the USB remote connection function (vir-
tual cable replacement). The USB device is detected as
If the printer cannot be selected, it may be possible
to select a compatible printer or printer driver.
If you use USB hubs, note that a maximum of four USB de-
vices can be operated on the FRITZ!Box.
We strongly recommend using USB hubs with their own
power supply.
61
Enabling the USB Remote Connection
new hardware by the operating system on this computer,
so that device software can be installed as if it were con-
nected directly to the computer.
Using Enable the FRITZ!Box USB remote connection whenever
you would like to use one of the following devices on the
FRITZ!Box:
• USB storage device with the NTFS file format
• printer with the Graphics Device Interface (GDI print-
er) that requires the driver software for the given op-
erating system
• multifunctional printer whose scanner, fax or card
reader features are to be used
• printer with ink level monitor (requiring bidirectional
communication)
• USB scanner
Note that isochronal USB devices with time-critical trans-
mission behavior (isochronous USB devices like sound
cards, web cams, video converters or TV adapters) are not
supported.
Do not use the FRITZ!Box USB remote connection if multi-
ple computers are to be able to access a single USB device
connected to the FRITZ!Box at the same time (network
printing function).
Functions like FTP, USB network memory and the media
server, which are provided by the FRITZ!Box, are not
available as long as the USB remote connection is active
for USB storage devices.
Enabling the USB Remote Connection
Work through the following steps in order to enable the
USB remote connection on your computer:
1. Start a web browser on your computer.
The USB remote connection can be utilized in Windows 7,
Windows Vista, and Windows XP with Service Pack 2 or
higher.
Disabling the USB Remote Connection
62
2. Enter fritz.box in the address field of the browser.
3. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Set-
tings” area.
4. Enable the expert setting of the FRITZ!Box in the “Sys-
tem / Expert Mode” menu. Confirm by clicking “Ap-
ply”.
5. Open the “USB Devices / Overview of Devices” menu.
6. Select the setting “Enable the USB remote connec-
tion” and click “Apply”.
7. Open the “USB Remote Connection” menu and in-
stall the program for the USB remote connection on
the computer from which you want to use the USB de-
vices. Follow the instructions on the “USB Remote
Connection” page.
8. The next step is to specify for which kind of USB de-
vices the USB remote connection should be enabled.
Enable the desired options.
9. As a final step, click “Apply”. All USB devices con-
nected to the FRITZ!Box will be detected again.
The result of the changed USB settings can be viewed in
the “Overview of Devices”.
Disabling the USB Remote Connection
Perform the following steps to disable the USB remote
connection:
1. Open a web browser on the computer for which the
USB remote connection is to be disabled.
2. Enter fritz.box in the address field of the browser.
3. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Set-
tings” area.
4. Enable the expert setting of the FRITZ!Box in the “Sys-
tem / Expert Mode” menu. Confirm by clicking “Ap-
ply”.
63
Tips for Using USB Devices
5. Open the “USB Devices / USB Remote Connection”
menu.
6. Disable all types of USB devices.
7. As a final step, click “Apply”.
The result of the changed USB settings can be viewed in
the “Overview of Devices”.
8.8 Tips for Using USB Devices
When using USB devices at the USB ports of the
FRITZ!Box, please keep in mind the following:
• If more than one USB device without its own power
supply is connected to the FRITZ!Box, please note
that, in accordance with the USB specification, the
total current consumption may not exceed a value of
500 mA. Otherwise unspecified malfunctions with
the USB devices or even damage to the FRITZ!Box
may occur.
• AVM expressly advises against performing firmware
updates for USB devices connected to the computer
via the USB remote connection on the FRITZ!Box.
• Before removing a USB storage device, select the
“Remove safely” option in the FRITZ!Box user inter-
face to prevent losses of data.
• To avoid damage to the FRITZ!Box, only operate USB
storage devices that require more than one USB port
for operation (for instance hard drives with a Y cable)
if they have their own power supply or a USB hub wi-
th its own power supply.
• The FRITZ!Box can not defend the USB memory from
external influences. Thus such phenomena as volt-
age spikes during storms may occur, and writing to
older USB memory devices may corrupt the data
Tips for Using USB Devices
64
structure due to a high number of defective struc-
tures. In such cases a complete loss of data may oc-
cur.
Therefore we recommend always backing up the USB
memory content just in case data are lost on the USB
storage device.
65
Configuration and Operation on the Telephone
9 Configuration and Operation on the Telephone
FRITZ!Box Keypad Sequences
Many of the FRITZ!Box functions and features can be con-
figured and used over a telephone connected to a
FRITZ!Box extension. Only tone-dialing (dual-tone multi-
frequency = DTMF) telephones can be used in configura-
tion and operation. Pulse dialing telephones are not suit-
able.
Acknowledgment
Tone
Entries input on the telephone are confirmed with ac-
knowledgement tones (see also “Audio Signals” on
page 66):
• Entries made correctly are confirmed with a positive
acknowledgement tone (a single tone of one second
in length).
• If the entry was not successful, because of an incor-
rect key sequence, for instance, you hear a negative
acknowledgment tone (an intermittent tone broken
into intervals of about 0.25 seconds).
9.1 Instructions for Operation at the Telephone
The table explains the icons used in this chapter:
The telephone network features can be used only if they
are supported by your telephone network carrier and en-
abled on your telephone line.
Icon Action
M Dial a number.
N Pick up the handset.
O Hang up the handset.
P Talk.
D Three-party conference call
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
K You hear the ring tone.
Audio Signals
66
9.2 Audio Signals
The following diagram illustrates the duration and inter-
vals of the various audio signals and ring tones of the tele-
phones connected to the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340.
Audio signals and ring tones of the connected telephones
<Ext.> Enter the number of an analog extension on the
FRITZ!Box.
In place of <Ext.>, enter the number of an analog
extension (for instance 1 for extension
“FON 1” or 2 for extension “FON 2”).
<DNo> Enter an external telephone number (destination
number).
In the place of <DNo>, enter the complete number
of the external line.
<DNo./Ext.> Enter the external telephone number (destination
number) or extension number (Ext.) to which your
calls are to be diverted.
Icon Action
67
Configuring on the Telephone
9.3 Configuring on the Telephone
Saving New Settings
In this section, saving refers to all current settings made in
the FRITZ!Box. It is not necessary to save the configuration
immediately after every change. You may first configure all
of your settings as desired, and then save them perma-
nently.
Restoring Factory Settings
All of the settings in the FRITZ!Box can be reset to their
condition upon delivery by restoring the factory settings.
After factory settings are restored, the FRITZ!Box is restart-
ed.
Enabling and Disabling WLAN
The WLAN function can be switched on and off using the
telephone keypad. This is especially convenient when the
WLAN function has been switched off. Simply use your
Permanent saving cannot be reversed. However, you can
change the settings by using new commands or restore
the FRITZ!Box to its factory settings.
Saving Permanently
N Pick up the handset.
r91ss Save all settings permanently by dialing the
sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
All settings you made in the FRITZ!Box—including the con-
figured Internet connection—are deleted when the factory
settings are restored.
Restoring Factory Settings
r991s159
01590s
Restores all settings in the FRITZ!Box to
their original condition.
Do Not Disturb
68
telephone to turn it back on. This means that the WLAN
function can be enabled without having use a wired con-
nection to open the user interface.
Do Not Disturb
For every analog extension of the FRITZ!Box, the Do Not
Disturb option can be enabled by phone. When Do Not
Disturb is set, the telephone connected to the extension
will not ring. In configuring this function you can choose
between enabling the function immediately or selecting a
specific time period.
Immediately When Do Not Disturb is enabled immediately, no incoming
calls will be signaled at the specified extension. The Do
Not Disturb setting will remain enabled until it is disabled.
Period Alternatively, you can enter a Do Not Disturb period during
which the telephone will not ring. At the extension for
which a Do Not Disturb period is to be configured, define
the period during which the phone should not ring and
save your entries. Then enable Do Not Disturb. Do Not Dis-
turb then automatically will be switched on daily at the
time entered in the “Start” field and switched off again at
the time defined in the “End” field.
Example: Do Not Disturb should be configured from 20:00
p.m. until 07:00 a.m. daily. Enter the value “2000” for
<Start> and “0700” for <End>.
Enabling and Disabling WLAN
r96s1s Enables the WLAN function.
r96s0s Disables the WLAN function.
Enabling Do Not Disturb Effective Immediately
r81<Ext.>s0s Immediately enables Do Not Disturb for
the extension entered as <Ext>.
r91ss Saves the settings.
69
Alarm
Disabling Both kinds of Do Not Disturb settings can be disabled by
means of a keypad sequence.
Alarm
You can use the telephones connected to the FRITZ!Box as
alarms. The alarm can be set individually for each tele-
phone and enabled or disabled at any time.
Enabling Do Not Disturb for a Prescribed Period
r80<Ext.>s
<Start>s<End>s
Defines the period for Do Not Disturb at
extension <Ext.>.
r91ss Saves the settings.
r81<Ext.>s6s Enables Do Not Disturb for the defined
period.
r91ss Saves the settings.
Disabling Do Not Disturb
r81<Ext.>s1s Disables Do Not Disturb for extension
<Ext.>.
r91ss Saves the settings.
Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line
70
Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line
Call forwarding is performed by the ISDN operator’s
switching station. To use call forwarding, FRITZ!Box must
be connected to an ISDN line. Then this feature can be
used to forward calls to an external line. Call forwarding is
subject to charges by the carrier and cannot be used to
forward calls to Internet numbers.
Configuring the Alarm for a Telephone
N Pick up the handset.
r881s<time>s
<Ext.>s
Defines the time at which the tele-
phone connected to the analog exten-
sion <Ext.> will ring.
For instance, enter
r881s0700s1s, if the
telephone at extension “FON 1”
should ring at 07:00 a.m.
r881s<time>s
<internal telephone
number>s
Defines the time at which the DECT or
IP telephone with the specified inter-
nal telephone number will ring.
For instance, enter
r881s0700s610s, if
the first cordless DECT telephone
should ring at 07:00 a.m.
Cordless DECT telephones have the
internal telephone numbers 610 –
615, IP telephones 620 – 629.
r91ss Saves the settings.
O Hang up the handset.
Enabling/Disabling the Alarm
N Pick up the handset.
r881ss Enables the alarm.
r881r Disables the alarm.
r91ss Saves the settings.
O Hang up the handset.
71
Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line
In addition to call forwarding, there is also call diversion
via FRITZ!Box. Use this kind of call diversion to divert calls
to internal and external lines. See the section “Call Diver-
sion” on page 75 for more information.
For call forwarding you may specify whether you want in-
coming calls to be forwarded unconditionally, after the
fifth ring, or when busy. Different settings may be config-
ured separately for each number.
Call Forwarding
Immediately
Incoming calls for the given MSN are always diverted im-
mediately to the specified number. Call forwarding is sub-
ject to charges by the carrier and cannot be used for for-
warding calls to Internet numbers.
Do not activate both call forwarding and call diversion at
the same time.
Call Forwarding immediately for Your Outgoing Caller ID
N Pick up the handset.
s21s<DNo>r Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Forwarding immediately for Any MSN
N Pick up the handset.
s21s<DNo>
s<MSN>r
Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Forwarding immediately for All MSNs
N Pick up the handset.
s21s<DNo>sr Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line
72
Call Forwarding When
Busy
Incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number only
if a call is already being conducted using the number
dialed is busy. You can define call diversion for the local
outgoing call number. The local outgoing call number is
the first number you assigned to an extension. You can al-
so define call diversion for any other number, e.g. a tele-
phone at another extension, or for all numbers. All set-
tings can be disabled at any time.
Disabling Call Forwarding Immediately for Your Outgoing Caller
ID
N Pick up the handset.
s21sr Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Disabling Call Forwarding Immediately for Any MSN
N Pick up the handset.
s21ss<MSN>r Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Disabling Call Forwarding immediately for All MSNs
N Pick up the handset.
s21ssr Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Forwarding When Busy for Your Outgoing Caller ID
N Pick up the handset.
s67s<DNo>r Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
73
Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line
Call Forwarding when Busy for Any MSN
N Pick up the handset.
s67s<DNo>
s<MSN>r
Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Forwarding When Busy for All MSNs
N Pick up the handset.
s67s<DNo>sr Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Disabling Call Forwarding When Busy for Your Outgoing Caller
ID
N Pick up the handset.
s67sr Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Disable Call Forwarding When Busy for Any MSN
N Pick up the handset.
s67ss<MSN>r Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Disable Call Forwarding When Busy for All MSNs
N Pick up the handset.
s67ssr Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line
74
Call Forwarding
Delayed
Incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number if
not answered at the number originally dialed within
20 seconds (about five rings). Call forwarding can be con-
figured for your extension’s outgoing caller ID (the first
number assigned to an extension), for any number (for in-
stance, a telephone at the other FRITZ!Box extension), or
for all numbers. All settings can be disabled at any time.
Call Forwarding Delayed for Your Outgoing Caller ID
N Pick up the handset.
s61s<DNo>r Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Forwarding Delayed for Any MSN
N Pick up the handset.
s61s<DNo>
s<MSN>r
Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Forwarding Delayed for All MSNs
N Pick up the handset.
s61s<DNo>sr Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Disabling Call Forwarding Delayed for Your Outgoing Caller ID
N Pick up the handset.
s61sr Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
75
Call Diversion
Call Diversion
Incoming calls to the FRITZ!Box telephones can be divert-
ed to a different extension or to an external number. Call
diversion takes place directly in the FRITZ!Box. This is the
difference between call diversion and call forwarding,
where the calls are diverted via the central exchange. How
to use call forwarding by phone is described in the section
“Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line” on page 70.
Call diversion allows you to forward calls to an external
line or to another extension. This kind of diversion is orga-
nized inside FRITZ!Box so that diversions to another exten-
sion are free of charge. Calls are diverted to an external
number over your ISDN line’s second B channel and are
subject to normal transmission charges. If the FRITZ!Box is
operated on an analog telephone line, incoming calls can
only be diverted to a different extension or to Internet
numbers.
Disabling Call Forwarding Delayed for Any MSN
N Pick up the handset.
s61ss<MSN>r Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Disabling Call Forwarding Delayed for All MSNs
N Pick up the handset.
s61ssr Dial the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
Do not activate both call forwarding and call diversion at
the same time.
Do not activate both call forwarding and call diversion at
the same time.
Call Diversion
76
You can specify the conditions under which an incoming
call will be diverted. You can select one of five different
options. Different settings may be saved for each exten-
sion.
Note that only numerical Internet telephone numbers can
be entered for diversion to an Internet telephone number.
This means that you can enter only numerals, no letters or
other characters.
Call Diversion Immediately (Without Ringing)
N Pick up the handset.
r41<Ext.>s
<DNo>/<Ext.>s
Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dial-
ing the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Diversion After the Third Ring
N Pick up the handset.
r42<Ext.>s
<DNo>/<Ext.>s
Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dial-
ing the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Diversion When Busy
N Pick up the handset.
r43<Ext.>s
<DNo>/<Ext.>s
Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dial-
ing the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
77
Call Waiting
Call Waiting
Call waiting can be switched on or off for each extension.
Some older terminal equipment connected to extensions
may misinterpret the call waiting signal. This is especially
true of fax machines and modems. If communication er-
rors occur, you should disable call waiting for fax and mo-
dem extensions.
See section “Waiting Calls” on page 85 for information
about how to accept a call while another connection is ac-
tive.
Call Diversion After the Third Ring or When Busy
N Pick up the handset.
r44<Ext.>s
<DNo>/<Ext.>s
Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dial-
ing the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Diversion Immediately With Ringing
N Pick up the handset.
r45<Ext.>s
<DNo>/<Ext.>s
Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dial-
ing the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Disabling Call Diversion
N Pick up the handset.
r40<Ext.>ss Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dial-
ing the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Suppress Caller ID for Outgoing Calls (CLIR)
78
Suppress Caller ID for Outgoing Calls (CLIR)
The CLIR (Calling Line Identification Restriction) function
prevents your telephone number being displayed on the
other party’s phone during outgoing calls.
The CLIR function is disabled in the factory settings. You
have the option of enabling this function permanently and
then disabling it again. CLIR can also be used for individu-
al connections. When CLIR is permanently enabled, this
setting is saved for the extension and always enabled for
outgoing connections.
If you would like to conduct only certain calls with the Call-
er ID suppressed, prefix the number dialed with a keypad
sequence. This enables CLIR only for the current connec-
tion.
When call waiting is enabled, modem and fax connec-
tions may be interrupted.
Enabling Call Waiting
N Pick up the handset.
r2 <Ext.> s0s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dialing the
sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Disabling Call Waiting
N Pick up the handset.
r2 <Ext.> s1s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dialing the
sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
79
Displaying the Incoming Caller ID (CLIP)
Displaying the Incoming Caller ID (CLIP)
The CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation) function
makes the number of callers—external and internal—visi-
ble on your telephone display.
The CLIP function is enabled in the factory settings. This
function can be permanently disabled and enabled again.
Enabling CLIR Permanently
N Pick up the handset.
r51<Ext.>s1s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dial-
ing the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Disabling CLIR Permanently
N Pick up the handset.
r51<Ext.>s0s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dial-
ing the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
CLIR on a Case-by-case Basis
N Pick up the handset.
s31r Dial the sequence shown at left. Now
you hear the external dial tone.
M Dial the number you want to call.
This feature is only effective if your telephone supports
CLIP.
Connected ISDN Line Identification Restriction and Presentation (COLR/COLP)
80
Connected ISDN Line Identification Restriction and
Presentation (COLR/COLP)
By default, a caller’s display always shows the Multiple
Subscriber Number (MSN) of the extension she or he
dialed. Yet if you take the call at another extension, the
MSN of this extension will be displayed. If you want this
number to remain concealed so that the caller does not
know that the call has been picked up at another exten-
sion, you have the option of suppressing transmission of
the connected line's number. The caller’s display will con-
tinue to show the number dialed.
Transmission of the connected line’s number can be
switched on and off for each extension individually. Trans-
mission of the connected line’s number is permanently
enabled in the factory settings.
Enabling Display of Incoming Caller ID (CLIP)
N Pick up the handset.
r50<Ext.>s1s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dialing
the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Disabling Display of Incoming Caller ID (CLIP)
N Pick up the handset.
r50<Ext.>s0s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dialing
the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
81
Disabling Automatic Outside Dialing
Disabling Automatic Outside Dialing
The FRITZ!Box offers the possibility of disabling automatic
outside dialing. This means that you will receive an inter-
nal dialing tone when you lift the handset at the corre-
sponding extension. This makes sense at any extension
which is used to make many internal calls, for instance,
between the extensions of the FRITZ!Box. When automatic
outside dialing is disabled, for an external call the 0
must be dialed before the telephone number.
Enabling Connected Line Identification Restriction (COLR)
Permanently
N Pick up the handset.
r53<Ext.>s1s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dialing
the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Enabling Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP)
Permanently
N Pick up the handset.
r53<Ext.>s0s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dialing
the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Disabling Automatic Outside Dialing
N Pick up the handset.
r1<Ext.>s0s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dialing
the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Call Rejection on Busy (Busy on Busy)
82
Call Rejection on Busy (Busy on Busy)
Calls for an extension can be rejected using the “busy on
busy” feature. This means that the user receives a busy
signal whenever the extension is busy.
Enablimng Automatic Outside Dialing
N Pick up the handset.
r1<Ext.>s1s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dialing
the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Enabling Busy on Busy
N Pick up the handset.
r52<Ext.>s1s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dialing
the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Disabling Busy on Busy
N Pick up the handset.
r52<Ext.>s0s Dial the sequence shown at left.
r91ss Save your settings if desired by dialing
the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
83
Operation at the Telephone
9.4 Operation at the Telephone
This section describes how you can use the FRITZ!Box fea-
tures via your telephone keypad.
Shortening the Dialing Procedure
The FRITZ!Box automatically recognizes when a number
has been entered, but not until a few seconds after the fi-
nal digits are entered.
You have the possibility of shortening the dialing proce-
dure by closing your entry with the r key.
Selecting the Outgoing Number and the Type of
Connection
For outgoing connections you can specify the kind of con-
nection to be used for the next dialing procedure. For this
entry you can use settings already made, or circumvent
the settings currently configured. In this case the dialing
rules are suspended for the given dialing procedure.
By entering precisely which Internet telephony account
should be used it is possible to have the dialing proce-
dure conducted via a certain Internet telephone number,
even though this number was never previously configured
for the extension used.
Shortening the Dialing Procedure
<number>r indicates that a number has been dialed
to shorten the dialing procedure
Making Internal Calls
84
Making Internal Calls
All calls conducted between telephones connected to the
FRITZ!Box are internal telephone calls. These calls are free
of charge.
Selecting the Outgoing Number and the Type of Connection
s111r<tele
phone number>
dials up this connection using the fixed line
s12r<tele-
phone number>
establishes a connection for this dialing pro-
cedure using the first Internet telephone
number
s12<P>r establishes an Internet telephony connection
via the specified Internet telephone number.
For <P> enter the position of the Internet tele-
phone number in the “List of Internet Tele-
phone Numbers”.
Dialing Internal Calls
N Pick up the handset.
ss<Ext.> If you would like to call an analog extension
of the FRITZ!Box, dial ss and the number of
the extension.
For instance, enter ss1, to call the tele-
phone at the analog extension “FON 1”.
ss<internal
telephone num-
ber>
If you would like to call a cordless DECT tele-
phone that is connected with the FRITZ!Box,
dial ss and the internal number of the tele-
phone.
For instance, enter ss610 to call the
first cordless telephone.
Cordless DECT telephones have the internal
telephone numbers 610 – 615.
85
Group Call
Group Call
Place a group call to call all other extensions at the same
time. Your call is connected with whichever extension an-
swers first.
Picking up a Call from the Answering Machine
Use this function to pick up incoming calls on your tele-
phone that already have been taken by the answering ma-
chine.
Waiting Calls
When the “call waiting” feature is enabled and you are
conducting a call, you will be notified as soon as an exter-
nal call arrives on your your line. This call will be signaled
by an acoustic signal in the handset. You can accept the
connection with the new caller within 30 seconds. If you
ignore the signal, the waiting call is rejected after
30 seconds.
For instructions on how to enable and disable the func-
tion, see the section “Call Waiting” on page 77.
Group Call
N Pick up the handset.
ss9 Dial the keypad sequence shown at left to call all
free extensions.
Picking up a Call
N Pick up the handset.
s09 Dial the sequence shown at left.
P The call is now connected to your extension. You
are now connected to the caller.
Call-back on Busy (CCBS) on the ISDN Line
86
Call-back on Busy (CCBS) on the ISDN Line
When you dial a number and it is busy, you can enable the
“call-back on busy” feature. As soon as the line is free,
your telephone rings for 20 seconds, as it would for an ex-
ternal call. When you pick up your handset, the number of
desired party will be dialed automatically.
“Call-back on busy” can be used for both external and in-
ternal connections.
A maximum of five call-back requests can be enabled for
each extension at any given time.
Accepting or Rejecting Waiting Calls
R2 To accept a waiting call, dial the sequence
shown at left. Your original call is now on hold.
R1 To return to your original connection, dial the se-
quence shown at left. You can also accept the
waiting call by hanging up your existing connec-
tion, i.e., by hanging up the handset. In this case
the telephone rings as soon as you have hung
up. Pick up the handset again to accept the wait-
ing call.
R0 To reject a waiting call, dial the sequence shown
at left.
Call-back on Busy (CCBS)
M You have just dialed a number and now you hear
the busy signal.
5 If the call is not answered, within twenty sec-
onds, dial either the number 5
or
Rs37r the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset.
K As soon as the subscriber you dialed hangs up,
your telephone will ring.
N Pick up the handset. The subscriber’s number is
dialed again automatically.
87
Call-back on No Response (CCNR) on the ISDN Line
Call-back on No Response (CCNR) on the ISDN Line
The “call-back on no response” function can be used
when you dial a number and the party does not respond.
Once the party can be reached again and conducts a call
from her or his telephone, this function recognizes when
this conversation is ended. Your telephone then rings.
When you pick up your handset, the number of the desired
party is automatically dialed again.
“Call-back on no response” can be used both for external
and internal connections.
This command can be activated five times for each line.
Call-back requests can also be deleted manually, with the
oldest callback request being deleted first.
Enabling Call-back on No Response (CCNR)
M You have just dialed a number and hear a ring
tone.
5 If the call is not answered, within 20 seconds,
dial either the number 5
or
Rs37r the sequence shown at left.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone.
O Hang up the handset. As soon as the party you
dialed completes the conversation being con-
ducted from her or his telephone, your telephone
rings.
N Pick up the handset. The number is dialed again
automatically.
Deleting Call-back Requests Manually
N Pick up the handset.
r37r Dial the sequence shown at left.
O Hang up the handset.
Alternating Between Calls
88
Alternating Between Calls
Whenever you have one active connection and one caller
on hold, you can switch from one call to the other as often
as you want using the Hold button.
Alternating Between Calls
Call 1
P
You are talking to caller 1.
R Press the Hold button. Caller 1 is now on hold.
M To establish a second call, simply dial ss plus
the desired extension number for an internal call,
or the desired external number.
Call 2
P
If the call is answered, you can consult on this
line. The original caller is still on hold.
R2 To switch back from caller 2 to caller 1, dial the
sequence shown at left.
Call 1
P
Caller 1 is now active again and caller 2 is on
hold.
R2 To switch back again from caller 2 to caller 1, dial
the same sequence. In this way you can alternate
between the two connections.
Ending Hold
O The caller on hold hangs up. You can continue
talking on the active connection.
R1 You end the active connection by dialing the se-
quence shown at left. The call that was on hold is
now active again, and there is no call left on
hold.
O
K
Call
P
You can also return to the call on hold by hanging
up the handset: this ends the currently active
connection. In this case the telephone rings as
soon as you hang up. Pick up the handset again
to return to the last call that was on hold.
89
Three-party Conference Call
Three-party Conference Call
FRITZ!Box allows you to hold telephone conferences with
two other people at once. Two external and one internal
party, or two internal and one external party can conduct a
conference call with each other.
Conducting a Three-party Conference Call
N Pick up the handset.
M Dial the external number of the first party. Talk.
R Press the Hold button.
M To establish a second call, simply dial ss plus
the desired extension number for an internal
call, or the desired external number.
You can now conduct a second conversation
while your first call is on hold.
R3 Dial the sequence shown at left to begin a three-
party conference call.
D Now all three participants can confer together. If
either of the other two parties hangs up, your
connection with the remaining participant re-
mains active.
O You can end the three-party call by hanging up
the handset.
R2 You can also switch from the three-party call
back to the original two-party connection. Dial
the sequence shown at left. This ends the three-
party conference. The connection that was active
last before you initiated the three-party confer-
ence is now active again. The other call is on
hold. You can alternate between the two connec-
tions by dialing the same sequence again.
Consultation / Hold
90
Consultation / Hold
The “consultation/hold” feature allows you to place an ex-
isting call on hold. You then may consult with someone
else at your workplace or dial a second call. The party on
hold does not hear the second conversation. Once you
have finished the consultation, you can return to the origi-
nal connection.
Consultation / Hold
Call 1
P
You are talking to caller 1.
R Press the Hold button. Caller 1 is now on
hold and you can consult someone else.
M To establish a second call, simply dial ss
plus the desired extension number for an in-
ternal call, or the desired external number.
Call 2
P
If the call is answered, you can consult on
this line. The original caller is still on hold.
R If the number you dialed is busy or the call is
not answered, press the Hold button again
to return to caller 1.
R1 To switch back to caller 1 after talking on the
second connection, dial the sequence
shown at left. Call 1 is now active again.
If you return to caller 1 by pressing the Hold button, the
connection to caller 2 is not cleared down until caller 2
hangs up.
Ending Consultation
Call 1
P
You can also return to caller 1 by hanging up
the handset: this ends the connection to
caller 2. Pick up the handset to return to
caller 1 again.
O Hang up the handset to end the connection.
91
Transferring Calls
Transferring Calls
The “call transfer” function allows you to transfer a con-
nection from one of FRITZ!Box’s extension to another.
Explicit Call Transfer (ECT)
Use the “explicit call transfer” function to connect two ex-
ternal parties with each other while one connection is ac-
tive and the other is on hold. Then you can end your own
connection while the other two parties continue their con-
versation.
Transferring Calls
Call 1
P
You are talking to caller 1.
R Press the Hold button. Caller 1 is now on
hold.
ss<Ext.> To establish a connection to caller 2, dial the
star key twice and then her or his extension
number.
Call 2
P
You can now talk with caller 2.
O To transfer the caller 1 to caller 2, simply
hang up the handset.
Explicit Transfer of One Active and One Held Connection
N Pick up the handset.
M Dial the external number of the first party. Talk.
R Press the Hold button.
M Dial the number for your second external call. You
can now conduct a second conversation while your
first call is on hold.
Explicit Call Transfer (ECT)
92
To clear your connection while allowing the external
parties to continue the call, connect the parties with
each other.
R4 Dial the sequence shown at left. The connection on
hold and the active connection are connected with
each other. The external parties continue the call
while you clear the connection.
O Hang up the handset.
Explicit Call Transfer from a Three-party Conference Call
N Pick up the handset.
M Dial the external number of the first party. Talk.
R Press the Hold button.
M Dial the number for your second external call. You
can now conduct a second conversation while your
first call is on hold.
R3 Dial the sequence shown at left to begin a three-par-
ty conference call.
D Now all three participants can confer together. If ei-
ther of the other two parties hangs up, your connec-
tion with the remaining participant remains active.
To clear your connections while allowing the external
parties to continue the call, connect the parties with
each other.
R2 You can also switch from the three-party call back to
the original two-party connection. Dial the sequence
shown at left. This ends the three-party conference.
The connection that was active last before you initi-
ated the three-party conference is now active again.
The second external call is on hold. You can alternate
between the two connections by dialing the same
sequence again.
R4 Dial the sequence shown at left. The connection on
hold and the active connection are connected with
each other. The external parties continue the call
while you clear the connection.
O Hang up the handset.
Explicit Transfer of One Active and One Held Connection
93
One-time Explicit Transfer on the ISDN Line
One-time Explicit Transfer on the ISDN Line
Explicit Call Transfer (ECT) is an ISDN feature that must be
enabled by your ISDN provider and thus usually is subject
to extra charges. If ECT has not been enabled on your line,
you can program the telephone system to initiate a one-
time explicit call transfer before connecting to two parties.
When you end the connection, the other two parties will
be connected to each other.
One-time Explicit Transfer
N Pick up the handset.
s32r Dial the sequence shown at left. You hear the ex-
ternal dial tone.
M Dial the external number of the first party. Talk.
R Press the Hold button.
M Dial the number for your second external call.
You can now conduct a second conversation
while your first call is on hold.
To clear your connections while allowing the ex-
ternal parties to continue the call, connect the
parties with each other.
R4 Dial the sequence shown at left. The connection
on hold and the active connection are connected
with each other. The external parties continue
the call while you clear the connection.
O Hang up the handset.
With this type of external transfer, both parties are con-
nected to each other over your PBX. This means that both
B channels on your ISDN line remain busy with this con-
nection as long as the parties are connected to each
other.
Suspending/Resuming a Call on the ISDN Line
94
Suspending/Resuming a Call on the ISDN Line
The “suspend/resume” feature, also technically known as
terminal portability, allows you to suspend an existing
connection and resume it at another point on the S
0
bus.
The connection can be resumed at a different ISDN termi-
nal device (such as an ISDN telephone) that is connected
to your BRI line along with the FRITZ!Box.
You will hear an acknowledgement tone to indicate that
the call has been successfully suspended. If you hear the
failure tone, this may indicate that you made a mistake, or
that the “suspend/resume” feature is not enabled on your
line. It is also possible that the parked-call ID you chose is
already in use.
You can resume the suspended call using another ISDN
device on the S
0
bus.
Call Tracing on the ISDN Line
You can use this function during a call or after the caller
hangs up. For more information about this feature, contact
your ISDN provider.
Suspending/Resuming a Call
P You are talking to a caller.
R Press the Hold button. Call 1 is now suspended.
s1<PC>s Dial the sequence shown at left. Type in a code
for the suspended call as <PC> (parked-call ID).
The code can be any number between 0 and
99. You will need to enter this code again
when you resume the call.
Q
O
After the acknowledgement tone, the connection
is suspended. You can hang up the handset. The
call remains suspended at the ISDN provider’s
local switch for two minutes.
Call Tracing (MCID)
Rs39r Dial the sequence shown at left.
95
Room Monitoring (Baby Monitor)
Room Monitoring (Baby Monitor)
The following keypad sequence enables the function for
monitoring the sound level in a room. First enter the vol-
ume level (a value between 1 and 8). Enter a telephone
number. Do not hang up the handset! When the volume in
the room reaches the specified level, the number you en-
tered will be dialed. When the telephone rings and you
pick up the handset, you will be connected with the tele-
phone on which you enabled the room monitoring func-
tion.
Dial the number of the extension to listen in at an exten-
sion with room monitoring activated.
After initiating a room monitoring phone call, the PBX can-
not generate a new call until at least one minute has
lapsed.
You can disable the function by simply hanging up the
handset of the telephone at which you enabled it.
When using this feature, it is advisable to activate the
speaker phone function.
Enabling Room Monitoring
N Pick up the handset or activate the speaker
phone function of your telephone.
s4
<level>
s
<number>
r
Dial the sequence shown at left. For <level>,
enter a number between 1 the most sensi-
tive sound level) and 8. For <number>, enter
the number to be called. This may be the
number of another internal extension, a 9
for an internal group call, or any external
number desired.
Q Wait for the acknowledgement tone. The ba-
by monitoring phone function is now en-
abled.
Do not hang up the handset!
Using Keypad Shortcuts
96
Using Keypad Shortcuts
The keypad function allows you to control services and
features on the telephone line by entering characters and
strings on the telephone keypad.
These keyboard entries are called keypad messages. Ask
your telephone carrier for the specific keypad messages to
access ISDN features.
Entering Keypad Shortcuts on an Extension with Automatic
Outside Dialing
N Pick up the handset.
sr<Seq> Dial the sequence shown at left. <Seq> stands for
the keypad sequence you received from your
telephone carrier.
Entering Keypad Sequences on an Extension Without
Automatic Outside Dialing
N Pick up the handset.
0sr<Seq> Dial the sequence shown at left. <Seq> stands for
the keypad sequence you received from your
telephone carrier.
97
Troubleshooting
10 Troubleshooting
Help for Errors
This chapter provides assistance if you are not able to open the user in-
terface of your FRITZ!Box, if you are having problems with the WLAN
connection, or if you want to change the IP settings on your computer.
10.1 Errors Opening the User Interface
If an error message is returned when you open the user in-
terface, this can have various causes. Check the possible
causes and attempt to resolve the error.
Restarting the FRITZ!Box
The user interface cannot be opened or does not react.
Inconsistencies within the FRITZ!Box.
1. Restart the FRITZ!Box.
Remove the power cable from the socket.
2. Wait about five seconds before reconnecting to the
power supply.
3. To make sure that the FRITZ!Box has finished restart-
ing, wait until the “Power/DSL” LED lights up and
stop flashing and, if you have switched on WLAN, the
“WLAN” LED stays lit as well. This ensures that the
FRITZ!Box restart has been completed.
4. Try again to open the FRITZ!Box user interface by en-
tering fritz.box in the address field.
Checking the Cable Connections
The user interface of the FRITZ!Box does not appear in the
window of your web browser.
The cable connections are not secure.
Possible Cause
Remedy
Possible Cause
Checking Name Resolution
98
Make sure that all cable connections are plugged in se-
curely.
Checking Name Resolution
The user interface of the FRITZ!Box cannot be opened by
entering fritz.box.
The name resolution of the FRITZ!Box does not work.
1. In the web browser, enter the following IP address in
place of fritz.box:
192.168.178.1
2. If the user interface cannot be reached via this ad-
dress, check the settings configured for your network
adapter as described in section “Obtaining an IP
Address Automatically” from page 108.
Checking the IP Address
The user interface of the FRITZ!Box can be reached nei-
ther at the address fritz.box nor at 192.168.178.1.
The IP address set on the connected computer is inappli-
cable.
Set the network adapter to DHCP so that the IP address
can be obtained via the DHCP server of the FRITZ!Box. Ad-
just the settings to those described in the section “Ob-
taining an IP Address Automatically” from page 108.
If it is still not possible to open the FRITZ!Box user inter-
face by entering fritz.box or 192.168.178.1, use the fixed
IP address of the FRITZ!Box as described on page 102.
Remedy
Possible Cause
Remedy
Possible Cause
Remedy
99
Disabling Dial-Up Connections
Disabling Dial-Up Connections
The user interface is not opened; a window for a dial-up
connection appears instead.
The browser must use the network connection between
the computer and FRITZ!Box when the user interface is
opened. For this the automatic establishment of a Dial-Up
Networking connection must be disabled.
You can disable the automatic attempt to establish a Dial-
Up Networking connection. The following example ex-
plains how to check the settings of Internet Explorer 8:
1. Select the “Connections” settings page under “Tools
/ Internet Options...”.
2. In the “Dial-up and Virtual Private Network settings”
section, enable the option “Never dial a connection”.
3. As a final step, click “OK”.
Enabling Online Operation
The user interface does not appear in the window of your
web browser.
The web browser is set for offline operation.
Configure the web browser for online operation. Using the
example of Internet Explorer 8:
1. Open the “Tools” menu.
2. If a checkmark is displayed in front of “Work Offline”,
click this line.
The checkmark will be removed and Internet Explorer will
switch to online operation.
Possible Cause
Remedy
Possible Cause
Remedy
Checking the Proxy Settings
100
Checking the Proxy Settings
The user interface does not appear in the window of your
web browser.
The proxy settings of the web browser prevent the user in-
terface from being opened.
Enter the DNS name and the IP address of the FRITZ!Box as
an exception in the proxy settings of the web browser, as
described here for the example of the Internet Explorer 8.
1. Select the “Connections” settings page under “Tools
/ Internet Options...”.
2. Click the “LAN settings” button in the “Local Area
Network (LAN)” settings area.
3. In the “Proxy server” area of the next window, check
the “Use proxy server for LAN” option and then click
“Advanced”.
4. Enter as “Exceptions”:
fritz.box; 192.168.178.1; 169.254.1.1
and click “OK”.
Checking the CGI Settings
The user interface does not appear in the window of your
web browser.
The execution of CGI scripts is disabled in the web brow-
ser.
Configure the web browser so that the execution of scripts
is allowed in the user interface. Using the example of the
Internet Explorer 8:
1. Select the “Security” settings page under “Tools / In-
ternet Options...”.
Possible Cause
Remedy
Possible Cause
Remedy
101
Checking the Security Software
2. If the “Default Level” button is not available for selec-
tion, the “Medium” security level is already config-
ured, which means that CGI scripts can be executed
in the Internet browser.
3. Proceed as follows if the “Default Level” button is
available for selection:
Select the “Local intranet” icon as zone to change se-
curity settings and click the “Sites” button.
4. In the next window, click the “Advanced” button and
enter in the “Add this Web site to the zone:” field:
fritz.box
Click “Add”.
5. Disable the “Require server verification (https:) for all
sites in this zone” option and click “Close”.
Checking the Security Software
The user interface cannot be displayed in the web brows-
er.
Security software is blocking access to the user interface.
Security software like firewalls can prevent access to the
user interface of the FRITZ!Box. Configure exceptions for
the FRITZ!Box in all of the enabled security software.
Possible Cause
Remedy
If you would like to exit security software to test access to
the FRITZ!Box, remove the DSL cable first! After testing,
first start the security software before reinserting the DSL
cable and connecting to the Internet!
Opening the User Interface of the FRITZ!Box
102
Opening the User Interface of the FRITZ!Box
The FRITZ!Box is equipped with a fixed IP address that
cannot be changed. FRITZ!Box always can be reached at
this IP address. This fixed IP address is:
Proceed as follows to open the FRITZ!Box user interface
using this IP address:
1. Connect the FRITZ!Box to the computer using the net-
work cable (yellow). For more information, see the
section “Connecting Computers to the LAN Port” from
page 15.
2. Make sure that the computer obtains its IP address
automatically. You can check this setting in the com-
puter’s IP settings (see section “Obtaining an IP
Address Automatically” from page 108).
3. Restart your computer.
4. Start your Internet browser and enter FRITZ!Box’s
fixed IP address:
169.254.1.1
The FRITZ!Box user interface opens.
Fixed IP address 169.254.1.1
Once you have reached the FRITZ!Box user interface
again, you should check the FRITZ!Box settings and cor-
rect them if necessary.
103
The WLAN Adapter Cannot Find FRITZ!Box
10.2 The WLAN Adapter Cannot Find FRITZ!Box
If the “FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340” radio network is not
found by the WLAN adapter of a computer, work through
the following steps to find the source of the error and re-
solve it.
Enabling the WLAN Adapter
The WLAN adapter cannot find a wireless network.
The WLAN adapter is not ready for operation.
Make sure that the WLAN adapter is ready for operation.
Some of the WLAN adapters installed in notebooks must
be activated by flipping a switch on the notebook.
Enabling WLAN
The wireless network of the FRITZ!Box is not found by the
WLAN adapter.
WLAN is not enabled in the FRITZ!Box. If the “WLAN” LED
on the FRITZ!Box is not lit up or is flashing, this means that
WLAN is not enabled.
Press the WLAN switch on the FRITZ!Box. The “WLAN” LED
begins flashing and then lights constantly. This means
that the WLAN function is enabled.
Possible Cause
Remedy
For questions on the WLAN adapter of your computer,
please contact the manufacturer.
Possible Cause
Remedy
Announcing the Name of the Radio Network
104
Announcing the Name of the Radio Network
The WLAN Adapter cannot find the wireless network of the
FRITZ!Box.
The name of the wireless network of the FRITZ!Box is con-
cealed.
Enable the setting “Name of the radio network visible” is
enabled in the WLAN settings of the FRITZ!Box.
1. Connect the FRITZ!Box to a computer using a network
cable, as described in the section “Connecting Com-
puters to the LAN Port” on page 15.
2. Start a web browser.
3. Enter fritz.box in the address field.
4. Select the “Settings” menu.
5. Select the “Advanced Settings / WLAN / Radio Net-
work” menu and select the “Name of the radio net-
work visible” option.
6. Click the “Apply” button.
7. Remove the network cable and try again to establish
a connection via WLAN.
10.3 WLAN Connection Is Not Established
Comparing the Security Settings for WLAN
Make sure that the WLAN security settings registered in
the FRITZ!Box agree with the security settings of the WLAN
adapter.
Here is how to view the WLAN security settings of the
FRITZ!Box and print them out.
1. Connect the FRITZ!Box to a computer using a network
cable. Proceed as described in the section “Connect-
ing Computers to the LAN Port” from page 15.
Possible Cause
Remedy
105
Testing the WLAN Connection Without Security Settings
2. Start a web browser.
3. Enter fritz.box in the address field.
4. Select the “Settings” menu.
5. Select the “Advanced Settings / WLAN / Security”
menu.
6. Click the “Apply” button.
A window is displayed with the WLAN security set-
tings. Print out the page by clicking the “Print Page”
button.
7. Remove the network cable and check the configura-
tion of the WLAN adapter in the printout. Try again to
establish a connection.
Testing the WLAN Connection Without Security
Settings
Disable the WLAN security settings to test whether a WLAN
connection between the FRITZ!Box and the WLAN adapter
is possible at all.
1. Connect the FRITZ!Box to a computer using a network
cable. Proceed as described in the section “Connect-
ing Computers to the LAN Port” from page 15.
2. Open the user interface in a web browser. Proceed as
described in the section “Opening the User Inter-
face” on page 26.
3. In the “Advanced Settings / WLAN / Security” menu,
select “non-encrypted”. As a final step, click “Apply”.
4. Remove the network cable and try again to establish
a connection.
This non-secured condition should be used only for
testing, to find out whether a WLAN connection is
possible at all.
Installing the Current Service Pack
106
If the attempt to connect to the WLAN using the non-en-
crypted connection is not successful either, check the in-
stallation of the WLAN adapter and contact the manufac-
turer of the WLAN adapter if necessary.
Enable WLAN encryption again after completing the tests.
Follow the steps listed above and then enable the kind of
encryption that was previously configured.
Installing the Current Service Pack
The WLAN connection to the FRITZ!Box cannot be estab-
lished using the Microsoft WLAN Service (WZC) in
Windows XP with Service Pack 2.
The required Microsoft patch for WPA2 (IEEE 802.11i) may
not be not installed.
Install Service Pack 3 (SP3) for Windows XP, available as a
free download from Microsoft. Then Microsoft WLAN Ser-
vice will support WPA2, so that a WLAN connection can be
established to the FRITZ!Box.
Ruling Out Interference Caused by Other Wireless
Networks
If there are other devices in the immediate vicinity of your
FRITZ!Box that use the same frequency band, simultane-
ous use of frequencies can result in mutual interference
(for example, fluctuations or interrupted connections).
Disruptions can be caused by other WLAN access points,
but also by devices like baby monitors, game consoles,
garage door openers, Bluetooth devices, or wireless AV
bridges, which also use the 2.4-GHz frequency band. In
this case, please test a different radio channel for your
FRITZ!Box.
Alternatively, you can set the radio channel to “Auto”. This
enables the Autochannel function, so that the FRITZ!Box
searches for the best WLAN channel itself.
Possible Cause
Remedy
107
Ruling Out Interference Caused by Other Wireless Networks
For applications that rely on a steady, high throughput
rate (“streaming”), you should use the 5-GHz frequency
band. This radio band provides more channels and is sub-
ject to significantly less external interference.
To set the radio channel in the user interface, your com-
puter must be connected with the FRITZ!Box by network
cable or wirelessly. If your computer is connected via
WLAN, continue with Step 2 of the below instructions. In
this case, note that the existing WLAN connections is in-
terrupted as soon as you apply the changed settings. Af-
terward you have to reconnect your computer with the
FRITZ!Box.
1. Connect the FRITZ!Box to a computer using a network
cable. Proceed as described in the section “Connect-
ing Computers to the LAN Port” on page 15.
2. Start a web browser.
3. Enter fritz.box in the address field.
4. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Set-
tings” area.
5. Open the “WLAN / Radio Settings” menu.
6. After enabling the “Adjust radio channel” option, se-
lect a different radio channel from the “Radio chan-
nel” list.
7. Click the “Apply” button.
8. Remove the network cable and check whether inter-
ference continues to occur.
Avoiding WLAN Channels with DFS
108
Avoiding WLAN Channels with DFS
The FRITZ!Box loses the WLAN connection in the 5-GHz
frequency band for no apparent reason.
In the 5-GHz frequency area the access point is program-
med to change the channel whenever a radar source trans-
mits on the same channel (Dynamic Frequency Selection,
DFS).
A forced channel change can be avoided by selecting in
the FRITZ!Box a channel for the 5-GHz frequency band that
does not use DFS (channels 36, 40, 44, 48).
10.4 Obtaining an IP Address Automatically
The FRITZ!Box has its own DHCP server, which assigns IP
addresses to the connected computers. The connected
computers must be configured such that they can receive
their IP addresses automatically. The steps for checking
and adjusting this option differ among the operating sys-
tems. See the relevant section for your operating system.
Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Windows 7
1. Click the “Start” button in the task bar and select the
“Control Panel / Network and Internet”.
2. Under “Network and Sharing Center”, click on “View
network status and tasks”.
3. From the left column, select the “Change adapter set-
tings” command.
4. Select the LAN connection between your computer
and the FRITZ!Box. Click the right mouse button and
select “Properties”.
Possible Cause
Remedy
If FRITZ!Box is operated in a network, no other DHCP serv-
er may be activated in this network.
109
Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Windows 7
5. Under “This connection uses the following items”,
select the “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)”
entry and click the “Properties” button.
6. On the “General” tab, enable the options “Obtain an
IP address automatically” and “Obtain DNS server
address automatically”.
Properties of the Internet protocol (TCP/IP)
7. Confirm your selection by clicking “OK”.
Repeat steps 5 through 7 for the “Internet Protocol
Version 6 (TCP/IPv6)” as well.
The computer now receives an IP address from the
FRITZ!Box.
Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Windows Vista
110
Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in
Windows Vista
1. Click the “Start” button in the task bar and select the
“Control Panel / Network and Sharing Center”.
2. From the “Tasks”, select “Manage network connec-
tions”.
3. In the “LAN or High-Speed Internet” area, select the
LAN connection between your computer and the
FRITZ!Box. Click the right mouse button and select
“Properties”.
4. If the “User Account Control” window is displayed,
click “Continue” in this window.
5. Under “This connection uses the following items”,
select the “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)”
entry and click the “Properties” button.
6. On the “General” tab, enable the options “Obtain an
IP address automatically” and “Obtain DNS server
address automatically”.
Properties of the Internet protocol (TCP/IP)
7. Confirm your selection by clicking “OK”.
If necessary, repeat steps 5 through 7 for the “Inter-
net Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6)” as well.
The computer now receives an IP address from the
FRITZ!Box.
111
Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Windows XP
Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in
Windows XP
1. Go to “start / Control Panel / Network and Internet
Connections / Network Connections” and double-
click the LAN connection icon of the network adapter
connected to the FRITZ!Box.
2. Click the “Properties” button.
3. Select “Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)” in the list of items
used in this network connection and click “Proper-
ties”.
4. On the “General” tab, enable the options “Obtain an
IP address automatically” and “Obtain DNS server
address automatically”.
Properties of the Internet protocol (TCP/IP)
5. Confirm your selection by clicking “OK”.
The computer now receives an IP address from the
FRITZ!Box.
Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Mac OS X
112
Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Mac OS X
1. Select the “System Preferences” in the Apple menu.
2. In the “System Preferences” window, click the “Net-
work” icon.
3. In the “Network” window, select the “Built-in Ether-
net” entry from the “Show:” drop-down menu.
4. Switch to the “TCP/IP” settings page and select the
“Using DHCP:” option from the “Configure IPv4”
drop-down menu.
5. Click “Apply Now”.
The computer now receives an IP address from the
FRITZ!Box.
Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Linux
For comprehensive information and tips on the topic of
network settings in Linux, see, for example:
http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/NET3-4-HOWTO-5.html
113
Removing
11 Removing
Removing Software and Program Entries
This chapter describes how to remove the FRITZ!Box from the computer
and uninstall the corresponding software.
11.1 Disconnecting the FRITZ!Box from the Computer
LAN Port If the computer is connected to one of the LAN ports on
the FRITZ!Box, simply remove the network cable.
If the computer is connected to the FRITZ!Box via a net-
work hub or switch, remove the network cable between
the FRITZ!Box and the network hub or switch.
WLAN If the computer is connected to the FRITZ!Box wirelessly
via WLAN, deactivate the WLAN connection to the
FRITZ!Box in the software of the WLAN adapter or the
WLAN module.
11.2 Removing the Printer Port
The AVM FRITZ!Box USB printer port is removed using the
Control Panel of the Windows operating system.
Removing the Printer Port in Windows 7
1. Open “Start / Control Panel / Programs”.
2. Under “Programs and Features”, click “Uninstall a
program”.
3. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box Printer Port” entry from
the list.
4. Click the “Uninstall/Change” button above the list.
The printer port is uninstalled.
Removing the Printer Port in Windows Vista
1. Open “Start / Settings / Control Panel / Programs
and Functions”.
2. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box USB Printer Port” entry
from the list.
Removing the Printer Port in Windows XP
114
3. Click the “Uninstall/Change” button.
4. Confirm the next query by clicking “Continue”.
This concludes the uninstallation of the printer port.
Removing the Printer Port in Windows XP
1. Open “start / Control Panel / Add or Remove Pro-
grams”. Make sure that the “Change or Remove Pro-
grams” button is selected in the column at left.
2. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box USB Printer Port” entry
from the list of “Currently installed programs”.
3. Click the “Change/Remove” button.
This concludes the uninstallation of the printer port.
11.3 Removing the Program Group
Remove the FRITZ!Box program group using the Control
Panel of the Windows operating system.
Removing the Program Group in Windows 7
1. Open “Start / Control Panel / Programs”.
2. Under “Programs and Features”, click “Uninstall a
program”.
3. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box Documentation” entry
from the list.
4. Click the “Uninstall/Change” button above the list.
This concludes the uninstallation of the program group.
Removing the Program Group in Windows Vista
1. Open “Start / Settings / Control Panel / Programs
and Functions”.
2. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box Documentation” entry
from the list.
3. Click the “Uninstall/Change” button.
4. Confirm the next query by clicking “Continue”.
115
Removing the Program Group in Windows XP
This concludes the uninstallation of the program group.
Removing the Program Group in Windows XP
1. Open “start / Control Panel / Add or Remove Pro-
grams”. Make sure that the “Change or Remove Pro-
grams” button is selected in the column at left.
2. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box Documentation” entry
from the list of “Currently installed programs”.
3. Click the “Change/Remove” button.
This concludes the uninstallation of the program group.
Product Details
116
II PRODUCT DETAILS AND USEFUL INFORMATION
1 Product Details
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
This chapter provides you with product details on FRITZ!Box Fon
WLAN 7340. You receive information on the LEDs, the audible signals,
cables and adapters, technical data and further details.
1.1 Cables
See the information in the following section on the indi-
vidual cables and adapters on the FRITZ!Box Fon
WLAN 7340.
DSL/Telephone Cable
The DSL/telephone cable is a special combined cable de-
veloped by AVM to connect the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
to the DSL splitter and the ISDN NT or analog telephone
line.
If you need a longer cable, you can extend one or multiple
ends of the combined cable using RJ45 double couplings.
Which ends of the cable you extend depends on the spa-
tial conditions at your location.
You will need the following components to extend the
length of one or more ends of your DSL/telephone cable:
• 1 standard network cable
• 1 standard RJ45 Cat5 double coupling
Both components are available from specialized vendors.
AVM recommends that the standard DSL/telephone cable
be extended to no more than 10 meters.
Remember that the quality of the line may be decrease as
the distance from the central switching station increases.
117
Network Cable
Network Cable
The FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 network cable (yellow) is a
standard category 5 (Cat5) Ethernet cable. If you need a
replacement cable, a longer cable or an extension, please
use a standard STP-type (Shielded Twisted Pair) Ethernet
cable of the category 5 or 5e (Cat5 or Cat5e). To extend the
cable you will need a shielded RJ45 double coupling (Cat5
or Cat5e) with a 1:1 pin assignment. You can use both
straight cables and crosslink cables. All components are
available from specialized vendors.
When components of a smaller category are used, re-
duced transmission rates may result.
AVM recommends using a network cable no more than
100 meters long.
1.2 LEDs
Five LEDs are built into the top of the FRITZ!Box Fon
WLAN 7340, which flash or light up to display various con-
nection statuses.
Additional network cable is required if you would like to
use all of the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 network ports.
LEDs
118
LED Condition Meaning
Power/DSL on • FRITZ!Box on standby
• the device has electrical power and the DSL line is
ready for operation
flashing • the device has electrical power
• the connection to DSL is being established or has
been interrupted
Internet on a telephone connection to the Internet is active
flashing there are messages in your mailbox (this function must be
supported by your telephony carrier)
Fixed Line on a telephone connection via the telephone line (ISDN/ana-
log) is active
flashing there are messages in your mailbox (this function must be
supported by your telephony provider)
WLAN on WLAN function is enabled
flashing • enabling or disabling WLAN function
• adopting the WLAN settings
• performing WPS
• WPS procedure aborted: More than two WLAN devices
are performing WPS at the same time. Repeat the con-
nection routine.
INFO on • a telephone connection between two Internet telepho-
ny subscribers is active; the call is free of charge (this
function must be supported by your Internet telepho-
ny provider)
• signals an event specified by the user
• Stick & Surf procedure concluded
flashing • updating the firmware
• specified value for online meter reached
• signals an event specified by the user
• Stick & Surf procedure in progress
flashes red Error: Open the FRITZ!Box user interface and follow the in-
structions on the “Overview” page
119
WLAN Button
“INFO” LED You can define what additional information should be dis-
played on the “INFO” LED. For details, see the “Settings /
Advanced Settings / System / “INFO” Display” section of
the user interface of your FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340.
1.3 WLAN Button
The FRITZ!Box is equipped with a WLAN button.
The button has two functions:
• enabling/disabling WLAN
• establishing a WLAN connection with the WPS meth-
od (see “WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)” from
page 141)
If you hold the button down longer than six seconds,
this function will be executed. For this to work, your
WLAN adapter must support the WPS method.
1.4 DECT Button
The FRITZ!Box is equipped with a DECT button. The DECT
button has two functions:
• Ring to search for misplaced handsets (paging call)
If you press the DECT button once briefly, the handset
will ring.
• Start the login procedure to register handsets
How to register a DECT handset is explained in the
section “DECT Function” from page 46.
Technical Summary
120
1.5 Technical Summary
Ports and Interfaces
• VDLS2/telephone port
– VDSL modem in accordance with standard
ITU G.993.2 Annex A and B
– telephone port for connecting to the analog net-
work or ISDN
• DSL/telephone port
– DSL modem in accordance with standard
ITU G.992.1 Annex A and B (ADSL), ITU G.992.3
Annex A and B (ADSL2), ITU G.992.5 Annex A and
B (ADSL2+)
– telephone port for connecting to the analog net-
work or ISDN
• Two a/b ports for connecting two extensions via RJ11
sockets
• DECT base station that supports the GAP and CAT-iq
standards
• Two LAN ports via RJ45 sockets (standard Ethernet,
10/100/1000 base-T)
• Two USB host controllers (USB version 2.0)
• WLAN access point with support for wireless net-
works
– IEEE 802.11a – 54 Mbit/s
– IEEE 802.11b – 11 Mbit/s
– IEEE 802.11g – 54 Mbit/s
– IEEE 802.11n – 300 Mbit/s
121
Router Function
Router Function
• VDSL/ADSL router
• DHCP server
• Firewall with IP masquerading/NAT
User Interface and Display
• Configuration and status messages via a web brows-
er on a connected computer
• Five LEDs indicate the condition of the device
Physical Specifications
• Dimensions (w x h x d) approx. 226 x 160 x 47 mm
• Supply voltage: 230 V / 50 Hz
• Maximum power consumption: 22 W
• Average power consumption: 8 W – 11 W
• Firmware can be updated
• Conform to CE standards
• Ambient conditions
– operating temperature: 0°C – +40°C
– storage temperature: -20°C – +70°C
– relative humidity (operation): 10% – 90%
– relative humidity (idle): 5% – 95%
Declaration of CE Conformity
122
1.6 Declaration of CE Conformity
The manufacturer AVM GmbH
Alt-Moabit 95
D-10559 Berlin
herewith declares that the product
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
ADSL/VDSL WLAN router
complies with the following directives:
1999/5/EC R&TTE Directive: Radio Equipment and Telecommu-
nications Terminal Equipment
2004/108/EEC EMC Directive: Electromagnetic Compatibility
2006/95/EC Low Voltage Directive:Electrical equipment de-
signed for use within certain voltage limits
2009/125/EC EU directive: Ecodesign Requirements for Energy-
using Products
The following norms were consulted to assess conformity:
- EN 60950-1:2006
- CTR 3/1998-06-17
- ETSI TS 101 388 V1.4.1 (2007-
08)
- ITU-T G.992.1
- ITU-T G.992.2
- ITU-T G.992.3
- ITU-T G.992.4
- ITU-T G.992.5
- ITU-T G.994.1
- ETSI ETR 328 (1996-11)
- ITU-T G.993.1
- ITU-T G.993.2
- EN 301 489-1 V1.8.1 (2008)
- EN 301 489-17 V2.1.1 (2009)
- EN 55024/9.98 + A1/10.01 +
A2/01.03
- EN 300 328 V1.7.1 (11-2004)
- EN 301 893 V1.5.1 (12-2008)
- EN 301 406 v1.5.1 (2003)
- EN 301 489-6 V1.3.1 (2008)
The CE symbol confirms that this product conforms with the
above mentioned norms and regulations.
Berlin, 2009-06-02 Peter Faxel, Technical Director
Indication of Countries
The radio technology of this device is designed for use in all countries
of the European Union and in Switzerland, Norway and Iceland. In
France only indoor operation is permitted.
123
Manufacturer’s Warranty
1.7 Manufacturer’s Warranty
We offer a manufacturer’s warranty of 2 years for this orig-
inal product. The warranty period begins with the pur-
chase date from the first end user. Compliance with the
warranty period can be proven by submission of the origi-
nal invoice or comparable documents. This warranty does
not restrict your warranty rights based on the contract of
sale or other statutory rights.
We will remove defects to the product which are demon-
strably due to faults in materials or manufacturing. Our
warranty does not cover defects which occur due to incor-
rect installation, improper use, non-observance of instruc-
tions in the user manual, normal wear and tear or defects
in the environment of the system (third-party hardware or
software). We may, at our discretion, repair or replace the
defective product. Claims other than the right to the re-
moval of defects which is mentioned in these terms of
warranty are not constituted.
We guarantee that the software conforms with general
specifications, not, however, that the software meets your
individual requirements. Delivery costs will not be reim-
bursed. Products which have been replaced revert to our
ownership. Claims recognized under warranty entail nei-
ther an extension or recommencement of the warranty pe-
riod. If we reject a warranty claim, this claim lapses no la-
ter than six months after being rejected by us.
This warranty shall be governed by German substantive
law, to the exclusion of the United Nations Convention on
Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG).
© AVM GmbH 2010. All rights reserved. Documentation
release 07/2010
AVM in the Internet: www.avm.de/en
AVM Audiovisuelles Marketing
und Computersysteme GmbH
Alt-Moabit 95
D 10559 Berlin
Germany
Disposal
124
1.8 Disposal
Electrical and electronic equipment must be disposed of
separately from household waste.
Labeling of electrical and electronic scrap
In accordance with European regulations, the FRITZ!Box
Fon WLAN 7340, as well as all devices and electronic com-
ponents contained in the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 pack-
age may not be disposed with household waste. Please
bring these to your local collection points for disposal.
125
More about WLAN
2 More about WLAN
WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) is a radio technology that allows
networks and access to the Internet to be provided without cable con-
nections. This allows multiple users to share one wireless Internet con-
nection.
2.1 Standards
The WLAN standards IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b,
IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n and IEEE 802.11i were devel-
oped by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
(IEEE).
The standards IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g
and IEEE 802.11n define the transmission rate within a
wireless LAN. The IEEE 802.11i standard is a security stan-
dard.
Standards for the Throughput Rate
Data Throughput The FRITZ!Box supports your choice of the standards
IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g and
IEEE 802.11n. WLAN adapters based on one or more of
the standards listed can be used for WLAN connections
with the FRITZ!Box.
The standards are intended for different frequency bands.
The throughputs listed differentiate between gross and
net transmission rates. The net speed describes the trans-
mission rate of the user data.
Standard Frequency Band Gross Data Throughput up
to
Net Data Throughput up to
802.11a 5 GHz 54 Mbit/s 25 Mbit/s
802.11b 2.4 GHz 11 Mbit/s 5 Mbit/s
802.11g 2.4 GHz 54 Mbit/s 25 Mbit/s
802.11n 2.4 / 5 GHz 300 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Standards for the Throughput Rate
126
Range The range within a WLAN is highly dependent on the fol-
lowing factors:
• the WLAN adapter used
• the structural conditions
• the amount of radio traffic on the same frequency
band. Other wireless networks may be active, but al-
so microwave ovens, baby monitors, game consoles,
garage door openers, audio-video bridges, or
Bluetooth transmitters (for instance, in mobile tele-
phones).
FRITZ!WLAN
Repeater N/G
To increase the WLAN range, especially under difficult or
strongly-shielding structural conditions, the FRITZ!WLAN
Repeater N/G, available as an accessory from AVM, can be
used in combination with the FRITZ!Box. It is especially
easy to install and can be operated at any 230-V power
outlet.
IEEE 802.11a Because this standard works exclusively in the seldom
used 5-GHz range, it offers the opportunity to transmit da-
ta relatively free of interference from external influences.
WLAN adapters that support 802.11a are much less com-
mon that devices that work in accordance with the
802.11b/g standard.
IEEE 802.11b With a maximum throughput rate of 11 Mbit/s, this is the
oldest standard for radio networks. Older WLAN adapters
of the first generation can communicate with the
FRITZ!Box using 802.11b. However, if the WLAN adapter
supports newer standards such as 802.11g, the latest
standard should be used.
IEEE 802.11g This is currently the most common WLAN standard. It com-
municates with a maximum of 54 Mbit/s gross in the 2.4-
GHz frequency range (ISM) and guarantees broad compat-
ibility with many WLAN devices.
However, due to heavy use of the 2.4-GHz range, interfer-
ence is more common than in the less-used 5-GHz range.
IEEE 802.11n This standard allows for high throughput rates and rang-
es. The FRITZ!Box supports 802.11n in the 2.4-GHz fre-
quency band, or, if desired, also in the 5-GHz frequency
127
Setting the Right Standard in the FRITZ!Box
band. Modulation processes and antenna techniques like
MIMO (Multiple Input, Multiple Output) use the entire fre-
quency band available more effectively than the older
standards.
Thanks to compatibility with the 802.11g standard, you
can also continue to use older WLAN adapters.
Setting the Right Standard in the FRITZ!Box
The throughput rate that can be achieved in your radio
network depends on the WLAN standards used by the in-
tegrated WLAN adapters. These WLAN standards must al-
so be set in the FRITZ!Box. Proceed as follows to check
which WLAN standards are set and change them if need-
ed:
1. Start a web browser.
2. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface by entering
fritz.box.
3. Click “Settings / Advanced Settings”.
4. Make sure that the expert mode is enabled in the
“System / Expert Mode” menu.
5. Open the “WLAN / Radio Channel” and select the set-
ting required in the “WLAN standard” field.
• In order to communicate with each other, the
FRITZ!Box and all WLAN adapters must work in the
same frequency band.
• The standard you configure in the FRITZ!Box must be
compatible with the standards of all WLAN adapters
used in the WLAN.
The use of the 802.11n standard—and thus the availabili-
ty of higher throughput rates—is possible only if the
WLAN connection is secured using the WPA2 security
mechanism (AES-CCMP).
Note the following for the configuration of this setting:
Setting the Right Standard in the FRITZ!Box
128
Make a note of which standards the WLAN adapters in
your network are compatible with and then adjust the
FRITZ!Box settings according to the following information:
• Your radio network integrates only WLAN adapters
that are compatible with one or both of the following
standards:
– 802.11n
– 802.11g
Set the following mode in the FRITZ!Box:
Mode: 802.11n+g
The 2.4-GHz frequency band will be used.
• Your radio network integrates only WLAN adapters
that are compatible with one or both of the following
standards:
– 802.11b
– 802.11g
Set the following mode in the FRITZ!Box:
Mode: 802.11b+g
The 2.4-GHz frequency band will be used.
• Your radio network integrates only WLAN adapters
that are compatible with one or several of the follow-
ing standards:
– 802.11n
– 802.11g
– 802.11b
Set the following mode in the FRITZ!Box:
Mode: 802.11n+g+b
The 2.4-GHz frequency band will be used.
• Your radio network integrates only WLAN adapters
that are compatible with one or both of the following
standards:
129
The Standard for Security
– 802.11n
– 802.11a
Set the following mode in the FRITZ!Box:
Mode: 802.11n+a
The 5-GHz frequency band will be used.
The Standard for Security
IEEE 802.11i The WPA2 security mechanism is defined in the
IEEE 802.11i standard. WPA2 is an extension of the famil-
iar security mechanism WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access).
The main feature of the extension of WPA to WPA2 is the
AES-CCMP encryption process.
FRITZ!Box supports the AES encryption procedure as part
of the WPA2 mechanism, and the TKIP encryption proce-
dure as part of the WPA mechanism. This means that the
FRITZ!Box can be used in combination with any WLAN
adapters that also support WPA2 with AES or WPA with
TKIP.
Mechanism Encryption
WPA TKIP (Temporary Key Integrity Protocol)
WPA2 TKIP
AES-CCMP
based on the extremely secure AES (Ad-
vanced Encryption Standard) procedure.
CCM (Counter with CBC-MAC) defines how
the AES procedure is applied to WLAN
packets.
Security
130
2.2 Security
Security is of utmost importance within radio networks.
Therefore it is important that no unauthorized users can
register in a WLAN to use its Internet access or shared net-
work resources.
FRITZ!Box includes settings on various levels that contrib-
ute to the security of your WLAN and thus to the security of
your computers.
Encryption
The most important security setting is encryption. The
FRITZ!Box supports the security mechanisms WEP (Wired
Equivalent Privacy), WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) and
WPA2 as follows:
• As part of the WEP mechanism a static key is deter-
mined to serve for the encryption of the user data.
Enter the key in the WLAN security settings of the
FRITZ!Box. All of the WLAN adapters in your wireless
network must also use this key.
• The WPA and WPA2 mechanisms provide for authen-
tication while the connection is being established.
For this a WPA password must be defined.
When WPA is selected, the TKIP encryption method is
used to encrypt the user data. In WPA2 the AES-CCMP
encryption method is used.
The encryption method you configure here must also
be supported by your WLAN adapter.
The user data are encrypted using an automatically
generated key. This key is regenerated at regular in-
tervals.
Radio signals can also be received outside of office or res-
idential spaces and abused for criminal purposes.
131
Encryption
The WPA password used may be 8 to 63 characters in
length. For increased security, however, the pass-
word should be at least 20 characters long. Use nu-
merals, letters and special characters and combine
capitals and lower-case letters.
Default Setting In the FRITZ!Box a method combining WPA + WPA2 encryp-
tion with the TKIP/AES-CCMP encryption method is pre-
configured. This setting allows you to use WLAN adapters
that support WPA (TKIP) or WPA2 (AES-CCMP) or both
methods.
Recommendation If your WLAN adapter supports an encryption method that
is more secure than the one preconfigured in the
FRITZ!Box, you should select the more secure encryption
method in your FRITZ!Box.
To configure the best security settings possible with
FRITZ!Box and your WLAN adapter, please note the follow-
ing recommendations:
• If your WLAN adapter supports WPA2 in accordance
with the 802.11i standard:
– Enable WPA encryption.
– Select the WPA mode “WPA2 (CCMP)” or
“WPA+WPA2”.
– Replace the WPA network key with a new, unique
value.
• If your WLAN adapter supports the WPA mechanism,
but not the WPA2 mechanism:
– Enable WPA encryption.
– Select the WPA mode “WPA (TKIP)” or
“WPA+WPA2”.
– Replace the WPA network key with a new, unique
value.
It is advisable to change the preconfigured WLAN key as
soon as possible. Changes to the settings can be config-
ured on the FRITZ!Box user interface.
Wireless Network Name (SSID)
132
• If your WLAN adapter supports neither the WPA nor
the WPA2 mechanism:
– Enable WEP encryption.
– Replace the WLAN key with a new, unique value.
Wireless Network Name (SSID)
In the factory settings of the FRITZ!Box, the name of the
wireless network (SSID) is set to “FRITZ!Box Fon
WLAN 7340”.
2.3 Frequency Ranges
WLAN uses the frequency bands at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz as
its transmission range.
With the FRITZ!Box you can establish WLAN connections in
either the 2.4-GHz or the 5-GHz frequency band.
2.4-GHz Frequency
Band
In the 2.4-GHz frequency band WLAN works in the same
range as Bluetooth, microwave devices and various other
devices like radio-controlled toys, garage-door openers
and video bridges. This means that interference may occur
within WLANs operated in the vicinity of such devices.
Generally this has adverse effects on the transmission
rate, including aborted connections.
In the 2.4-GHz frequency band the European regulation
authorities have designated 13 channels for WLAN. A
channel can have a bandwidth of 20 MHz (throughput up
to 130 Mbit/s) or 40 MHz (throughput of up to
300 Mbit/s).
We strongly recommend the use of a WLAN adapter that
supports WPA or WPA2 (for instance, the AVM
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N). WEP is out of date and data en-
crypted with WEP can be deciphered within minutes.
It may occur that an additional device with the same net-
work name is located in the vicinity of your FRITZ!Box. To
rule out this possibility, we recommend changing the pre-
set SSID to a name of your choice.
133
Frequency Ranges
Channels located directly next to each other in the 2.4-
GHz band may overlap and result in mutual interference.
For instance, if several WLANs are operated close to each
other in the 2.4-GHz frequency range with a bandwidth of
20 MHz, a distance of at least five channels should be left
empty between each two channels used. This means that
if channel 1 is selected for one WLAN, the channels 6
through 13 can be selected for a second WLAN. This main-
tains the minimum distance between channels.
WLAN Autochannel With the WLAN autochannel function, the FRITZ!Box auto-
matically searches for the channel subject to the least in-
terference. This process takes into consideration interfer-
ence from radio networks in the vicinity (WLAN access
points) and potential sources of interference (for instance
video bridges, baby monitors, microwave ovens). Should
problems with interference persist despite this function,
try to identify the source of interference and switch it off
manually.
Additional tips on interference in the wireless network are
presented in the section “Ruling Out Interference Caused
by Other Wireless Networks” from page 106.
5-GHz Frequency
Band
The FRITZ!Box can operate in the 5-GHz frequency band as
an alternative. This frequency range is used much less of-
ten than the most common 2.4-GHz frequency range.
In the 5-GHz frequency band, your FRITZ!Box occasionally
may change channels automatically due to DFS (Dynamic
Frequency Selection) if a “higher-privileged user” simulta-
neously claims the channel selected by the FRITZ!Box.
This can happen especially when military or civilian radar
is used in the immediate vicinity. For more information,
see the section “Avoiding WLAN Channels with DFS” on
page 108.
A prerequisite for use of the 5-GHz frequency band is that
all WLAN devices in the network support this frequency
range in accordance with the IEEE 802.11a or
IEEE 8002.11n standard.
Frequency Ranges
134
2.4 GHz or 5 GHz The FRITZ!Box works in the WLAN network either in the
2.4-GHz range or in the 5-GHz range, but not parallel in
both frequency ranges at the same time.
Bandwidth In both frequency ranges you can select between channel
bandwidths of 20 MHz or 40 MHz (exception: channel 140
in the 5-GHz frequency band). The FRITZ!Box initially at-
tempts to select a channel with 40 MHz bandwidth
(throughput up to 300 Mbit/s). If this is not possible due
to interference or channels already being used by other
WLANs in the vicinity, the FRITZ!Box automatically switch-
es temporarily to a channel with 20 MHz bandwidth.
Greater bandwidth provides for higher data throughput:
Increasing bandwidths also increases the probability of
interference by wireless networks in the vicinity. Large
bandwidths reduce the frequency range available to other
wireless networks in the vicinity.
Allocation of the WLAN channels in the 2.4-GHz range:
Bandwidth (MHz) Maximum Data Throughput (Mbit/s)
20 130
40 300
Channel Frequency (GHz) Channel Frequency (GHz)
1 2.412 8 2.447
2 2.417 9 2.452
3 2.422 10 2.457
4 2.427 11 2.462
5 2.432 12 2.467
6 2.437 13 2.472
7 2.442
135
Increasing the WLAN Range
Allocation of the WLAN channels in the 5-GHz range:
2.4 Increasing the WLAN Range
The range of a WLAN radio network also always depends
on external influences. The following factors have an es-
pecially strong influence on the distance over which your
FRITZ!Box can establish a stable, high-throughput wire-
less connection:
• the WLAN adapter used
• structural conditions at your location
• the number of devices operating near the access
point in the same frequency range
You can extend the range in your wireless network yourself
as needed. To do so you will need supplementary equip-
ment not included in your FRITZ!Box package: You can ei-
ther use a WLAN repeater, for instance the
FRITZ!WLAN Repeater by AVM, or use an additional WLAN
access point working in repeater mode to set up a wireless
distribution system. Both options are described in greater
detail below.
Channel Frequency (GHz) Channel Frequency (GHz)
36 5.18 108 5.54
40 5.20 112 5.56
44 5.22 116 5.58
48 5.24 120 5.60
52 5.26 124 5.62
56 5.28 128 5.64
60 5.30 132 5.66
64 5.32 136 5.68
100 5.50 140 5.70 (20 MHz band-
width only)
104 5.52
Using the FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G
136
Using the FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G
To increase the WLAN range, especially under difficult or
strongly-shielding structural conditions, the
FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G, available as an accessory from
AVM, can be used in combination with the FRITZ!Box. It
supports all common WLAN standards, is especially easy
to install and can be operated at any 230-V power outlet.
Setting up a WDS
To extend the range in your wireless network using WDS
(Wireless Distribution System), you will need a WLAN ac-
cess point in addition to the FRITZ!Box. One of the two
WLAN access points works as the WDS base station, the
other as a WDS repeater. The WDS base station and WDS
repeater are connected to each other via WLAN. The WDS
base station then can use the WDS repeater to reach even
computers that would be located beyond its range without
the WDS repeater.
WDS: Expanding the WLAN range using a repeater
Note the following for WDS configuration:
• In order to expand the range of your wireless net-
work, you need at least one additional WLAN access
point. The wireless network of your FRITZ!Box can be
expanded to a WDS (Wireless Distribution System)
with up to three WLAN access points.
• All WLAN access points implemented in the WDS
must support WDS and be configured for this tech-
nology.
• All WLAN access points implemented as repeaters in
the WDS must be located within the radio range of
the WDS base station.
FRITZ!Box (base station) Repeater
Power
supply
Power
supply
DSL
Festnetz
I n t e r n e t
WLAN
INFO P o w e r / D S L
137
Setting up a WDS
• The FRITZ!Box can function as a WDS base station to
establish the Internet connection for other WDS re-
peaters, or as a WDS repeater to expand the range of
a WDS base station.
• Make sure that the WDS connections between the
WDS base station and the WDS repeaters are secured
using the same encryption (for instance,
WPA/WPA2). Note that the WPA2 encryption method
is available only when your network consists of AVM
devices, since only WEP encryption has been speci-
fied for WDS connections among all manufacturers.
• Make sure that all WLAN access points in the WDS
use the same radio channel.
• Every access point participating in the WDS fulfills
the tasks of a WLAN access point for its given WLAN
clients. This means that the WLAN clients see each
WLAN access point with an individual name (SSID)
and individual encryption settings.
If you use the WLAN control software provided in
Windows 7, Windows Vista or by the Windows XP wi-
th Service Pack 2 on your WLAN clients, you can as-
sign the same SSID and the same encryption settings
to different WLAN access points. Each client can then
automatically register at the WLAN access point with
the best availability.
• Make sure that each IP address is assigned only once
in the wireless network.
Configuring FRITZ!Box as a Base Station
WDS Base Station As a WDS base station, the FRITZ!Box establishes Internet
connections for other WLAN repeaters and WLAN clients.
For instructions on how to set up the FRITZ!Box as a WDS
repeater, start reading from page 139.
To set up the FRITZ!Box as a WDS base station, proceed
according to the following directions:
1. Start a web browser.
Setting up a WDS
138
2. Enter fritz.box in the address field.
The FRITZ!Box user interface opens.
3. Click “Settings / Advanced Settings”.
4. Make sure that the expert mode is enabled in the
“System / Expert Mode” menu and click “Apply”.
5. Open the “WLAN / Radio Network” menu.
6. If the wireless network (WLAN) is not enabled yet, en-
able the setting “WLAN radio network active” and
then click “Apply”.
7. Click the “WDS” menu entry.
8. Enable the “WDS enabled” setting.
9. Select “Base station” as the operating mode.
10. Select from the list of “WLAN Devices” the devices
that are to be used as WDS repeaters.
11. In the “Security” area define how the WDS repeater
connection should be encrypted.
12. Enter a password.
13. Click “Apply”.
The “Repeater Settings” you require to set up the
WDS repeaters are displayed.
14. We recommend printing out these settings.
This concludes the configuration of the FRITZ!Box as a
WDS base station.
Note that the WPA2 encryption method is available
only when your network consists of AVM devices.
Register the FRITZ!Box settings you printed out in each
WDS repeater operating in your wireless network.
139
Setting up a WDS
Configuring FRITZ!Box as a Repeater
WDS Repeater As a WDS repeater, the FRITZ!Box extends the range of a
WDS base station in the wireless network.
For instructions on how to set up the FRITZ!Box as a WDS
base station, start reading from page 137.
To set up the FRITZ!Box as a WDS repeater, proceed as di-
rected below:
1. Start a web browser.
2. Enter fritz.box in the address field.
The FRITZ!Box user interface opens.
3. Click “Settings / Advanced Settings”.
4. Make sure that the expert mode is enabled in the
“System / Expert Mode” menu and click “Apply”.
5. Open the “WLAN / Radio Network” menu.
6. If the wireless network (WLAN) is not enabled yet, en-
able the setting “WLAN radio network active” and
then click “Apply”.
7. Click the “WDS Repeater” menu command.
8. Enable the “Enable support for WLAN repeater (WDS
repeater mode)” setting.
9. Select the “Repeater” option as the operating mode.
10. Select from the “Known WLAN Devices” list the WLAN
device that should be used as the WDS base station.
11. If the FRITZ!Box is to be operated as a WDS repeater,
you must change its IP settings.
– IP address: Enter here an IP address for this
FRITZ!Box that fulfills the following criteria: The IP
address must be different from the IP address of
the WDS base station, and must come from the IP
network of the WDS base station. Keep in mind
that the IP address may not come from the ad-
dress range of the DHCP server of the WDS base
station.
Setting up a WDS
140
– Subnet mask: Enter in this filed, for instance, the
value “255.255.255.0”. This corresponds to the
FRITZ!Box subnet mask upon delivery.
– Default gateway: Enter the IP address of the WDS
base station here.
– Primary DNS server: Enter the IP address of the
WDS base station here.
– Secondary DNS server: Enter the IP address of a
second DNS server here.
12. In the “Security” area define how the WDS repeater
connection should be encrypted.
13. Enter a password.
14. Click “Apply”.
The “Repeater Settings” window now displays all of
the settings you need to set up the WDS base station.
Also displayed is the current IP address of the
FRITZ!Box you just set up as a WDS repeater. You
must enter this IP address in the web browser to
open the FRITZ!Box user interface.
15. We recommend printing out these settings.
This concludes the configuration of the FRITZ!Box as a
WDS repeater.
Note that the WPA2 encryption method is available
only when your network consists of AVM devices.
Then register the FRITZ!Box settings you printed out in the
WDS base station operating in your wireless network.
141
WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)
2.5 WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)
The FRITZ!Box supports WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup). With
WPS you can create secure links between WLAN adapters
and your FRITZ!Box. All of the necessary WLAN security
settings are transferred in the process. You can use either
the push-button or the PIN method.
WPS with the Push Button Method
The push button method (WPS PBC) can be used if your
WLAN adapter is also equipped with a WPS button, or if
WPS can be enabled via the control software of the WLAN
adapter.
1. Press the “WLAN” button on the FRITZ!Box and hold it
down for at least six seconds.
2. As soon as the “WLAN” LED begins flashing, enable
the WPS function, either by pressing a WLAN button
or in the device’s user interface (depending on the
device). Activation must be started within two min-
utes.
The FRITZ!Box and the WLAN device now connect with
each other automatically. The WLAN device adopts the se-
curity settings of the FRITZ!Box.
WPS can be used only in combination with WLAN adapt-
ers that also support WPS. Consult the documentation of
your WLAN adapter to find out whether it supports WPS.
F
e
stn
e
tz
I n
t e
r n
e
t
W
L
A
N
IN
F
O
P
o
w
e
r / D
S
L
Push for approx.
6 seconds
WPS with the PIN Method
142
WPS with the PIN Method
If your WLAN adapter supports WPS, but does not have a
button to start the push method nor any possibility to en-
able it in its control software, use the PIN method to es-
tablish the WLAN connection.
You can choose between two methods:
FRITZ!Box Specifies
the PIN
1. Start a web browser.
2. Enter fritz.box in the address field.
The FRITZ!Box user interface opens.
3. Click “Settings / Advanced Settings”.
4. Open “WLAN / Security”.
5. Open the settings page “WPS Quick Connection”.
6. Select the option “PIN method (WPS-PIN), FRITZ!Box
specifies the PIN”.
7. The PIN will be displayed. Enter this PIN in the control
software of the WLAN adapter.
8. Click “Start WPS”.
The “WLAN” LED on the FRITZ!Box flashes slowly, indicat-
ing that the WPS procedure has begun. Now a secure
WLAN connection is being established between the
FRITZ!Box and the WLAN adapter.
WLAN Device
Specifies the PIN
1. Start a web browser.
2. Enter fritz.box in the address field.
The FRITZ!Box user interface opens.
3. Click on “Settings / Advanced Settings”.
4. Open “WLAN / Security”.
5. Open the settings page “WPS Quick Connection”.
6. Select the option “PIN method (WPS-PIN), the WLAN
device specifies the PIN”.
143
WPS with the PIN Method
7. Now start the control software of the WLAN device.
The program outputs a PIN for establishing a connec-
tion.
8. Enter this PIN in the FRITZ!Box user interface.
9. Click “Start WPS”.
The “WLAN” LED on the FRITZ!Box flashes slowly, indicat-
ing that the WPS procedure has begun. Now a secure
WLAN connection is being established between the
FRITZ!Box and the WLAN adapter.
More about Networks
144
3 More about Networks
The FRITZ!Box is delivered with preconfigured network settings. Accord-
ing to these settings, all network devices connected with the FRITZ!Box
are located in a single network.
The network settings can be changed and adapted to your conditions
and needs. But you should do so only if you are well versed in network-
ing technology.
• The Glossary explains concepts and terminology having to do with
IP networks.
• The section “Network Overview” from page 144 introduces the
network overview of the FRITZ!Box.
• The sections “IP Address” from page 147 and “DHCP Server” from
page 148 explain when it may make sense to change the precon-
figured network settings, what the effects of these changes are,
and how to make the changes.
• Section “The Prioritization of Network Applications and Network
Devices” from page 156 explains how you can assign priorities to
network applications and network devices for accessing the Inter-
net connection.
3.1 Network Overview
The FRITZ!Box user interface shows an overview with all of
the devices and users connected with the FRITZ!Box.
The “Devices and Users” network overview is found in the
following two menus: “Start menu / Network” or “Settings
/ Advanced Settings / System / Network”.
145
Network Overview
There is an entry in the network overview for each user
and each network device. The columns have the following
meanings:
Icons The icon in front of each name indicates
whether the entry is a user or a network
device. In the case of network devices the
icon also indicates whether the device is
connected via a network (LAN) cable or wire-
lessly (via WLAN).
Name This column displays the name under which
the user or the network device is known to
the FRITZ!Box. The names of network devices
can be changed by clicking the button to edit
the entry.
IP Address For network devices, also displayed is the IP
address with which the device is integrated
into the FRITZ!Box network.
Properties This column indicates whether port forward-
ing or child protection is enabled for the re-
spective user or network device.
button for editing an entry
The button opens the detailed view of the
entry. This view displays information about
the network device, for instance on child
protection or port forwarding settings. The
name of the device in the FRITZ!Box can be
changed here.
button for deleting the entry
Users or network devices that do not have an
active connection to the FRITZ!Box can be
deleted from the network overview by click-
ing this button.
Always Assign the Same IP Address
146
Always Assign the Same IP Address
The detailed view for network devices includes the setting
“Always assign this network device the same IP address”.
When this setting is enabled for a network device, the
DHCP server of the FRITZ!Box will always assign the same
IP address to this device each time the connection is es-
tablished.
Starting the Computer: Wake on LAN
The detailed view for network devices that are connected
with the FRITZ!Box via a network (LAN) port includes the
“Start Computer” button. Use this button to start comput-
ers that support Wake on LAN.
With the Wake on LAN function you can start computers in
your FRITZ!Box via the Internet. For instance, you can ac-
cess a computer at any time using remote maintenance
software, without wasting electricity by keeping the com-
puter switched on permanently.
3.2 IP Settings
The IP settings of the FRITZ!Box are preset upon delivery
with the following values:
The IP address and the corresponding subnet mask yield
the following values:
Factory Settings
IP address 192.168.178.1
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
DHCP server enabled
Network address of the subnet 192.168.178.0
Entire IP address range for the
computers
192.168.178.2 -
192.168.178.254
147
UPnP Settings
The following addresses cannot be assigned becuase they
are reserved for certain purposes:
3.3 UPnP Settings
The Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP) service included in
your FRITZ!Box provides status information about the
FRITZ!Box to all connected computers. Programs with
UPnP support on these computers can receive this infor-
mation and use them to display the status of the
FRITZ!Box (e.g., DSL synchronization, connection status,
data transmission). UPnP service thus allows you to moni-
tor your FRITZ!Box from a connected computer.
3.4 IP Address
Upon delivery the FRITZ!Box is assigned the following IP
address:
192.168.178.1
If you would like to change the IP address, please read
through the following sections. Also note the additional
information in the section “Reserved IP Addresses” on
page 148.
When Does It Make Sense to Change the IP Address?
You should change the IP address of the FRITZ!Box if the
following apply to your network:
• You have an existing local IP network, one subnet wi-
th several computers.
• Fixed IP addresses are registered in the network set-
tings of the computer, and you do not want to or are
not permitted to change these addresses.
• You want to connect the FRITZ!Box to the local IP net-
work in order to make the FRITZ!Box features availa-
ble to all of the computers in the IP network.
192.168.178.1 is used by the FRITZ!Box itself
192.168.178.255 broadcast address used to send messag-
es into the network
Reserved IP Addresses
148
Reserved IP Addresses
The entire IP network 192.168.180.0 in the FRITZ!Box is
reserved for internal purposes.
IP addresses from this network may not be assigned to the
FRITZ!Box.
3.5 DHCP Server
The FRITZ!Box is equipped with its own DHCP server. The
DHCP server is enabled by default in the factory settings.
The following range of IP addresses is reserved for the
DHCP server in the factory settings:
192.168.178.20 - 192.168.178.200
This IP address can be changed as needed.
Every time the operating system on a computer connected
with FRITZ!Box is started, the DHCP server assigns it an IP
address from the IP address range of the DHCP server.
Assigning the IP addresses via the DHCP server ensures
that all of the computers connected with the FRITZ!Box are
located in the same IP network.
Only one DHCP server may be active within any network.
The computers can receive their IP addresses from the
DHCP server only if the setting “Obtain an IP address au-
tomatically” is enabled in the their IP settings. For more
information, see the section “Obtaining an IP Address Au-
tomatically” from page 108.
149
Fixed IP Addresses when the DHCP Server Is Enabled
Fixed IP Addresses when the DHCP Server Is Enabled
If you would like to configure fixed IP addresses on indi-
vidual computers connected with the FRITZ!Box despite
the enabled DHCP server, please note the following:
• The IP addresses must be from the IP network of the
FRITZ!Box.
• The IP addresses may not come from the address
range of the DHCP server.
• Each IP address can be assigned only once.
Disabling the DHCP Server
You can disable the DHCP server.
To make sure that all computers remain in the same IP net-
work as the FRITZ!Box, you must enter the IP addresses
manually in the computers’ network settings. First disable
the option “Obtain an IP address automatically” and then
enter the IP address manually in the appropriate field.
In the case of the preset IP address of the FRITZ!Box, the
following IP addresses are available for assignment to the
computers:
Each IP address can be assigned only once.
3.6 Changing the Network Settings
In order to change the network settings of the FRITZ!Box,
the expert mode must be enabled in the user interface:
1. Start a web browser on your computer and enter
fritz.box in the address field of the browser.
2. Select the “Advanced Settings / System” menu in the
“Settings” area.
3. Click “Expert Mode” in the “System” menu, enable
the setting “Show expert settings” and confirm this
setting by clicking “Apply”.
192.168.178.2 - 192.168.178.254
Changing the Network Settings
150
Here is how to change the network settings:
1. Select the “Advanced Settings / System / Network”
menu in the “Settings” area.
2. Select the “IP Settings” tab.
3. Click the “IP Addresses” button.
The “IP Settings” page is opened.
4. Once all desired changes to the settings have been
configured, confirm by clicking “OK” to apply them.
Please note that changes to the network settings in the
FRITZ!Box may make it necessary to adjust the network
settings of your computers so that you can continue to ac-
cess the FRITZ!Box user interface.
151
More about Internet Telephony
4 More about Internet Telephony
Voice over IP (VoIP)
Internet telephony has already been in use for years, but
today it allows even private customers the convenience fa-
miliar from conventional telephony, usually at significant-
ly lower prices.
Internet telephony has also made it considerably more
convenient to use applications like conference calls and
answering machines in networks. Further advantages
include global availability at a single telephone number,
and the development of new standards for security and
voice quality.
Data Transfer All kinds of data transmission in the Internet use the Inter-
net Protocol (IP). IP is packet-oriented. This means that
the data are broken down into data packets for transmis-
sion and IP takes care of the transport of the individual
data packets through the Internet. Language is also trans-
mitted in the Internet in this manner.
In opposition to this, fixed-line telephony transmits data
in a line-oriented manner. In this case data are transmit-
ted in a coherent data stream.
4.1 Telephony Scenarios
If you have configured both a fixed-line number and an In-
ternet telephone number in FRITZ!Box, you can make calls
in all directions:
• from the fixed-line network into the fixed-line net-
work
• from the Internet into the fixed-line network
• from the Internet into the Internet
and receive calls from all directions as well.
More about Virtual Private Network (VPN)
152
5 More about Virtual Private Network (VPN)
Via VPN a secure remote access to the network of the FRITZ!Box can be
established.
• The VPN solution for the FRITZ!Box is based on the IPSec standard.
• Computer-LAN coupling and LAN-LAN coupling: VPN connections
can be set up for individual remote computers or even for remote
networks.
• Eight simultaneous active VPN connections are supported.
• The configuration files for the VPN connections are created using a
separate program. The program is provided free of charge and can
be downloaded from the AVM web site.
• A free VPN client for individual computers can also be downloaded
from the AVM web site.
The chapter is a short introduction to the topic of VPN. The
AVM web site offers an English-language Service Portal
which presents comprehensive information on VPN in
general and in connection with the FRITZ!Box. Visit this
portal to obtain more detailed information on this subject.
www.avm.de/en/vpn
5.1 What Is VPN?
VPN stands for Virtual Private Network. A VPN is a virtual,
private network that uses the Internet as its physical base.
The VPN provides for secure data transmission.
All computers registered in the network are connected
with each other over the Internet so that they can ex-
change data. Data transmission takes place over IP, as in
the local network. In a pure transmission over IP the data
are not protected and thus exposed to unauthorized ac-
cess by third parties.
Security in a VPN is ensured by transmitting the data en-
crypted via what is known as tunnel. This excludes the
possibility of unauthorized access to the data. The tunnel
is the logical, virtual connection.
153
Security through a VPN
The terminals of the tunnels can be individual computers
or entire networks. For instance, telecommuters or field
staff can connect to the company network via VPN. The lo-
cal network at a branch office can also be connected to
the local network of company headquarters via VPN. Both
of the locations securely connected over VPN must have
an Internet connection at their disposal.
5.2 Security through a VPN
A VPN fulfills the following security requirements for data
transmission:
• authenticity
• confidentiality
• integrity
Authenticity Authenticity ensures that no unauthorized users can ac-
cess the local network via VPN.
It also makes sure that incoming data actually come from
the registered party and not from another source.
Confidentiality Confidentiality requires the nondisclosure of data. Confi-
dentiality can be guaranteed by encrypting the data.
Encryption means that unauthorized third parties cannot
obtain any knowledge about the transmitted data.
Integrity Integrity ensures that the data are not changed, recorded
or diverted during transmission.
Tunnel
Local network A Local network B
Internet
The Tunnel Technology
154
The VPN tunnel fulfills these security requirements. The
VPN tunnel is implemented using a tunnel protocol.
5.3 The Tunnel Technology
A tunnel is created by placing an IP packet to be transmit-
ted inside of an additional, new IP packet.
An IP packet is composed of the IP header and the user
data. The IP header contains the IP address of the destina-
tion and the IP address of the sender.
The original packet is encrypted and authenticated before
repacking.
• The IP addresses of the destination and the sender in
the new IP header are the public IP addresses of the
two VPN parties in the Internet. Only the new IP head-
er can be read in the Internet in clear text.
• Thanks to the encryption and authentication, the
original packet remains concealed in the inside of
the tunnel. The IP addresses of the destination and
sender in the IP header of the original packet are pri-
vate IP addresses in the local network.
The tunnel is what makes it possible to connect networks
with private IP addresses via the Internet. Moreover, the
tunnel secures the connection.
The VPN solution used with the FRITZ!Box uses the IPSec
tunnel protocol.
IP header Data
IP header Data
New
IP header
Original packet
Tunnel packet
encrypted
155
Supplementary Software for VPN
IPSec is a tunnel protocol that offers state-of-the-art en-
cryption procedures and can be integrated seamlessly in-
to existing IP networks. The AES encryption algorithm is
used in the FRITZ!Box VPN solution. AES is the most mod-
ern encryption algorithm.
5.4 Supplementary Software for VPN
All of the information required for a VPN is saved in a
configuration file. The terminals involved in any VPN must
receive this file.
If an individual computer is integrated into a network via a
VPN, the computer must have a VPN client installed.
• The “FRITZ!Box VPN” Configuration Wizard
AVM provides the “Configure FRITZ!Box VPN” soft-
ware in English to set up configuration files. This pro-
gram is a wizard that takes you step by step through
the VPN configuration. All of the necessary VPN set-
tings, like the encryption method and access rules,
are set automatically. The resulting configuration
files must be imported to the respective terminals of
the VPN tunnel. At the terminal with the FRITZ!Box,
the configuration file is then imported to the
FRITZ!Box. The VPN parameters in these files can be
adjusted manually to connect to products by other
manufacturers.
• The “FRITZ!VPN” VPN Client
AVM offers the “FRITZ!VPN” software in English as a
VPN client.
Both the wizard and the client can be downloaded free of
charge from the VPN Service Portal on the AVM web site:
www.avm.de/en/vpn
More about Bandwidth Management and Prioritization
156
6 More about Bandwidth Management and Prioritization
Integrated bandwidth management ensures high speech quality for
telephone calls over the Internet with the FRITZ!Box.
The FRITZ!Box offers a prioritization function that can be used to divide
network applications and network devices into three different catego-
ries. The category assigned determines whether an application or de-
vice is treated with more or less priority when it accesses the Internet.
6.1 Bandwidth Management
The FRITZ!Box is equipped with integrated bandwidth
management. This function ensures that the speech quali-
ty during telephone calls over the Internet is not reduced
by surfing activity. To do this, the FRITZ!Box adjusts all up-
loads and downloads to the currently available band-
width. Because the FRITZ!Box also places a higher priority
on Internet telephony connections over Internet data con-
nections, unwelcome interference is largely avoided. Just
as for any other analog call, once Internet telephony trans-
mission capacity has been reached, remote partners hear
a busy signal.
6.2 The Prioritization of Network Applications and Network Devices
Prioritization is a function you can use to specify that net-
work applications and network devices are treated with
higher or lower priority when they access the Internet con-
nection. For example, you may wish to ensure that appli-
cations like Internet telephony, IPTV and video on demand
are always treated with higher priority than other applica-
tions. You can also specify that file-sharing applications
like eMule and BitTorrent always have to wait behind on-
line games.
The following methods are used in the FRITZ!Box to send
data packets according to their prioritization:
157
Categories for Prioritization
• Change in the order in which packets are sent to the
Internet (upstream direction)
The order of the packets the FRITZ!Box receives from
the Internet (downstream direction) cannot be
changed.
• Discard low-priority packets in order to ensure the
transmission of higher-priority packets. This method
is used whenever more packets are supposed to be
sent to the Internet than the upstream transmission
rate of the Internet connection alllows.
• As long as no packets are being sent from higher-pri-
ority applications, the full transmission rate of the
Internet connection is available for low-priority pack-
ets.
Categories for Prioritization
There are three categories for prioritization: “Real-time ap-
plications”, “Prioritized applications” and “Background
applications”. The categories are explained below.
• Real-time applications
This category is suitable for applications with high
demands on transmission speed and reaction times
(for example, Internet telephony, IPTV, video on de-
mand).
– Network applications of this category always have
priority over other applications accessing the In-
ternet at the same time.
– When the Internet connection is working at full ca-
pacity, the network packets of the applications of
this category will always be sent first. In this case
data from network applications assigned to other
categories, like “Prioritized applications”, will be
transmitted later.
– If multiple network applications are assigned to
this category, then they must share the available
capacity.
Categories for Prioritization
158
– Whenever Internet telephony is included in this
category, this application always has the highest
priority, even over other real-time applications.
• Prioritized applications
This category is suitable for applications that require
a fast reaction time (for example, company access,
terminal applications, games).
– For network applications prioritized in this cate-
gory, 90% of the FRITZ!Box’s upload bandwidth is
available, as long as no application from the
“Real-time applications” category requires band-
width. The remaining 10% of the upload band-
width is available for applications that are prioriti-
zed in lower categories or not prioritized at all.
– If multiple network applications are assigned to
the “Prioritized applications” category, then they
must share the available capacity.
• Background applications
This category is suitable for applications that do not
require any high transmission speed and which are
not time-critical (for example, peer-to-peer services
or automatic updates).
– Network applications assigned to this category
are always treated with the lowest priority when
the Internet connection is working at full capacity.
So whenever an application from a different cate-
gory or a non-prioritized application requires the
entire bandwidth, all background applications
must wait until bandwidth capacity becomes
available again.
– If no other network applications are active, then
the background applications receive the entire
bandwidth.
Network applications and network devices are assigned to
the categories using rules.
159
Categories for Prioritization
In order to use prioritization, the “Expert Mode” must be
enabled in the user interface of the FRITZ!Box.
1. Start a web browser on your computer and enter
fritz.box in the address field of the browser.
2. Select the “Advanced Settings / System” menu in the
“Settings” area.
3. Click “Expert Mode” in the “System” menu, enable
the setting “Show expert settings” and confirm this
setting by clicking “Apply”.
The “Prioritization” menu is located under “Settings / Ad-
vanced Settings / Internet”.
More Functions
160
7 More Functions
This chapter introduces additional useful functions and
features of the FRITZ!Box.
7.1 Child Protection
The child protection feature in the FRITZ!Box allows you to
specify when and for how long individual computers or
Windows users may use the Internet. For instance, you can
define that your children are allowed to use the Internet
connection only on weekdays between 4:00 p.m. and
8:00 p.m., and then only for one hour.
Child protection is set in the “Settings” area of the
FRITZ!Box user interface, in the “Advanced Settings / In-
ternet / Child Protection” menu.
• Child protection can be set up for any computer, re-
gardless of the operating system used.
• In the Windows 7, Windows Vista and Windows XP
operating systems, child protection can be config-
ured for each user individually.
See the Online Help of the FRITZ!Box to set up child pro-
tection. The Online Help contains further comprehensive
information on the child protection feature.
7.2 Energy Monitor
The FRITZ!Box is extremely efficient in its energy use.
The individual modules of the FRITZ!Box adapt their ener-
gy consumption to the amount needed at any given time.
Modules that are not in use or being used far below their
capacity reduce their energy consumption accordingly.
The “Child Protection” menu is available only if you have
set up the Internet connection in the FRITZ!Box and estab-
lished an Internet connection. The menu is not available
if you have configured the FRITZ!Box as a DSL modem or
IP client.
161
Energy Monitor
For an overview of energy consumption, go to the “Set-
tings” area and open the “Advanced Settings / System /
Energy Monitor” menu.
The energy consumption is shown as a percentage. The
maximum power consumption value of the FRITZ!Box is
the amount of energy used when all functions are in oper-
ation.
The “Energy Monitor” page shows the following:
• “FRITZ!Box System Overall”
This graph shows how much energy all of the
FRITZ!Box functions are using at the moment, and
how much they use in total on an average day. When
all functions and modules are working at capacity,
this value equals 100%. When the load is less, the
value is correspondingly lower.
• “FRITZ!Box Central Processor”
The energy consumption of the CPU is displayed,
both the current value and the daily average. When
all functions and modules are working at capacity,
this value equals 100%. When the load is less, the
value is correspondingly lower.
• The individual FRITZ!Box modules
For each module, this page displays the amount of
energy being consumed at the moment and the daily
average. When all functions and modules are work-
ing at capacity, this value equals 100%. When the
load is less, the value is correspondingly lower.
• “Statistics”
Here three diagrams show how certain device param-
eters of the FRITZ!Box change depending on the ac-
tions performed with the FRITZ!Box. Interested users
can watch the how these changes are related over
time and observe how the FRITZ!Box is affected by si-
multaneously making telephone calls, surfing and
streaming data.
Push Service E-mail
162
7.3 Push Service E-mail
With push service you can specify that the FRITZ!Box
sends you e-mail messages with status and consumption
data at regular intervals.
The e-mail contains a table with the overview of your
FRITZ!Box connections.
The call list is also sent as a file in csv format. The file can
then be opened and evaluated statistically with appropri-
ate software like a spreadsheet program.
The push service mail is set up in the “Settings” area, in
the “Advanced Settings / System / Push Service” menu.
7.4 Night Service
In the FRITZ!Box you can set up night service for WLAN and
for the telephones connected to the FRITZ!Box.
Configure night service in the “Settings” area, using the
menu command “Advanced Settings / System / Night Ser-
vice”.
First define the period of time for which the night service
of the FRITZ!Box should be active. For instance, from
10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.
The function must be enabled after you specify the set-
tings.
• “Switch off wireless network (WLAN)”
When this setting is selected, WLAN is switched off
during the night service period. This saves electricity.
The wireless network can be switched back on at any
time manually by pressing the WLAN button.
163
Night Service
• “Enable Do Not Disturb setting”
When this setting is selected, the telephones con-
nected with the FRITZ!Box will not ring.
This setting does not apply to the IP telephones. They
are connected with the FRITZ!Box either by means of
a network cable or via WLAN. The Do Not Disturb set-
ting is not applied to IP telephones.
If you connected a fax machine to the FRITZ!Box, this
device is disabled during night service.
The Do Not Disturb setting has no effect on the fax
function integrated in the FRITZ!Box.
If you connected an answering machine to the
FRITZ!Box, this device is not active during night ser-
vice.
The Do Not Disturb setting has no effect on the an-
swering machine integrated in the FRITZ!Box.
Individual settings can be made for different devices;
for instance, different times for the Do Not Disturb
setting can be set for individual telephones. Or, you
can except individual devices entirely from the Do
Not Disturb setting. The individual settings can be
configured in the “Settings” area, in the “Advanced
Settings / Telephony / Telephony Devices” menu.
Customer Service Guide
164
8 Customer Service Guide
Help on All Important Service Topics
AVM is there to help should any questions or problems arise. Here you
will find the important information you need, in the form of frequently
asked questions (FAQs), manuals, updates and support.
Microsoft Updates In many cases problems which arise during operation can
be resolved by installing the current Microsoft Service
Pack or other Microsoft updates.
The current service packs and updates can be obtained
free of charge from Microsoft at the address:
www.microsoft.com
8.1 Documentation
To take advantage of all commands and features of your
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340, consult the following docu-
mentation:
Help In the FRITZ!Box user interface you can open the detailed
Help by clicking the “Help” buttons.
Manual The manual of the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 in PDF format
is available for download at the following address:
www.avm.de/en/service/manuals
8.2 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)
We would like to make our products as easy to use as pos-
sible. If you still have problems, sometimes a little tip is
all you need to resolve them. That is why we present you
with a selection of frequently asked questions.
The FAQs can be viewed at the following address:
www.avm.de/en/service/FAQs
The current Adobe Acrobat Reader for reading PDF docu-
ments can be downloaded from the Internet free of charge
at www.adobe.com.
165
Updates and Software
8.3 Updates and Software
AVM provides firmware updates and additional software
you can use with your FRITZ!Box free of change.
Firmware Use the “Update Firmware Wizard” on the FRITZ!Box user
interface to perform an update of your firmware.
In the “Settings” area, open the “Wizards / Update Firm-
ware” command to download the firmware from the Inter-
net and perform the update with a single mouse click.
Programs The FRITZ!Box user interface shows all of the software for
your FRITZ!Box available for downloading from the Inter-
net in the “Programs” menu in the “Settings”.
The latest software is also available for download at the
following address:
www.avm.de/en/download
FTP Experienced users can also download updates from the
AVM FTP server. Click the “FTP Server” link in the down-
load area, or enter the following address:
ftp.avm.de
8.4 Support from the AVM Service Team
Should problems with your FRITZ!Box arise, we recom-
mend taking the following steps:
1. If you have questions about starting operation of
your FRITZ!Box, please consult the chapter “Connect-
ing” from page 14.
Please see the information in the section “Product
Details” from page 116.
2. If you have any problems, seek first aid by consulting
the chapter “Troubleshooting” from page 97.
This chapter also presents useful tips on problems
with establishing connections.
Support by E-mail
166
3. The next step is to consult the FAQs in the Internet:
www.avm.de/en/service/FAQs
This site contains answers to questions our custom-
ers have frequently asked our Support team.
4. If you do not find the answer you need in the FAQs,
AVM Support will assist you. The support desk can be
reached by e-mail or by fax.
Support by E-mail
E-mail You can send us an English-language e-mail request at
any time using the “Service” area of our web site. The
“Service” area can be reached at:
www.avm.de/en/service
Select the product for which you need support from the
“Support” area. Click the “Mail Form” link to open the e-
mail form. Fill out the form in English and send it to AVM
support by clicking the “Send” button. Our Support team
will respond by e-mail as quickly as possible.
Support by Fax
If necessary, you can reach AVM Support at the fax num-
ber:
+ 49 30 / 39 97 62 66
Fax The following information should be included in your fax
to the Support team:
• Your name and address.
• An e-mail address or fax number at which you can be
reached.
Please take advantage of the information sources
described above before contacting AVM support.
167
Support by Fax
• The serial number of the FRITZ!Box
The serial number is printed on the sticker attached
to the base of the device. Support staff will always
check this number to ensure that you are a registered
user.
• Which operating system are you using: for example,
Windows 7, Windows Vista or Windows XP?
• How is the FRITZ!Box connected to your computer,
with a network cable or via WLAN?
• At what step of the installation or in which applica-
tion does an error occur or an error message appear?
What is the exact wording of the message?
• Which firmware does FRITZ!Box use? The firmware
version is displayed in the “Start Menu” area on the
“Overview” page of the FRITZ!Box user interface.
Once you have gathered this information, please fax it to
AVM Support. The Support team will assist you in resolv-
ing your problem.
Glossary
168
Glossary
ADSL abbreviation for Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
ADSL (G.992.1/G992.2) was developed on the basis of
DSL technology in order to satisfy the increasing demand
for higher throughput rates during uploading and down-
loading.
It designates a fast kind of data transmission that works
with standard copper cables and transports signals in
both directions at different speeds (upstream at
640 Kbit/s and downstream at up to 9 Mbit/s).
ADSL2 abbreviation for Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line 2
ADSL2 (G.992.3) is a further development of the ADSL
standard.
ADSL2 offers range much greater than did the first ADSL
generation, and is significantly more robust than ADSL, as
it can simply disable single carrier frequencies when they
produce interference. This feature allows ADSL2 to pre-
vent synchronization losses.
With a throughput rate of up to 12 Mbit/s downstream,
ADSL2 offers considerably greater bandwidth than ADSL.
ADSL2 is completely downward compatible, meaning that
terminal equipment compliant with ADSL can also be op-
erated on ADSL2 lines, although they cannot exploit the
advantages of ADSL2.
In practice ADSL2 has become less important since the
ADSL2+ standard has made higher throughput rates pos-
sible.
ADSL2+ abbreviation for extended bandwidth Asymmetric Digital
Subscriber Line 2
ADSL 2+ (G.992.5) is a further development of the ADSL
standard.
169
Glossary
ADSL2+ offers a doubled frequency range used for down-
stream transmission, and thus double the maximum
bandwidth achievable for downstream to 24 Mbit/s.
ADSL2+ is completely downward compatible, meaning
that terminal equipment compliant with ADSL and ADSL2
can also be operated on ADSL2+ lines, although they can-
not exploit the advantages of ADSL2+.
ADSL-Controller An ADSL-Controller is an electronic hardware module that
allows a computer to access an ADSL line. ADSL-Control-
lers are stationary equipment, included on internal ADSL
cards (for the PCI bus) or in external ADSL modems (with
USB or Ethernet ports).
DECT abbreviation for Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommuni-
cations
DECT is a European standard for cordless telephony which
was drafted by the European Telecommunications Stan-
dards Institute in 1991 and officially adopted in 1992.
DECT defines the air interface between a mobile handset
and its base station, and supports both voice transmis-
sion and data transmission with flexible transfer speeds.
Default Gateway see gateway
DHCP abbreviation for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DHCP is a protocol for the dynamic negotiation of the op-
erating parameters for the TCP/IP protocol (TCP is a trans-
port protocol based on the Internet protocol). The comput-
ers in a local IP network (DHCP clients) access the DHCP
server as part of their operating systems’ start procedure.
The central administration of the TCP/IP operation param-
eters makes it possible to avoid address conflicts caused
by IP addresses accidentally assigned more than once.
DHCP Server The DHCP server assigns each client an IP address that is
has not yet been assigned at the present time. The DHCP
server also informs the client of the IP addresses of the
Glossary
170
DNS server to be used and of the default gateway. In as-
signing the IP addresses the DHCP server selects from a
prescribed range of IP addresses.
DNS abbreviation for Domain Name System
Domain Name Service takes care of determining the IP ad-
dress for a given domain name. This Domain Name Ser-
vice runs on every computer. It accepts the domain name
entered by a user and inquires about the corresponding IP
address at a DNS server known to the service. If a DNS
server cannot answer the inquiry itself, it can inquire
about the IP address (DNS resolution) at other DNS serv-
ers.
If the Domain Name Service receives negative information
from the DNS server (domain name not known), it can
send inquiries to other DNS servers it knows or return a
corresponding error message to the user. If it receives the
desired IP address instead, the application can use the IP
address to retrieve the destination desired by the user.
This hierarchical system of DNS servers is known as the
Domain Name System. The addresses of the DNS servers
at which the Domain Name Service is to inquire by default
generally are handed over to the computer by the Internet
Service Provider automatically whenever a connection to
the Internet is established. In local networks addresses
can also be assigned via DHCP. Otherwise they must be
entered manually in the TCP/IP settings of the computer
by the user or the system administrator.
Download Download designates the transfer of files from the Internet
to a computer.
DSL Modem A DSL modem connects a computer to the Internet via the
DSL line. In contrast to the analog modem, a connection
via the DSL modem does not mean that the telephone line
is busy.
DSL Router A combination of a DSL modem and a router is called a
DSL router.
171
Glossary
DDNS abbreviation for Dynamic Domain Name System
DDNS is a service which allows a computer always to be
reached under the same domain name despite constantly
changing public IP addresses. This means the home net-
work can always be reached from the Internet, regardless
of the user’s location. Even private users have an econom-
ical way of placing their own Internet offers on their com-
puter at home.
Every time the Internet connection is established, the In-
ternet Service Provider assigns a new public IP address.
Each time the IP address changes, the current IP address
is transmitted to a special DDNS server. Except for the few
seconds between the cancellation of the old IP address
and the notification of the new IP address, the computer
can always be reached at the selected domain name.
Dynamic IP
Address
A dynamic IP address is an IP address valid only for the
duration of one Internet or network session.
Every computer participating in the Internet must have a
uniquely assigned public IP address. Since only a limited
number of such IP addresses is available, they must be
used sparingly. That is why most of the Internet partici-
pants who dial in to the Internet receive a dynamic IP ad-
dress. They are called dynamic because every participant
receives a new public address that has not been assigned
yet each time he or she dials in to the Internet.
By contrast, dynamic addresses are usually used in local
IP networks because they are easy to handle, and because
using them avoids incorrect IP address entries or uninten-
tional double assignments. The DHCP service is responsi-
ble for assigning unique dynamic IP addresses.
Glossary
172
Fixed IP Address Fixed IP addresses are IP addresses which are permanent-
ly assigned to a computer or another device like a network
printer.
Assigning fixed IP addresses makes sense in cases when
a local network has a sufficiently large pool of IP address-
es available, or when a computer is always supposed to
be accessible at a certain address (such as a web server or
e-mail server).
Firewall A firewall protects a computer or local network against at-
tacks from the Internet.
Most firewalls work with packet filters, which merely
check the IP addresses and port numbers of incoming and
outgoing data packets and filter the packets according to
prescribed rules.
Some firewalls also integrate additional concepts like IP
masquerading and NAT to decouple data traffic by distin-
guishing strictly between the internal and external net-
work.
Especially effective firewalls go even further, analyzing
and evaluating the contents of the packets and filtering
them according to prescribed rules. Such techniques may
also include a Stateful Packet Inspection Firewall, for in-
stance.
Firmware Firmware designates software that is embedded in elec-
tronic devices. Firmware is saved in programmable com-
ponents within a device. Through the possibility of updat-
ing the firmware by computer at any time, manufacturers
enjoy great flexibility in reacting to the demands of the op-
erational environment, integrating new functions request-
ed by customers, and eliminating errors discovered after
production.
FTP abbreviation for File Transfer Protocol
The File Transfer Protocol allows files to be exchanged be-
tween two computers operating in the Internet. Data ex-
change takes place via an FTP server and what is known as
an FTP client. The more convenient FTP clients are
173
Glossary
available as stand-alone software or are components of
some ISDN data transfer software; simple FTP clients are
now included in many web browsers.
Gateway Gateway is a general term designating an interface be-
tween two networks. Such a network interface can be real-
ized using a router or a bridge, for instance.
If a computer wants to transfer data packets to a computer
in another network, it must first transmit the packet to the
gateway. To do this, the computer must know the address
of the gateway.
If all packets that cannot be delivered in a local network
always are to be transmitted to their given recipients via
the same gateway, for this purpose the address of the
gateway must be saved as the default gateway in the net-
work settings of the computer.
Such a default gateway for the computer is negotiated au-
tomatically by the operating system or the dialing soft-
ware whenever an ISDN-Controller or ADSL-Controller es-
tablishes a connection to the Internet. If a router is used
for the shared Internet access in a local network, the IP ad-
dress of the router must be entered as the default gateway
in the TCP/IP settings of each computer that wishes to use
the Internet connection. If the TCP/IP setting is configured
by means of a DHCP server, there is no need to enter the
gateway address manually.
HSPA abbreviation for High Speed Packet Access
HSPA is a third-generation mobile radio standard further
developed from the the UMTS mobile radio standard.
HSPA provides for throughput rates in the mobile radio
network that are comparable with DSL (3.6 to
13.98 Mbit/s).
IP abbreviation for Internet Protocol
The IP Internet Protocol is the most important basic proto-
col for the control of data exchange in local networks and
in the Internet. The Internet protocol works without a con-
nection; in other words, data packets are transmitted from
Glossary
174
the sender to the recipient without previous consultation.
The addresses of the recipient and the sender in the data
packets are given as IP addresses.
IP Address In IP-based networks, for instance in the Internet and local
networks, all connected devices are addressed via their IP
addresses. So that data packets are sure to be delivered
to the right address, each IP address may be assigned on-
ly once within the Internet or a local IP network.
The IP address consists of four three-digit groups of num-
bers (for instance, 192.168.178.247). Each group of num-
bers can assume values between 000 and 255.
Every IP address contains two components: the network
address and the host address. These two components can
be read out of an IP address only if the subnet mask is al-
so specified.
IP addresses can be public or private, and also fixed or as-
signed dynamically. See the corresponding entries in the
Glossary for more information.
IP Addressing Addressing is one of the main functions of the Internet
Protocol (IP). Internet addresses can be written in deci-
mal, octal or hexadecimal notation. The FRITZ!Box uses
“dotted-decimal” notation: The four bytes of an address
are represented by decimal numbers separated by dots.
The total volume of Internet addresses, the address
space, is separated into classes (A, B, C, D, and E). The full
set of IP addresses, called the address space, is grouped
into address classes designated as A, B, C, D and E. Only
the first three of these five address classes are actually
used. These classes can be described as follows:
Classes Properties Network Address
Decimal Value
Class A address Few networks, many hubs 0-127
Class B address Intermediate distribution
of networks and hubs
128-191
Class C address Many networks, few hubs 192-223
175
Glossary
Properties of IP Address Classes
Every IP address consists of two parts: the network ad-
dress and the host address. The sizes of the network ad-
dress and the host address are variable, and determined
by the first four bits (of the first byte) of the IP address.
IP
Masquerading
By means of IP masquerading a computer or LAN can be
protected from unauthorized connection request from the
Internet. Masquerading works by converting the IP ad-
dresses used in a network to one public IP address. From
the outside it appears that all requests are sent from a sin-
gle computer.
IP Network A network in which data exchange takes place on the ba-
sis of the Internet Protocol is called an IP network.
NAS
Functionality
NAS is the abbreviation for Network Attached Storage
NAS designates one or more devices that are integrated
into a network to provide storage space.
In connection with the FRITZ!Box, NAS functionality means
that various services for connected USB memory are
available in the FRITZ!Box so that it easier for you to use
your data and make them available in the local network. It
is easy to exchange documents in the local network via
the storage medium on the FRITZ!Box. The media server
makes music, pictures and videos in the network availa-
ble to compatible playback devices. Files can also be
released for sharing in the Internet, and local memory ex-
panded by adding online storage.
NAT abbreviation for Network Address Translation
NAT is a process used in routers to replace the address in-
formation in data packets with new address information. A
typical application for NAT are routers that connect local
networks with the Internet. In local networks, every net-
work device has a private IP address, while generally there
is only one public IP address available for the Internet. To
grant the network devices access to the Internet, the rout-
er replaces the private IP address of the sender with its
Glossary
176
own public IP address in all outgoing data packets. The
router saves all necessary information in a table so that in-
coming data packets can then be assigned to the correct
network device.
Outside Dialing
Prefix
The outside dialing prefix is the digit dialed at an exten-
sion line to obtain an outside line. Generally this is “0”.
Public IP
Address
A public IP address is an IP address valid in the Internet.
Every computer or router participating in the Internet must
have a uniquely assigned public IP address. This address
is usually negotiated dynamically with the Internet Service
Provider when a connection to the Internet is dialed. The
Internet Service Provider assigns the negotiated IP ad-
dress to the computer or router for the duration of an Inter-
net session.
Port So that a single network connection on a computer can be
used by multiple applications to exchange data with re-
mote sites at the same time, a computer administers what
are known as ports for the IP-based protocols TCP and
UDP. Ports substantiate the point of access for the data
packets delivered via the IP Internet protocol. While the IP
address determines the destination computer quite gen-
erally, the port addresses the communication interface
provided by an application for a certain communication
procedure.
The Internet protocol allots 16 bits for the specification of
the port number. Thus a total of 65,535 different port
numbers can be specified. Ports up to port number 1,024
are reserved for special system applications and typical
Internet applications. These include, for instance, the port
numbers 21 for FTP (File Transfer Protocol), 25 for SMTP
(Simple Mail Transfer Protocol), 53 for DNS (Domain Name
Service) and 80 for HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol).
Ports are primarily of interest to users for their role in pro-
tecting an Internet connection from external attacks. Most
firewalls offer the possibility of preventing data traffic on
certain ports. This means that certain port numbers can
be blocked to prevent data from being delivered to system
177
Glossary
services. This is also a way of preventing any Trojans (ma-
licious applications opening backdoors on a computer)
that may have infected your computer from receiving data
on ports it created as means of accessing your computer
for potentially damaging activities. A firewall blocks most
atypical port numbers not required for normal operation of
an application and offers specialized users the opportuni-
ty to forward specified ports.
Port Forwarding With port forwarding it is possible to specify ports that will
allow all incoming or outgoing data packets to pass
through a router or firewall.
If a computer from the local network offers server services,
for instance, the settings of a router using NAT or IP mas-
querading must forward the port used by the server ser-
vice for access to incoming data packets and thus keep it
open permanently. The private IP address of the given
computer must be saved as the destination address for all
of the packets arriving at the port.
Typical server applications which require port forwarding
are FTP and Web servers. To allow access to a computer via
remote management software like Symantec pcAnywhere
or Microsoft’s Remote Desktop, or even use of a file-shar-
ing program like eMule, the required ports must be re-
leased for port forwarding. Port forwarding settings for the
most important application cases are quite simple as long
as the settings of the router or the firewall already contain
rules with a corresponding preconfiguration.
Private IP
Address
Private IP addresses are used for computers and other
network devices within local IP networks.
Since many local IP networks are not connected to the In-
ternet except via single computers or routers (gateway),
certain address ranges are excluded from the publicly
available IP addresses so that they are available for as-
signment in local IP networks. An IP address may only be
assigned once within the local network. A private IP ad-
dress may exist in any number of other local networks.
Glossary
178
Stick & Surf Stick & Surf is a technique developed by AVM for the fast,
simple, error-free and secure configuration of radio net-
works. This technique allows for the straightforward trans-
mission of all important parameters of a radio network
from the access point to any computer that is to be added
to the radio cell.
In this process the radio parameters used, including the
WLAN channel, SSID and WLAN standard used, as well as
security parameters like the encryption method and net-
work key, are transferred almost fully automatically from
the WLAN access point to the computer with the WLAN cli-
ent that is to be connected.
Subnetwork A local IP network can consist of one subnetwork or be di-
vided into multiple subnetworks. The division into subnet-
works is performed when the local IP network is config-
ured. The subnetworks of a local IP network are also IP
networks.
Subnet Mask The subnet mask indicates which part of an IP address is
the network address and which the address of the com-
puter. The network address defines what is called the sub-
net.
Example 1
IP address: 192.168.178.247
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
The assignment of the first three groups of numerals in the sub-
net mask indicates that the first three groups of numerals in the
IP address define the network. The following addresses result:
179
Glossary
TCP/IP abbreviation for Transmission Control Protocol / Internet
Protocol
Network address of the subnet: 192.168.178.0
Address of the computer in the
subnet:
192.168.178.247
IP address pool in the subnet: 192.168.178.0 -
192.168.178.255
The IP addresses
192.168.178.0 and
192.168.178.255 are reser-
ved. This means that the ad-
dresses from 192.168.178.1
to 192.168.178.254 are
available for assignment to the
computers. Therefore a maxi-
mum of 254 computers can be
included in the subnetwork.
Example 2
IP address: 192.168.178.247
Subnet mask: 255.255.0.0
The assignment of the first two groups of numerals in the sub-
net mask indicates that the first two groups of numerals in the
IP address define the network. The following addresses result:
Network address of the subnet: 192.168.0.0
Address of the computer in the
subnet:
192.168.178.247
IP address pool in the subnet: 192.168.0.0 -
192.168.255.255
That’s 65,536 IP addresses.
The IP addresses 192.168.0.0
and 192.168.255.255 are re-
served. This means that the
addresses from 192.168.0.1 to
192.168.255.254 are availa-
ble for assignment to the com-
puters.
Example 1
Glossary
180
TCP/IP is the “language” of the Internet. TCP/IP is used to
refer to a suite of protocols used for data communication
over the Internet. TCP and IP are the network and transport
protocols underlying most Internet services, including file
transfer (FTP) and e-mail communication (SMTP). TCP/IP is
available for practically all computer systems. TCP/IP thus
offers the advantage of trouble-free communication be-
tween otherwise incompatible networks and systems.
TR-069 T-069 is an HTTP-based protocol for communication be-
tween CPE (Customer Premises Equipment) and an Auto
Configuration Server (ACS) belonging to the Internet Ser-
vice Provider. The TR-069 protocol is also known under the
alternative name CPE WAN Management Protocol (CWMP).
It offers the possibility of setting up the terminal device
securely and automatically and thus, most importantly, fa-
cilitates simple initial configuration of the ADSL terminal
device by the end customer (autoprovisioning).
The TR-069 protocol can be used for automatic configura-
tion only if it is actively supported by the given terminal
device. For this an Auto Configuration Client (ACC) must be
integrated in the device. The specifications for automatic
configuration of the ADSL terminal device are stored on
the Auto Configuration Server by the given Internet Service
Provider. As soon as the ADSL terminal device initiates the
autoconfiguration process, the settings are retrieved from
the Auto Configuration Server and implemented in the
ADSL terminal device without any further interaction with
the user. The communication between the ADSL terminal
device and the Auto Configuration Server takes place in
encrypted form.
UMTS abbreviation for Universal Mobile Telecommunications
System
UMTS is a third-generation (3G) mobile radio standard wi-
th throughput rates of 384 Kbit/s to 7.2 Mbit/s.
The high throughput rates make it possible to support
multimedia services. With special cards or USB sticks the
Internet connection can also be provided for laptops or
computers via UMTS.
181
Glossary
Update A more recent version of software or firmware is called an
update. Updates are often free of charge, resolve minor
programming errors, and sometimes also offer new func-
tions.
Upload This term designates the procedure of transmitting files
from one’s own computer to another computer in the Inter-
net.
UPnP abbreviation for Universal Plug and Play (UPnP)
UPnP is an extension of the Microsoft Plug & Play standard
that allows devices to network globally and to exchange
services—without a central server or computer.
UPnP allows devices from all kinds of manufacturers (ste-
reo systems, routers, printers, house controls) to be con-
trolled via an IP-based network, with or without central
control through a gateway. It is based on a number of
standardized network protocols and data formats. Ex-
pressed simplistically, devices can communicate with
each other automatically using UPnP to exchange informa-
tion.
Today the UPnP forum specifies the UPnP standard and
certifies devices that are compliant with the standard.
UPnP AV abbreviation for Universal Plug and Play Audio/Video
UPnP AV is a UPnP specification for the interaction be-
tween the media server, playback devices and devices
controlling the streaming of audio and video data within
networks. Media servers are devices that make audio and
video data available upon request. Playback devices (tele-
vision, stereo system, streaming clients) render the audio
and video data. Control devices are remote controls.
Glossary
182
VDSL abbreviation for Very High Speed Digital Subscriber Line
In Germany, the DSL technology VDSL is increasingly be-
coming available in the VDSL2 (G993.2) version. VDSL2 is
a further development of the ADSL2+ standard, to which it
is fully downward-compatible. The standard provides for
throughput rates of up to 100 Mbit/s for uploading and
downloading, but requires a distribution network with a
more closely meshed infrastructure—a demand that is
hardly economical outside of major urban areas.
VPN abbreviation for Virtual Private Network.
VPN serves to integrates devices from a neighboring net-
work into your own network, without the networks having
to be compatible with each other.
A VPN is generally an independent company network dis-
tributed over several locations, which uses the infrastruc-
ture of a public communications network to link its partial
networks or to link individual computers to the rest of the
network. A VPN uses tunneling technologies and typically
builds on the infrastructure of the Internet.
Using a Virtual Private Network it is possible to use all
network applications of the company network even from
distant locations. This means it is possible to use the ad-
vantages of the network even over large geographical dis-
tances.
VPN facilitates optimum information flow without delay
throughout the entire company, even to offices in other lo-
cations. E-mail servers, file sharing and other central ap-
plications of the company network can thus be made
available via VPN even to distant branch offices, subsid-
iaries and home offices. With VPN, field representatives of
a company can also be granted secure access to the com-
pany network.
183
Glossary
VoIP abbreviation for Voice over IP, also known as Internet tele-
phony
Voice over IP makes telephone calls possible via the Inter-
net. The technology has already been in use for years, but
today it allows even private customers the convenience fa-
miliar from conventional telephony, usually at significant-
ly lower prices. VoIP has also made it considerably more
convenient to use applications like conference calls and
answering machines in networks. Added to this are global
accessibility under a single telephone number and new
VoIP features like the Buddy List known from chat rooms.
Internet telephony used to be possible only with a head-
set connected to the computers of the callers and their
conversation partners. Today voice connections via the In-
ternet, even to fixed-line and mobile networks, can be
conducted conveniently using VoIP telephone systems
that allow already existing analog telephones to be used
even when the computer is switched off. Various Internet
Service Providers and telephony carriers provide SIP fixed-
line gateways for this purpose. Such a gateway is used to
provide voice connections between the Internet and con-
ventional telephone networks. In principle VoIP conversa-
tions are possible via every DSL access point, but for
convenient use with existing terminal devices, and for
conversations with the fixed-line and mobile networks, it
is important that the DSL provider support what is known
as the SIP standard. SIP is the current standard defined for
VoIP by the IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force).
WLAN abbreviation for Wireless Local Area Network
The term WLAN designates the industry standard for wire-
less local networks passed by the Institute of Electrical
and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) in 1997 under the title
IEEE 802.11.
By means of WLAN technology, individual computers or
network devices like printers or DSL access points can be
linked wirelessly to an existing cable-connected local net-
work (LAN), or LANs can be converted completely to a
Glossary
184
wireless structure. A further useful purpose for WLAN tech-
nology is to link segments of existing cable-connected
networks.
Although WLAN was actually developed only for short-
range connections, by cascading WLAN access points or
implementing transmission networks with high-power
point-to-point radio transmission, even network segments
located further from each other can be linked or network
participants in relatively remote locations can be econom-
ically and easily integrated into an existing network.
WLAN access points often also serve as access points to
the Internet in private or public institutions. Many air-
ports, hotels and cafes, for instance, make WLAN hotspots
available to their customers, either free or subject to a
charge. Ultimately this has maneuvered WLAN into serious
competition with mobile UMTS technology.
The application possibilities for wireless network commu-
nication also overlap with Bluetooth technology. For mo-
bile devices with limited energy capacity Bluetooth is the
more useful solution, however, as Bluetooth uses consid-
erably less power than wireless LAN. What is more,
Bluetooth technology is more flexible and thus can offer a
greater bandwidth of potential applications.
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 185
Index
Index
A
access rights
USB memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
user interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
acknowledgment tone. . . . . . . . . . . . 65
adapter
WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 69
alternating between calls . . . . . . . . . 88
analog telephone line . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
answering machine
integrated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 44
operating via telephone keypad. 44
setting up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
audible tones
acoustic signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
audio signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
acknowledgement tone. . . . . . . . 65
answering machine signal tones 45
autochannel
see WLAN autochannel . . . . . . . 134
automatic outside dialing option . . . 81
autoprovisioning
see Internet connection, automatic
configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
AVM Stick & Surf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
B
baby monitor
see room monitoring . . . . . . . . . . 95
bandwidth management . . . . . . . . . 156
busy on busy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
see call rejection on busy . . . . . . 82
button
DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
C
cable
DSL/telephone cable. . . . . . . . . 116
network cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
cable connection (broadband) . . . . . 33
call blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
call diversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
call list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 85
caller ID display
allowing incoming caller ID . . . . . 80
CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
CLIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
COLR/COLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
suppress outgoing Caller ID. . . . . 78
suppressing destination number 80
CAT-iq
see DECT function . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
child protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
CLIP
see caller ID display . . . . . . . . . . . 79
CLIR
see caller ID display . . . . . . . . . . . 78
COLP
see caller ID display . . . . . . . . . . . 80
COLR
see caller ID display . . . . . . . . . . . 80
computers
connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
configuring
by telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
analog fixed-line network . . . . . . 22
computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
electrical power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick . . . . . . . . . 18
IP telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
multiple computers . . . . . . . . . . . 16
network hub/switch. . . . . . . . . . . 17
network port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
telephone, fax, answering machine24
USB devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
WLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
connecting to DSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
connecting to ISDN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Index
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 186
consultation function . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 123
cordless telephone
deregistering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
finding handsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
making an internal call . . . . . . . . 46
registering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
using. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
customer service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
D
declaration of CE conformity. . . . . . 122
declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . 122
DECT button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
DECT function
base station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
CAT-iq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
disabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
GAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
DECT telephones
finding handsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
logging off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
making internal calls . . . . . . . . . . 46
registering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
using. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
defining connection type. . . . . . 42, 83
defining outgoing numbers. . . . . . . . 83
DHCP server
disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
fixed IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
integrated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
dialing rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
disabling
DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
USB remote connection. . . . . . . . 62
WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
do not disturb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
DSL/telephone cable. . . . . . . . . . . . 116
E
ECT
see explicit call transfer. . . . . . . . 91
electric power consumption . . . . . . 121
electrical power
connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
electronic equipment
recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
e-mail
forwarding faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
forwarding voice messages . . . . . 44
push service mail . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
enabling
DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
do not disturb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
WLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
energy monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
error search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
explicit call transfer . . . . . . . . . . 91, 93
F
factory settings
by telephone keypad . . . . . . . . . . 67
DHCP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
IP address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
radio network name . . . . . . . . . . 132
FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
FAT/FAT32
see USB memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
fax
receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
sending to e-mail address. . . . . . 43
setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
fax machine
analog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
integrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
firmware update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
fixed-line number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
frequency ranges
WLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G . . . . . . . . 136
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick . . . . . . . . 18, 49
FTP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 187
Index
G
GAP
see DECT function . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
H
help
customer service . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
service team. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
hold function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
HSPA
mobile telephone network . . . . . 34
hub
network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
I
icons
operation by telephone. . . . . . . . 65
imprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 123
INFO LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
information in the Internet
FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
instructions
security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
integrated devices
answering machine . . . . . . . . . . . 44
fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
media server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
interfaces and ports . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Internet connection
automatic configuration . . . . . . . 30
Configuration Wizard. . . . . . . . . . 32
configuring manually. . . . . . . . . . 32
limiting time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
setting up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
via cable modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
via DSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 32
via mobile telephone network . . 34
Internet telephony
bandwidth management . . . . . . 157
entering telephone numbers . . . 36
telephony scenarios . . . . . . . . . 151
Voice over IP (VoIP) . . . . . . . . . . 151
IP address
changing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
factory settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
FRITZ!Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
IP settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Mac OS X. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Windows 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Windows Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Windows XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
IP telephone
connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
IPSec
see tunnel technology . . . . . . . . 154
ISDN
connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
K
keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
keypad sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
L
LAN
connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
legal notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
M
making internal calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
media server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
mobile telephone network. . . . . . . . . 34
Index
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 188
N
network
changing settings . . . . . . . . . . . 149
connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
IP settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
network hub/switch . . . . . . . . . . 17
network overview. . . . . . . . . . . . 144
network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
prioritization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
UPnP settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
network cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
network devices
remote maintenance of computers
146
same IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
USB network memory . . . . . . . . . 61
USB printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
wake on LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
new firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
notes
on the manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
notice
legal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
NTFS
see USB memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
number
fixed-line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Internet telephone number . . . . . 36
O
obtaining an IP address automatically
108
opening the graphic user interface. . 26
operation by telephone. . . . . . . . . . . 65
operation requirements . . . . . . . . . . 12
overview device properties . . . . . . . . 10
P
package contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
paging button
see DECT button . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
paging call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
password protection
USB memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
user interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
physical specifications
ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . 121
power consumption . . . . . . . . . . 121
picking up a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
pickup
see picking up calls . . . . . . . . . . . 85
PIN method
see WPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
ports and interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
printer driver
installing in Apple . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
installing in SUSE Linux. . . . . . . . 56
installing in Windows 7 . . . . . . . . 54
installing in Windows Vista . . . . . 55
installing in Windows XP/2000. . 55
printer port
setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
uninstalling in Windows 7 . . . . . 113
uninstalling in Windows Vista. . 113
uninstalling in Windows XP. . . . 114
using USB printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
prioritization
bandwidth management . . . . . . 156
categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
product details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
program group
uninstalling in Windows 7 . . . . . 114
uninstalling in Windows Vista. . 114
uninstalling in Windows XP. . . . 115
push service e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 189
Index
R
radio network name. . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
recovery
electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . 124
recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
remote access
see VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
repeater
FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G. . . . . 136
WDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
room monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
S
security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
operating instructions. . . . . . . . . . 8
USB memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
user interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
VPN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
setting up
Internet connection . . . . . . . . . . . 29
IP telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
telephony devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
settings
IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
saving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
telephony devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
setup
printer port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
shortening the dialing procedure . . . 83
SSID
see radio network name . . . . . . 132
starting operation
installation requirements . . . . . . 12
support
by e-mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
suppressing destination telephone num-
ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
switch
see network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
symbols
in the manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T
technical specifications
physical properties . . . . . . . . . . 121
ports and interfaces. . . . . . . . . . 120
telephone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
telephone connections . . . . . . . . . . . 36
configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
telephony
alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
answering machine . . . . . . . . . . . 44
blocking calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
call diversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
call list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
dialing rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
fax reception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
making internal calls . . . . . . . . . . 46
telephone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
telephony devices
setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
supported. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
telephony scenarios. . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
three-party conference call . . . . . . . . 89
TR-069
Internet connection, automatic con-
figuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
transferring calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
tunnel technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
U
UMTS
Internet connection . . . . . . . . . . . 34
uninstalling
FRITZ!Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
printer port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
program group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
update
firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Microsoft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
UPnP
media server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Index
FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 190
USB devices
connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick. . . . . . . . . 49
media server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
network sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
tips for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
USB card reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
USB hard drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
USB hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
USB memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
USB modem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
USB printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
USB stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
USB memory
access rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
file systems supported . . . . . . . . 50
password protection . . . . . . . . . . 50
USB remote connection. . . . 49, 51, 60
disabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
user interface
opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
password protection . . . . . . . . . . 26
problems opening . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
saving settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
V
VoIP
see Internet telephony . . . . . . . 151
VPN
client. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
configuration wizard . . . . . . . . . 155
IPSec. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
remote access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
supplementary software . . . . . . 155
tunnel technology . . . . . . . . . . . 154
virtual private network . . . . . . . 152
W
wake on LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
WDS
base station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
WLAN range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
WEP security mechanism. . . . . . . . . 130
Wi-Fi protected setup (WPS) . . . . . . 141
Windows printer port
setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
uninstalling in Windows 7 . . . . . 113
uninstalling in Windows Vista. . 113
uninstalling in Windows XP. . . . 114
WLAN
connecting computers . . . . . . . . . 17
enabling/disabling . . . . . . 67, 119
encryption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
frequency ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G . . . . . 136
range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
wireless local area network . . . . 125
WPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
WLAN adapter
connecting manually . . . . . . . . . . 19
connecting via Stick & Surf . . . . . 18
connecting via WPS . . . . . . . . . . . 18
troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
WLAN autochannel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
WLAN button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
WLAN connection
establishing manually . . . . . . . . . 19
FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick . . . . . . . . . 18
troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
using Stick & Surf. . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
using WPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
WPA security mechanisms. . . . . . . . 130
WPS
PIN method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
push button method (WPS-PBC)141
WLAN button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Legal Notice FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340
This documentation and the software it describes are protected by copyright. AVM grants the nonexclusive right to use the software, which is supplied exclusively in what is known as object code format. The licensee may create only one copy of the software, which may be used exclusively for backup use. AVM reserves all rights that are not expressly granted to the licensee. Without previous approval in writing, and except for in cases permitted by law, it is particularly prohibited to • copy, propagate or in any other manner make this documentation or this software publicly accessible, or • process, disassemble, reverse engineer, translate, decompile or in any other manner open the software and subsequently copy, propagate or make the software publicly accessible in any other manner. The licensing conditions are specified in the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 user interface: Open the user interface as described on “Opening the User Interface” from page 26, click the question mark icon at the upper right, and open the “Legal Notice”. This documentation and software have been produced with all due care and checked for correctness in accordance with the best available technology. AVM GmbH disclaims all liability and warranties, whether express or implied, relating to the AVM product’s quality, performance or suitability for any given purpose which deviates from the performance specifications contained in the product description. The licensee bears all risk in regard to hazards and impairments of quality which may arise in connection with the use of this product. AVM will not be liable for damages arising directly or indirectly from the use of the manual or the software, nor for incidental or consequential damages, except in case of intent or gross negligence. AVM expressly disclaims all liability for the loss of or damage to hardware or software or data as a result of direct or indirect errors or destruction and for any costs (including connection charges) related to the documentation and the software and due to incorrect installations not performed by AVM itself. The information in this documentation and the software are subject to change without notice for the purpose of technical improvement. We offer a manufacturer’s warranty for this original product. The warranty conditions are presented in the “Manufacturer’s Warranty” on page 123 of this manual. © AVM GmbH 2010. All rights reserved. Documentation release 07/2010 AVM Audiovisuelles Marketing und Computersysteme GmbH Alt-Moabit 95 D 10559 Berlin Germany AVM in the Internet: www.avm.de/en Trademarks: Unless otherwise indicated, all trademarks mentioned are legally protected trademarks owned by AVM GmbH, especially product names and logos. Microsoft, Windows and the Windows logo are trademarks owned by Microsoft Corporation in the USA and/or other countries. Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. licensed to AVM GmbH. All other product and company names are trademarks of their respective owners. AVM Computersysteme Vertriebs GmbH Alt-Moabit 95 D 10559 Berlin Germany

2

Table of Contents
CONNECTING AND OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 2
2.1 2.2

Security and Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Package Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Operation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

3
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9

Connecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Connecting to Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Connecting the Computer(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Connecting Computers to the LAN Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Connecting Computer(s) Wirelessly via WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Connecting to the DSL Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Connecting to the Analog Telephone Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Connecting to the ISDN Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Connecting Telephone, Fax, or Answering Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 ConnectingIP Telephones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

4
4.1 4.2

Opening the User Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Password Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Saving Your Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

5
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6

Internet Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Configuring an Internet Connection Automatically over DSL . . . . . . . 30 Configuring the Internet Connection via DSL Using the Wizard . . . . . 32 Configuring the Internet Connection via DSL Manually . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Internet Connection via Cable Modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Internet Connection via the Mobile Telephone Network . . . . . . . . . . 34 Surfing the Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

3

. .2 9. . 97 The WLAN Adapter Cannot Find FRITZ!Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 7. . . . . . . 48 Accessing USB Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 10 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 6. . . . 65 Audio Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 9 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Registering Cordless Telephones. . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Enabling and Disabling DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 6. .3 10. . . . 97 Errors Opening the User Interface . . . . . . . . 108 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Connecting USB Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 8. . .5 8. . . . . . . . . . . . .7 8. . . . . . . . 103 WLAN Connection Is Not Established . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Operation at the Telephone . 60 Tips for Using USB Devices . . . . . . . . . .3 9. . 46 Making an Internal Call to a Cordless Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Obtaining an IP Address Automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 USB Mass Storage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Operating the Answering Machine via Telephone Keypad. . . . 60 FRITZ!Box USB Remote Connection . . . 50 USB Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Configuring on the Telephone . . . . . . . 47 8 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 USB Hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 USB Devices. . . . . 37 Telephony Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 7 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 8. . . . . . . .3 8. . . .4 Configuration and Operation on the Telephone . . .3 7. . . . . . 36 Configuring Telephony Devices . . . . . . . . . .2 7. . . . . . . .4 Telephone Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Instructions for Operation at the Telephone. . . . . . . .2 10. . .1 10. . . .1 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 6. . . . . . .5 DECT Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Logging a Cordless Telephone off of the FRITZ!Box . . . . . . 36 Entering Your Telephone Numbers . 46 Search for Cordless Telephones by Paging Call . . . . . . . . .1 8. . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1. . . . . 146 UPnP Settings .3 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Cables . . . . . . . . . 125 Standards . 141 3 3. . . . . .4 1. . . . . . 144 IP Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 11.2 Removing the Printer Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Technical Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 2 2. . . . . . . . . 148 Changing the Network Settings . . .4 3. . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Security .11 Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Increasing the WLAN Range . . . . . 149 5 . 116 1 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 WLAN Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) . . . . . . . . . 119 DECT Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Disconnecting the FRITZ!Box from the Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Network Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 LEDs. .6 More about Networks . . . . . . . . .3 Removing the Program Group . . . .5 More about WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 1. . . . . 114 PRODUCT DETAILS AND USEFUL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 3. 147 DHCP Server . . . .8 Product Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 IP Address . . . . . . .3 2.4 2. . . . . . . . 120 Declaration of CE Conformity . .6 1.1 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 2. . . . . . . . . . 113 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Manufacturer’s Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Frequency Ranges. . . . . .

. .4 Customer Service Guide . . 151 5 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Child Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 7 7. . . . . . 151 Telephony Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) . . . . . . . 165 Support from the AVM Service Team . . . . . . . . . .1 8. . . . . . .2 More about Bandwidth Management and Prioritization156 Bandwidth Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Documentation . . . . 160 Push Service E-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 The Tunnel Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 6 . . . . . .2 5. . . . . .4 4. . . . . . . . . . . .1 More about Internet Telephony . . . . . . .1 6. . . . . . 162 8 8. . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Updates and Software . . 156 The Prioritization of Network Applications and Network Devices . . . .4 More about Virtual Private Network (VPN). . . . .3 5. . . . . . . 162 Night Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Energy Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . .2 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Security through a VPN. . . . . . . . .4 More Functions . . . . . . . . .1 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Supplementary Software for VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 What Is VPN? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 7. . 155 6 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 7. . . .

This symbol indicates important instructions that must be observed to avoid malfunctions. The table below explains the highlighting used in this manual: Highlighting Quotation marks Function Keys Buttons Settings pages Menus Commands File paths File names Underlined text Pointed brackets Bold Text input Joker Emphasis Examples “F1” key “Help” “Advanced Settings” “Edit / Paste” “Copy” “C:/My Documents” “Info” fritz..box <Ext. 7 .> Do not click the button.Symbols and Highlighting Symbols and Highlighting This symbol indicates useful hints to assist you in working with the FRITZ!Box..

8 • • . Handling the FRITZ!Box You can either place FRITZ!Box on a horizontal surface or mount it on a wall. Never let liquids get inside the FRITZ!Box. as the base of the device can heat up during normal operation. For ideal operating conditions. When connecting FRITZ!Box to your computer using the network. mount the FRITZ!Box on a wall with the cables connected on the bottom. remember to take the length of the cable into account. • • • • • Do not install the FRITZ!Box during an electrical storm. electric shocks or short circuits may result. Make sure that the ventilation slits are unobstructed. The FRITZ!Box is intended for indoor use only. observe the following security instructions in order to protect yourself and the FRITZ!Box from harm. Disconnect FRITZ!Box from the power supply during electrical storms. • Do not place FRITZ!Box on excessively heat-sensitive surfaces.Security and Handling I 1 CONNECTING AND OPERATION Security and Handling What to Watch Out For Safety Instructions When working with the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340. For this reason the FRITZ!Box should not be placed on a carpet or on upholstered furniture. Please note the following: • Place or hang the FRITZ!Box in a dry location that is free of dust and protected from direct sunlight. The device contains hazardous components and should only be opened by authorized repair technicians. Do not open the FRITZ!Box housing. The ventilation slits provide for air cooling of the FRITZ!Box. Otherwise.

Make sure to keep sufficient distance from potential sources of interference like microwave devices or electric devices with large metal housings. position the device at a central location.Security and Handling • If you would like to establish wireless connections between FRITZ!Box and the computer. • 9 .

Thanks to the DECT function. 10 . games console. FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 UMTS/HSPA modem er w Poo Cordless telephones N LAA W 2.4 Ghz and 5 GHz /D SL In rrn te e Fix dd e ee Lin t FFO IN Notebook.FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 2 FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 An Overview The FRITZ!Box connects your computers directly with your DSL or VDSL line. Every cordless phone that supports the DECT-GAP standard can be registered at the FRITZ!Box. network 2 PBX Using Cordless Telephones Two analog telephones. fax USB printer USB storage media Computer. Two computers can be connected directly to the FRITZ!Box using the LAN ports.4 Ghz and 5 GHz FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G 2 2 x phone FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N ADSL/VDSL Connection with or without telephone line Telephones. Connecting Computers WLAN Access Point The FRITZ!Box is a WLAN access point. FRITZ!Box offers you the possibility of connecting your computer to the DSL or VDSL line wirelessly. You can also connect a network hub or switch to the LAN ports so that even more computers can be connected to FRITZ!Box. computer. fax machines and answering machines can be connected to FRITZ!Box. The FRITZ!Box is a Private Branch Exchange (PBX) for making telephone calls via the Internet and the fixed-line network (ISDN and analog). All computers that support WLAN can be wirelessly connected to the FRITZ!Box. Each connected computer can establish an Internet connection over the FRITZ!Box. PDA 2. the FRITZ!Box can be used as a basis station for cordless phones. As a WLAN access point.

FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 Locale Network All of the computers connected with the FRITZ!Box constitute a network and can share access to any files released for file sharing. The FRITZ!Box is equipped with two ports for USB devices. the USB remote connection is available for the use of printers. Suitable devices include all devices compatible with the UPnP AV standard. All of the computers connected to the FRITZ!Box can access the Internet. For connecting a printer.0 and USB 1. to which you can connect USB storage devices (hard drive. a printer. Internet Firewall The FRITZ!Box is equipped with an integrated firewall.1 standards. making the Internet connection available to all connected computers. USB storage with a media collection is simply connected to the FRITZ!Box. The USB port supports the USB 2. Alternatively. If you use one of the FRITZ!WLAN USB Sticks by AVM. Use Stick & Surf to adopt the WLAN security settings from the FRITZ!Box quickly and conveniently. for instance game consoles. AVM Stick & Surf technology is at your disposal. one of the FRITZ!WLAN USB Sticks. All connected computers can then use the Internet connection at the same time. FRITZ!Box has a printer server. The FRITZ!Box works as a DSL router. stick). a USB hub or other devices (see page 60). image and video files available in the local network. USB Port Media Server An integrated media server makes music. The integrated firewall protects your network from attacks from the Internet as long as the FRITZ!Box is operated as a router. Network Devices 11 . A suitable playback device linked to the local network can then playback these media contents. Other network devices can also be connected to the network ports of the FRITZ!Box.

2 Operation Requirements In order to operate the FRITZ!Box. you must have the following: • a Web browser that supports Java script (for instance.2 Annex A or B – a DSL line in accordance with the standards ITU G. ITU standard G.5 Annex A or B (ADSL2+).992.0 or higher) an Internet connection – a VDSL2 line.1 Package Contents The following is included in the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 package: • • • • • FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 one power supply unit with a cable for connection to the power mains one network cable for connection to a computer or a network one DSL/telephone cable for connection to a DSL and a telephone line (ISDN or analog) one RJ45/RJ11 adapter (black) for connecting FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 to the analog telephone network one RJ45/RJ11 adapter (gray) for the DSL line (required in some countries) one quick guide • • 2.hs) – or a cable line with cable modem – or a USB modem for mobile Internet access (UMTS/HSPA) – or another Internet connection 12 • .992. ITU G.993.994.1 (G.992.0 or higher. or Firefox version 2.Package Contents 2.dmt). ITU G.3 Annex A or B (ADSL2). Internet Explorer version 7. ITU G.1 Annex A or B (G.

for example a FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N • for connection via network cable: computer with a network port (network adapter standard Ethernet 10/100/1000 Base-T) • for fixed-line telephony: an analog telephone line or ISDN point-to-multipoint line in accordance with the Euro ISDN protocol DSS1 13 .Operation Requirements • for connection via WLAN: computer with a WLAN adapter compliant with IEEE 802.11n/g/a or IEEE 802.11b.

14 .1 Connecting to Electrical Power / er w Po SL D In te rrn et Fe st n W N LAA et z Connecting to the power supply Connecting Set aside the power supply unit from the FRITZ!Box package. IIN FO 2. Insert the small plug in the power socket at the right edge of the socket strip on the FRITZ!Box.Connecting 3 Connecting Connecting FRITZ!Box This chapter contains instructions on the following topics: • • • • • • connecting FRITZ!Box to electrical power connecting one or several computers to the FRITZ!Box connecting FRITZ!Box to DSL connecting FRITZ!Box to ISDN or the analog telephone line connecting analog terminal devices to the FRITZ!Box connecting an IP telephone Please see the instructions about setting up the FRITZ!Box in section “Security and Handling” on page 8. The green “Power/DSL” LED will light up after a few seconds to indicate that the device is ready for operation. Connect the FRITZ!Box to the power supply unit. 3. Plug the other end into an AC power outlet. 1.

Connecting the Computer(s) 3. The way a computer is connected to the FRITZ!Box is the same regardless of the operating system on the computer.2 Connecting the Computer(s) If you would like to surf the web using the FRITZ!Box or to open the FRITZ!Box user interface. At each of the network ports of the FRITZ!Box. All of the computers connected with the FRITZ!Box constitute a network.3 Connecting Computers to the LAN Port If you would like to connect a computer to the LAN port of the FRITZ!Box. make sure the computer is equipped with a LAN port (network adapter). a computer can be connected directly or via a hub/switch. A computer can be connected with the FRITZ!Box in two different ways: • • Connection Scenarios via a LAN port wirelessly via WLAN Note the following when connecting computers to the FRITZ!Box: • • • • One computer can be connected to the FRITZ!Box by only one of these means. Using WLAN you can connect multiple computers with the FRITZ!Box at the same time. 15 . then you must connect a computer with the FRITZ!Box. • 3. A LAN port is usually designated by the icon at left or labeled “LAN”.

Now the FRITZ!Box and computer are connected to each other. Connect the other end of the network cable to the socket on FRITZ!Box labeled “LAN 1” or “LAN 2”. FO IN 3. Switch on your computer. note the instructions in the section “Network Cable” on page 117. configure your network adapter with the setting “DHCP”. Insert one end of the LAN cable to the computer’s network adapter. If you work with a Linux operating system.Connecting More Computers to the LAN Ports / er w Po SLL D r te In et n zz et n stt Fe W N LA Connecting a computer to a LAN port on the FRITZ!Box Connecting Set aside the network cable (yellow) from the FRITZ!Box package. You can connect a computer to any of the two LAN ports of the FRITZ!Box at any time. 2. 4. if this setting is not already configured. 16 . 1. Connecting More Computers to the LAN Ports Additional cables are required to connect further computers. In purchasing a LAN cable.

17 . 1. Many modern computers and notebooks have an integrated WLAN adapter. Each computer to be connected to the FRITZ!Box via WLAN must be equipped with a compatible WLAN adapter.4 Connecting Computer(s) Wirelessly via WLAN Using WLAN you can connect one or multiple computers with the FRITZ!Box wirelessly. see the section “More about Networks” from page 144. 2. / er w Po SL D In et rn te etz stn Fe N LA W FO IN Connecting FRITZ!Box to a network hub Connecting Set aside the network cable (yellow) from the FRITZ!Box package. 3. for instance the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick.Connecting a Network Hub or Switch Connecting a Network Hub or Switch You can connect a network hub or switch to one of the LAN ports on the FRITZ!Box if you would like to connect multiple computers via LAN. Connect one end of the LAN cable to the uplink port of the network hub or switch. For more information on WLAN. Connect the other end of the cable to one of the LAN sockets on the FRITZ!Box. The wireless WLAN connection is independent of the operating system used. The FRITZ!Box and network hub are now connected with each other.

Now the FRITZ!Box and FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick are connected with each other wirelessly. 4. Remove the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick from the device.4. The “INFO” LED on the FRITZ!Box begins flashing rapidly. transmission of the settings has been concluded. The security settings saved on the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick are applied to the computer. Switch on your computer. you can establish a secure WLAN connection quickly and conveniently using the AVM Stick & Surf technology. Now insert the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick into the USB port on your computer. For more information. The WLAN security settings are transmitted automatically to the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick. the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N 2. For detailed instructions about how to do so. or the manual for the AVM FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick.Connecting the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick Connecting the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick AVM Stick & Surf If you are using the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N. Insert your FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick into one of the USB ports on the FRITZ!Box. 2. Establishing a WLAN Connection Using WPS If you are using a WLAN adapter from another manufacturer and your WLAN adapter supports WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup). As soon as the “INFO” LED stops flashing. see the section “WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)” from page 141. 1. 18 . the manual for the AVM FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N 2. see the manual on the AVM FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N. 3.4 or the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick by AVM as a WLAN adapter. you can also use this mechanism to establish the WLAN connection between your computer and the FRITZ!Box.

Enter the following values for the connection between the FRITZ!Box and the WLAN adapter: SSID (name of the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 WLAN radio network) Encryption methods Encryption WLAN key Network mode WPA (TKIP) or WPA2 (AESCCMP) WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK (AES) The key is printed on the sticker on the base of the device. proceed as follows: 1. 2. To do so. Confirm your entries using the relevant button in the user interface (for instance. you can also establish the WLAN connection manually. Install the WLAN adapter in your computer along with the appropriate software. You must enter these values during the configuration of the WLAN adapter. Switch on your computer. Start the WLAN software. 1. then your WLAN adapter must support the WPA encryption procedure. In order to establish a WLAN connection to the FRITZ!Box. If you would like to establish a WLAN connection using these preset values. you can use the WLAN software for the WLAN adapter. or the WLAN software supplied with the operating system. “OK” or “Connect”). Now your WLAN adapter and the FRITZ!Box are connected with each other wirelessly. 3. Establishing a Connection The FRITZ!Box is delivered with preset values for WLAN security.Establishing a WLAN Connection Manually Establishing a WLAN Connection Manually Installing a WLAN Adapter If you are using a WLAN adapter from another manufacturer. 19 . 2. Infrastructure 3. Please take note of the instructions in the documentation of the adapter.

Establishing a WLAN Connection Manually Please see the instructions in the section “Opening the User Interface” on page 26. Close the user interface and clear the connection between the FRITZ!Box and the computer. 20 . you must convert the encryption set in the FRITZ!Box to WEP. Configure your WLAN adapter with the security settings entered in the FRITZ!Box. A window is displayed with the WLAN security settings. To do so. In the “Settings” area.box in the address field of the browser. 3. see also page 18). WEP is out of date and data encrypted with WEP can be deciphered within minutes. Click the “Apply” button. Start a web browser on your computer. The WLAN connection between your WLAN adapter and the FRITZ!Box will be established. proceed as follows: 1. 2. See also the information on WLAN security in the section “Security” from page 130. Connect the FRITZ!Box and the computer using the network cable (yellow) (see the section “Connecting Computers to the LAN Port” from page 15). Make a note of the settings or print out the page by clicking the printer icon in the toolbar. an AVM FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick. select the “Advanced Settings / WLAN / Security” menu. Enter fritz. For this you must change the WLAN settings in the FRITZ!Box. 4. 7. 5. 6. Remove the network cable (yellow). WPA Not Supported If your WLAN adapter does not support WPA encryption. We strongly recommend the use of a WLAN adapter that supports WPA or WPA2 (for instance. 8. Then select WEP encryption and enter a network key. 9.

If the plug does not fit into this socket.5 Connecting to the DSL Line ww Po / er SL D In ett rn te z et n st Fe W NN LA FRITZ!Box on the DSL line: connecting to the telephone socket Connecting Connect the FRITZ!Box with the DSL/telephone cable (gray/black). Connect the long. Then take the short. For information about how to proceed. insert the plug into the gray adapter included in the package.Connecting to the DSL Line 3. IN FFO 21 . see the section “Internet Connections” from page 29. 2. Then insert the adapter into the appropriate socket of the DSL line. the “Power/DSL” LED stops flashing and stays lit. gray end of the DSL/telephone cable to the socket on the FRITZ!Box labeled “DSL/TEL”. 1. or using alternative access technologies. As soon as the connection to the DSL line is ready for operation. gray end of the cable and insert the plug (RJ45) into the socket of the DSL line. You can connect the FRITZ!Box to the Internet via DSL.

6 Connecting to the Analog Telephone Line Your telephone line is either an analog line or an ISDN line. insert the plug into the black adapter included in the package. Connect the longer gray end of the cable to the socket on the FRITZ!Box labeled “DSL/TEL”. Then insert the adapter into the appropriate socket on the DSL splitter. IIN FO 22 . Insert the black end of the DSL/telephone cable into the corresponding socket on your splitter. 1.Connecting to the Analog Telephone Line 3. If the plug does not fit into this socket. Now the FRITZ!Box is connected to the telephone line. 2. If you have an analog telephone line. then connect the FRITZ!Box as follows: Po w / er SL D et rrn te In s Fe tn W N LAA et z Connecting to the analog telephone line via the DSL splitter Connecting Connect the FRITZ!Box with the DSL/telephone cable (gray-black) and the black adapter with the analog telephone line.

1. Then insert the adapter into the appropriate socket on the ISDN NT. IN FFO 23 .7 Connecting to the ISDN Line Your telephone line is either an analog line or an ISDN line. Connect the longer gray end of the cable to the socket on the FRITZ!Box labeled “DSL/TEL”. Insert the black branch of the Y-shaped cable into the socket of your ISDN NT. This cable is a combined DSL/telephone cable. insert the plug into the black adapter included in the package. Po ww er SL /D In ett rn te Fe z et n st W NN LA Connecting to the ISDN NT Connecting Set aside the Y-shaped cable (gray-black) delivered in the package. Now the FRITZ!Box and the ISDN line are connected. read here how to connect the FRITZ!Box with the ISDN line.Connecting to the ISDN Line 3. If the plug does not fit into this socket. 2. If you have an ISDN line.

8 Connecting Telephone. ww Po / er SL D In eet rn te Fe z ett n st W N LLA Connecting an IP telephone to the FRITZ!Box IN FO 1. fax machines and answering machines can be connected to the “FON 1” or “FON 2” socket on the FRITZ!Box. Connecting to a LAN Port At the LAN ports of the FRITZ!Box you can connect IP telephones using a LAN cable. or Answering Machine err w Po /D SL In te rrn e st Fee tz ee n t N LA W Connecting to an analog telephone Analog telephones. Fax. Fax.9 ConnectingIP Telephones IP telephones can be connected to the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 at the LAN ports or via WLAN. 2. IN FFO 3. Connect the other end of the LAN cable to one of the LAN ports on the FRITZ!Box. Connect one end of the LAN cable with the IP telephone. or Answering Machine 3. 24 .Connecting Telephone.

Select the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 from the list of WLAN devices found. known as “smart phones”. Use your smart phone to search for WLAN devices at your location. Follow the instructions in the documentation of the device and in the section “Setting Up an IP Telephone in the FRITZ!Box” from page 40. Before you can make telephone calls that take advantage of the features of an IP telephone. 2. can be connected wirelessly to the FRITZ!Box via WLAN. / er w Po SL D tte In et rn n st Fee et z N LA W Connecting a smart phone to the FRITZ!Box IN FO WLAN 1. enter the WLAN key of the FRITZ!Box. Connecting via WLAN IP telephones that support WLAN. 25 . 3. The smart phone is now connected to the FRITZ!Box. Follow the instructions in the documentation of the device and in the section “Setting Up an IP Telephone in the FRITZ!Box” from page 40.ConnectingIP Telephones Now the IP telephone is connected to the FRITZ!Box. this phone must be configured once. This phone must be configured before you can use it for telephone calls. To establish a connection.

Enter “fritz.box” address entry in the address field of an Internet browser The FRITZ!Box user interface opens. please see the instructions in the section “Errors Opening the User Interface” from page 97. Only users who know the password can access the user interface. If the user interface does not open. Starting 1. The user interface presents information about the FRITZ!Box product.1 Password Protection You can protect the FRITZ!Box user interface from unauthorized and unwelcome access by setting up a password. 26 . your access and connections. 4. We strongly recommend setting up and using password protection for the user interface.box” in the address field of the browser. The “fritz. The user interface can be opened from any computer connected with the FRITZ!Box. This protects all settings and all information in the FRITZ!Box.box The FRITZ!Box has a user interface that can be used in a web browser. The settings you configure are saved in the FRITZ!Box. This is where you configure all of the settings for operating the FRITZ!Box.Opening the User Interface 4 Opening the User Interface fritz. 2. Start a web browser on your computer.

you will be prompted to set up password protection every time you open the user interface. Then you can open the user interface again in order to reconfigure your settings or restore the settings you saved during previous operation. The next time you click you then log back in. which are refreshed automatically at regular intervals. the login screen will be displayed first. If you forget the password.Setting up Password Protection Please note the following once you have enabled password protection: • When the user interface is opened. Enter the password here to log in to the user interface. Be sure to use a password you can remember easily. You can log yourself off the user interface by clicking the icon with the padlock at the top right. you will be logged off the user interface automatically. the only way to access the FRITZ!Box is to restore the factory settings. All settings made during operation will be overwritten. The “Overview” page in the “Start Menu” area is one example. These are pages that show constantly changing information. • • Setting up Password Protection There are several ways to set up password protection in the FRITZ!Box: • On the login screen: As long as password protection is not enabled and you have not switched off the prompt to use password protection. If you do not click on the user interface for a period of longer than ten minutes. • • There are some pages in the user interface from which the user is not logged off automatically. 27 .

In this menu you can set up password protection. This file contains all user-defined settings. 28 . including the account information for the Internet and telephony connections. This settings file can be loaded back into your FRITZ!Box at any time. You can set up the password using this link.Saving Your Settings • In the “Start Menu” area: In the “Product Information” section on the “Overview” page.2 Saving Your Settings The settings you made in the FRITZ!Box can be saved as a file on your computer. • In the “Settings / Advanced Settings / System / FRITZ!Box Password” menu. The FRITZ!Box features a Wizard to accompany you step by step through the process of saving and restoring your settings. 4. there is a link labeled “Set password (recommended)”. or change a password that has already been set up.

your Internet provider may also offer automatic configuration of the Internet connection. Alternatively.Internet Connections 5 Internet Connections Setting Up the Internet Connection In order to allow Internet access with the FRITZ!Box. “autoconfiguration”. you must first configure the Internet connection in the FRITZ!Box user interface. Also note the following for the setup of your FRITZ!Box’s Internet connection: • The Internet connection of the FRITZ!Box can be established using only one of the methods described below. Nevertheless it is always advisable to follow the configuration instructions you received from your Internet Service provider. or integrated into an existing network. Always perform the Internet connection setup as described by your provider! If your Internet Service Provider supports an automatic setup routine (also known as “automatic configuration”. There are various ways to set up the Internet connection of your FRITZ!Box. Internet connections can also be established over the mobile telephone network using a USB modem. it can be connected to a cable modem. The FRITZ!Box can be operated directly at the DSL line. or a DSL router. “remote configuration” • • 29 . Your Internet Service Provider transmitted you information about the configuration of your Internet connection. a DSL modem. This chapter describes the various ways you can use the FRITZ!Box technology to set up an Internet connection. In addition to the manual configuration variations. If no DSL line is available.

1 Configuring an Internet Connection Automatically over DSL Automatic configuration is a procedure in which the Internet Service Provider sets up the Internet connection of your FRITZ!Box completely automatically by “Plug & Play”.Configuring an Internet Connection Automatically over DSL or “autoprovisioning”). with the data necessary for Internet use and any other services ordered from your provider. • If you would like to use not only DSL. like Internet telephony. Follow all of the information you received from your provider on configuring your Internet connection! If these prerequisites are not fulfilled. you can set up your FRITZ!Box using the Configuration Wizard (see page 32). note that the Internet connection can be used by only one of these access technologies. the following requirements must be met: • Your FRITZ!Box is brand new and starting operation for the first time or The factory settings were restored to your existing FRITZ!Box (see page 67) and the Internet connection has to be set up again. Prerequisites In order for you to be able to perform automatic configuration. but also UMTS/HSPA for Internet connections. 5. The FRITZ!Box then is set up automatically and securely. 30 . we recommend always setting up the Internet connection of your FRITZ!Box in this way. Remember that you can configure in the FRITZ!Box only those types of Internet access you have contracted with the appropriate providers. You will have to change the type of access in the FRITZ!Box as needed. • The provider you contracted your Internet connection from supports automatic configuration.

2. After automatic configuration you can surf the web right away and use any other contracted services (like Internet telephony). Always perform the Internet connection setup as described by your provider! 1. open a web browser and enter any Internet address. Connect the FRITZ!Box to the DSL line.Configuring an Internet Connection Automatically over DSL Automatic Configuration Procedure Proceed as follows to perform automatic configuration: Your Internet Service Provider transmitted you information about the configuration of your Internet connection. 3. To check that the automatic configuration was completed successfully. During this time the FRITZ!Box receives all necessary settings directly from the autoconfiguration server of your Internet Service Provider. Use these to set up the FRITZ!Box in accordance with your own needs. The “Settings / Wizards” area offers easyto-use. The automatic configuration starts automatically. This process can take around five to ten minutes. Wait until the automatic configuration has concluded. Further settings can be configured in the user interface of your FRITZ!Box. step-by-step instructions on all important functions. such as Internet telephony. Then you may want to try out the other services ordered from your Internet Service Provider. 31 .

2 Configuring the Internet Connection via DSL Using the Wizard If the FRITZ!Box is connected directly to the DSL line. Click the “Check Internet Connection” Wizard and follow the instructions. Use the Wizard to configure the Internet connection: 1. the account information from your Internet Service Provider is required to configure the Internet connection in the FRITZ!Box. Select “Internet / Account Information”. Configure the desired settings. As a final step.3 Configuring the Internet Connection via DSL Manually Changes to the Internet connection settings can be made in the FRITZ!Box user interface. or integrated into an existing network. you must also configure your Internet connection as described above. 4. If the FRITZ!Box is connected to a DSL modem or a DSL router. please select the “Wizards” menu. 3. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Settings” area. enable the expert setting in the “System / Expert Mode” menu. To do so.Configuring the Internet Connection via DSL Using the Wizard 5. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface. 5. Proceed as follows: 1. 2. click “Apply”. 32 . Take advantage of the Help available in the FRITZ!Box user interface for more information and instructions. 3. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface. 5. 2. In the “Settings” area.

Connect a computer with the FRITZ!Box either wirelessly via WLAN or using a network cable. In the “Account Information” section. 8.4 Internet Connection via Cable Modem With an additional cable modem you can also use your FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 on a cable connection. so that in this operating mode. Confirm by clicking “Apply”. 3. for instance. enter the relevant speeds of your Internet connection. 12. 13. Then the Internet connection is established and controlled by the FRITZ!Box itself. 1. Use a network cable to connect the cable modem with the “LAN 1” port on the FRITZ!Box. 4. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface. firewall) are available without restriction. Select the connection type “Internet connection via LAN 1” from the “Connection” area. 10. too. enable the option “Establish own Internet connection (NAT router with PPPoE or IP)”. 11. 5. 33 . In the “Operating Mode” section.Internet Connection via Cable Modem 5. 9. Open the “Internet / Account Information” menu. by unplugging it briefly from the electrical outlet. Save your settings by clicking “Apply”. select the option “No account information required (IP)”. enable the option “Obtain the IP address automatically (DHCP)”. 7. In the input fields “Upstream” and “Downstream”. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Settings” area. Then restart the cable modem. Enable the expert setting of the FRITZ!Box in the “System / Expert Mode” menu. 2. all FRITZ!Box functions (like Internet telephony. 6. In the “Connection Settings” section.

The “Mobile Telephone Network” menu opens to let you set up the USB modem. Insert the USB modem into the USB port on the FRITZ!Box. the FRITZ!Box user interface presents information about network availability. When the mobile telephone network function is used. you can use your FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 to connect to the Internet via the mobile telephone network. 2. The FRITZ!Box supports UMTS/HSPA modems from various manufacturers. From this point on the menu is always available. see the Online Help of the FRITZ!Box.Internet Connection via the Mobile Telephone Network Now the Internet connection of the FRITZ!Box will be established over the cable modem. Configure the settings for your Internet connection over the mobile telephone network. Click “Mobile telephone network modem”. 5. The “Connection Information / USB Devices” area displays the USB modem as a “Mobile telephone network modem”. even when the USB modem has been disconnected. 3. The USB modem is simply inserted into the USB port of the FRITZ!Box. For more information. A USB modem for mobile Internet access (UMTS/HSPA) is required for this. You are now in the “Start Menu / Overview” menu. 4. 34 . 1.5 Internet Connection via the Mobile Telephone Network In situations where DSL is not available. 5. connection status and transmission rate. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface. The “Mobile Telephone Network” menu is not available until the USB modem has been connected to the FRITZ!Box.

sharing USB storage memory. some limitations may arise for Internet telephone calls and for applications requiring an incoming connection.avm. 2. Enter in the address field the URL of the web page you would like to visit. Contact your network provider for details on any restrictions that may apply. 1. for instance “http://www. 35 . Start a web browser on your computer.Surfing the Net Due to technical limitations on the part of the mobile telephone network carriers. you can surf the Internet with any computer connected to the FRITZ!Box. 5. dynamic DNS and VPN.6 Surfing the Net Once you have set up the Internet connection in your FRITZ!Box. remote maintenance via HTTPS.de/en”. The same is true for using port forwarding.

36 . you will need an Internet telephone number from an Internet telephony provider. We recommend using these step-by-step instructions. Entering Internet Telephone Numbers In order to be able to make calls via the Internet with the FRITZ!Box. Once you have connected the FRITZ!Box as described in the chapter “Connecting” from page 14. Enter the Internet telephone number in the FRITZ!Box. The configuration is performed in two consecutive steps: • • entering your phone numbers configuring the connected telephony devices In the “Settings” area of the FRITZ!Box user interface there are various Wizards for the configuration of your FRITZ!Box.1 Entering Your Telephone Numbers The “Manage Your Own Phone Numbers” Wizard supports you in performing the following tasks: • • • • entering Internet telephone numbers entering fixed-line numbers changing numbers already entered deleting entered numbers If you used the Basic Configuration Wizard after connecting your FRITZ!Box and entered numbers then. these numbers are already entered in your FRITZ!Box. you can configure the FRITZ!Box for making telephone calls.Telephone Connections 6 Telephone Connections Configuring FRITZ!Box for Telephony Using the FRITZ!Box you can make telephone calls via the Internet and the fixed-line network. In this case you can start right away with the configuration of the connected telephony devices. 6.

which can be enabled and configured in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area in the “Telephony / Telephony Devices” menu. for instance).2 In order to make calls via the analog fixed-line network. the “Manage Telephony Devices” Wizard is available in the FRITZ!Box. The Internet numbers can be from one or from multiple different Internet telephony providers. enter your ISDN numbers in the FRITZ!Box. enter your telephone numbers in the FRITZ!Box. Telephony Devices Supported The following telephony devices are supported by the FRITZ!Box: • telephones – analog telephones – analog telephones with an integrated answering machine – cordless (DECT) telephones – IP telephones • answering machine If you have connected an analog answering machine (to the “FON 1” or “FON 2” socket. The FRITZ!Box is also equipped with integrated answering machines.Entering Fixed-line Numbers You can enter multiple Internet numbers in the FRITZ!Box. In order to make calls via the ISDN fixed-line network. 37 . Entering Fixed-line Numbers With the FRITZ!Box you can make calls both via the analog fixed-line network and via the ISDN fixed-line network: • • 6. Configuring Telephony Devices For the configuration of telephony devices. configure it as an answering machine.

– Call acceptance: Specify here whether the telephone should react to all calls or only to calls for certain telephone numbers. The FRITZ!Box is also equipped with integrated answering machines and a fax machine for fax reception. This integrated device can be enabled and configured in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area in the “Telephony / Telephony Devices” menu. The FRITZ!Box also supports: – analog fax machines – analog fax-telephone combinations Settings for Telephony Devices Telephony devices like telephones. faxes and answering machines can be connected to the FRITZ!Box.Settings for Telephony Devices • fax machines The FRITZ!Box is equipped with an integrated fax machine for receiving faxes. The “Manage Telephony Devices” Wizard can assist you in configuring the necessary settings for all telephony devices: Devices Connected to the FRITZ!Box • telephone – kind of connection used to connect the telephone with the FRITZ!Box – internal name for the telephone – number used to conduct outgoing calls: With this entry you specify whether outgoing calls should be conducted via the Internet or the fixed-line network. • fax machine – kind of connection used to connect the fax machine with the FRITZ!Box – internal name for the fax machine 38 .

which detects wether an incoming call is a fax. • answering machine – Specifications about how calls should be accepted. For this option a USB memory device must be connected to the USB port of the FRITZ!Box. • answering machine – kind of connection used to connect the answering machine with the FRITZ!Box – internal name for the answering machine – Call acceptance: Enter here whether the answering machine should react to all calls or only to calls for certain numbers. – Call acceptance: Here you define the numbers to which the fax machine should react. – Automatic fax detection for an analog fixed line. – internal name for the answering machine – Call acceptance: Enter here whether the answering machine should react to all calls or only to calls for certain numbers.Settings for Telephony Devices – Number used to send faxes: This entry defines whether outgoing faxes are sent via the Internet or the fixed-line network. which can be used to pick up messages from the answering machine from another telephone line. and whether the message should also be sent by e-mail. 39 . Devices Integrated to the FRITZ!Box • fax reception – fax ID to be transmitted to the sender of the fax – e-mail address to which the incoming faxes are forwarded – USB memory on which the incoming faxes are stored. – Remote inquiry.

it must be set up. the user name and the registrar in your IP telephone. Follow the instructions below: See also the manufacturer’s documentation for information about how to set up your IP telephone. Select “LAN/WLAN (IP telephone)”.Setting Up an IP Telephone in the FRITZ!Box Setting Up an IP Telephone in the FRITZ!Box Before you can use an IP telephone with the FRITZ!Box. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface (see the section “Opening the User Interface” on page 26). 6. 4. assign a name and then click “Next”. The IP telephone will be set up in the FRITZ!Box so that it can be used to make telephone calls. Be sure to consult the documentation for your telephone on how to do this. 2. 3. Click “Wizards / Telephony Devices” and then click “Next”.3 Telephony Functions More functions and settings options for telephony are available in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area. incoming calls and faxes. 7. Select the option “Telephone” and then click “Next”. 40 . 8. in the “Telephony” menu. 6. Assign a password. Confirm the Telephony Wizard of the FRITZ!Box by clicking “Next” and follow the instructions. as well as incoming calls during absence. Enter the password. Call List The “Call List” displays outgoing calls and sent faxes. Enable the Expert Mode setting in the “Settings / Advanced Settings / System” menu. 5. 1.

Telephone Book

If the number of a caller or someone called is entered in the telephone book, the “Call List” will display the name from the telephone book. The “Call List” can be saved as a file.
Menu

The “Call List” is found in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area, in the “Telephony / Calls” menu.

Telephone Book
A telephone book is at your disposal in the FRITZ!Box.
Menu

The “Telephone Book” is found in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area, in the “Telephony” menu.

Call Diversion
With this function you can divert incoming calls to another number. The following kinds of call diversion are available:

• • • • •
Menu

diversion of all incoming calls to a certain telephone number diversion of calls to other telephones or answering machines connected with the FRITZ!Box diversion of calls for certain numbers diversion of calls that come from a certain telephone number diversion of calls without a telephone number (anonymous calls)

The “Call Diversion” menu is located in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area, in the “Telephony” menu.

41

Block Calls

Block Calls
The blocking of telephone number using the FRITZ!Box offers you the following options:

numbers and number ranges can be blocked for outgoing calls From the FRITZ!Box no outgoing calls to a blocked number range are possible. In this manner you can block connections to certain mobile networks, for instance.

blocking telephone numbers for incoming calls For incoming calls you can block certain numbers to avoid receiving calls from unwanted callers.

Menu

The command for blocking calls is located in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area, in the “Telephony / Calls” menu.

Alarm
With the alarm function you can use the telephones connected to the FRITZ!Box as alarm clocks.

• •
Menu

You can specify several different times for the alarm to go off. An individual telephone can be selected for the alarm function.

The “Alarm” function is located in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area, in the “Telephony” menu.

Dialing Rules
Dialing rules specify when calls are conducted on the fixed-line network, and when they take place over the Internet. All connections to number ranges for which a dialing rule has been defined are established using the specified connection type.
Menu

The “Dialing Rules” menu is located in the “Settings” area in the “Advanced Settings / Telephony” menu.
42

Integrated Fax

Integrated Fax
The FRITZ!Box is equipped with an integrated fax function so that you can receive faxes without having to connect a fax machine. The integrated fax machine forwards incoming faxes to an e-mail address, or stores them on a USB memory device connected to the FRITZ!Box. For operation the integrated fax machine must be set up using the Wizard for telephony devices in the FRITZ!Box user interface. For this, enter an e-mail address to which incoming faxes should be forwarded. If the FRITZ!Box is connected to an analog fixed line with only one number, remember to enable automatic fax detection as well. The fax detection works passively, meaning that it does not detect an incoming fax until a call has been accepted. For this reason we recommend also using the Wizard for telephony devices to set up an answering machine, so that fax detection can also function when you do not accept a call. The integrated fax machine of the FRITZ!Box supports only fax reception. To send faxes you can install the “FRITZ!fax for FRITZ!Box” software. This program can be downloaded from the AVM web site for the operating systems Windows 7, Windows Vista and Windows XP.

43

each of which can be enabled and configured individually.Integrated Answering Machines Integrated Answering Machines The FRITZ!Box is equipped with several integrated answering machines. By enabling the setting “Send messages by e-mail” you can have recorded messages sent to you by e-mail. To check an answering machine internally. 44 . enter the following keypad sequences: Answering machine 1 Answering machine 2 Answering machine 3 Answering machine 4 Answering machine 5 ss600 ss601 ss602 ss603 ss604 An overview of the answering machine menu is presented in the section “Operating the Answering Machine via Telephone Keypad” on page 45. The messages are sent as audio files. Menu The integrated answering machines can be enabled and configured in the “Settings / Advanced Settings” area in the “Telephony / Telephony Devices” menu.

you hear two short audio signals and return to the main menu.4 Operating the Answering Machine via Telephone Keypad Main menu 1 Play back messages If no messages have been recorded.Operating the Answering Machine via Telephone Keypad 6. 1 3 5 7 9 0 r 2 3 4 Play back messages Call back the caller of the message Delete message To previous message To next message Listen to “Play back messages” menu again Back to Main menu Delete all messages Switch the answering machine on / off Record greetings 1 2 3 Record greeting Record announcement Record closing announcement Record and select 1 5 8 0 r 0 r Listen to all greetings/announcements of the selected type > Select the desired recording by pressing 2 Delete greeting/announcement Tecord greeting/announcement > End recording by pressing 1 Listen to “Record and Select” menu again Back to Main menu Listen to “Record greetings” menu again Back to Main menu 5 0 Switch recording and directions mode on / off Listen to Main menu again 45 .

2. 7. Telephones can establish internal connections using internal numbers. Press and hold down the search key on the FRITZ!Box labeled “DECT” during the entire registration process. please follow the corresponding instructions in your telephone manual. 4. To register a cordless telephone from any manufacturer on the FRITZ!Box. A total of up to five cordless telephones can be registered on the FRITZ!Box. The internal numbers of the telephones you have connected are listed in the FRITZ!Box user interface. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface by entering fritz. Select the “Internal Numbers” tab.DECT Function 7 DECT Function Cordless Telephony with FRITZ!Box Thanks to the integrated DECT function. Perform the following steps: 1.box. 7. See the documentation of your cordless telephone to find out whether it supports either of these standards. 46 . This facilitates telephone registration. In the “Start Menu” area.1 Registering Cordless Telephones With FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 you can use all cordless telephones that support the DECT-GAP and CAT-iq radio standards. select the “Telephone Book” menu. the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 can be used as a base station for cordless telephones that support the DECT GAP or CAT-iq standard. which are assigned to each telephone automatically upon registration.2 Making an Internal Call to a Cordless Telephone All telephones connected to the FRITZ!Box can establish connections to each other free of charge. 3. Start a web browser.

Search for Cordless Telephones by Paging Call

The internal numbers of the telephones connected to the FRITZ!Box are displayed.

7.3

Search for Cordless Telephones by Paging Call
Using the DECT button on the top of the device you can search for lost handsets by starting a paging call. Press the DECT button briefly and all of the cordless telephones connected with the FRITZ!Box will ring. A paging call cannot work if a handset has dead batteries. The DECT button and its use are described in the section “DECT Button” on page 119.

7.4

Logging a Cordless Telephone off of the FRITZ!Box
1. 2. 3. 4. Start a web browser. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface by entering fritz.box. In the “Start Menu” area, select the “Telephony Devices” menu. In the “Cordless Telephones (DECT)” area, select the cordless telephone you want to log off and click the “Delete” button.

Now the cordless telephone will be logged off.

7.5

Enabling and Disabling DECT
The DECT function is disabled upon delivery of the FRITZ!Box.

Enabling the DECT function The DECT function is switched on when the first cordless telephone is registered.

Disabling the DECT function When the last cordless telephone is logged off in the FRITZ!Box user interface, the DECT function is switched off automatically.

47

USB Devices

8

USB Devices USB Devices at the FRITZ!Box
The FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 is equipped with two USB ports (also known as USB host controller). The USB ports of the FRITZ!Box support the standards USB 2.0 and USB 1.1. Various USB devices can be connected to the USB ports:

• • • • •

a FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N 2.4, a FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N or an AVM FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick a USB storage device (hard drive, memory stick, card reader) a USB printer a USB modem (UMTS/HSPA) USB hubs If you use USB hubs, note that a maximum of four USB devices can be operated on the FRITZ!Box.

8.1

Connecting USB Devices

DSL/TEL FON 1 FON 2

LAN 1

LAN 2

Connecting a USB cable to the USB port

Connecting

Some USB devices, such as memory sticks or the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N, are inserted directly into one of the USB ports on the FRITZ!Box. Other devices like USB printers are connected to one of the USB ports by means of a USB cable.

48

Accessing USB Devices

If you would like to use multiple devices at one USB port, you can also use a USB hub (see the section “USB Hubs” on page 60). Please read the “Tips for Using USB Devices” on page 63 first.

8.2

Accessing USB Devices
Network Sharing

As soon as a USB device is connected to the FRITZ!Box, all of its functions are available in the entire network:

The files in the USB mass storage can be accessed from the network via FTP (File Transfer Protocol), or you can make the USB mass storage device available as a network storage device. The two kinds of access are explained in greater detail in the section “Accessing the Data on the USB Mass Storage” on page 51. USB printers are available as network printers.


USB Remote Connection

With the USB remote connection, a computer in the network can use USB devices just as if they were connected directly to the computer via the USB cable (virtual cable replacement). This can make sense for multifunctional printers, for instance, so that you can use the integrated card reader/scanner or the ink level display. While a computer accesses a USB device via the USB remote connection, the USB device is not available for other computers in the network. For more information on the USB remote connection, see the section “FRITZ!Box USB Remote Connection” from page 60.

8.3

FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick
The FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N, the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N 2.4 and the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick are WLAN adapters manufactured by AVM for connection to a computer. Using a WLAN adapter you can connect the computer wirelessly with the FRITZ!Box. All FRITZ!WLAN USB Sticks from AVM master the Stick & Surf method, making it easy to establish a secure WLAN connection: The FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick is inserted
49

see the section “Connecting the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick” from page 18.4 USB Mass Storage Devices USB storage devices include hard drives. where even larger files can be accessed. see the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N manual. Enter fritz. Access Rights and Passport Protection You can define access rights and password protection for the USB storage devices. 3. It is not possible to assign specific read or write access or an individual password to each storage device. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Settings” area. Configuring Proceed as follows to define access rights and password protection for the USB storage devices: 1. For instructions on establishing a WLAN connection using Stick & Surf. For more information on the various FRITZ!WLAN USB Sticks by AVM and the WLAN standards each of them supports. network storage and USB remote connection functions. 8. FAT32 and NTFS are supported. File Systems Access to USB memory devices connected to the FRITZ!Box is possible via the File Transfer Protocol (FTP).box in the address field. These settings are valid for all USB storage devices connected to the FRITZ!Box. This limit does not apply in the NTFS file system. and card readers. USB storage devices using the file systems FAT. Files in the FAT and FAT32 file systems are supported up to a size of 4 GB. memory sticks. 2. Start a web browser. the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N 2. or the manual for the FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick.4 manual. 50 .USB Mass Storage Devices briefly into one of the USB ports on the FRITZ!Box. where it receives all of the security settings required for the WLAN connection to this FRITZ!Box.

USB Network Memory The FRITZ!Box offers you the possibility of making USB storage devices available in the Windows network as network drives. Files from the USB storage device cannot be executed or opened in a suitable program until they have been copied to your computer or your local network. image and video files on the USB storage device can be played back by compatible devices (streaming). Click the name of the USB storage device in the “USB Devices / Overview of Devices” menu or open a web browser and enter ftp://fritz. Configure the access rights and password protection for the USB mass storage devices. The data in the USB storage device can be accessed via FTP using any FTP client. FTP (File Transfer Protocol) All of the computers in the network can access the data in the USB mass storage simultaneously via FTP. The USB storage device with the media collection is simply connected to the USB port on the FRITZ!Box and a suitable playback device is linked to the local network. 5. With this option music. Select the “USB Devices / Overview of Devices” menu. The folder structure of the USB storage device is displayed in the web browser.box in the address field.Accessing the Data on the USB Mass Storage 4. The access rights and password are are not enabled if the USB remote connection is enabled for all USB storage devices. Media Server 51 . Accessing the Data on the USB Mass Storage USB storage devices connected to the FRITZ!Box directly or via a USB hub are displayed with their device name in the “USB Devices / Overview of Devices” menu on the user interface. Files on the USB storage device then can be opened and processed directly on the USB storage device.

When the USB remote connection is enabled. media server and FTP functions can be used only if the USB remote connection is not enabled for USB storage devices. With the media server. • • 52 . then you can use the printer on another computer just as if it were connected directly to your computer (virtual cable replacement). all-inone printers (printers with supplementary fax or scanner functions) can also be used for faxing and scanning. and exchange data with each other accordingly. then the program for the USB remote connection (see page 60) and the suitable printer drivers must be installed on any computer that is supposed to use the printer. 8. • If you want to use the printer with the USB remote connection enabled. With UPnP AV this technology has been expanded to audio and video contents. media files of all kinds of formats can be made available from the connected USB storage device via UPnP. This technology allows the devices connected to each other by cable or radio network to perform automatic detection. USB Printer at the USB Remote Connection If you enable the USB remote connection for USB printers. The USB network storage.5 USB Printer To connect a USB printer to one of the USB ports of the FRITZ!Box. you can use this feature when the USB remote connection is enabled. you can either enable the USB remote connection or use the USB printer as a network printer.USB Printer The devices automatically communicate via Universal Plug & Play (UPnP). If your printer is equipped with a status monitor. recognize events.

Please note the following for the printer setup: • If you want to use the printer as a network printer. Print jobs are forwarded to the IP address of the printer server in the local network via the printer port. This is generally not the case for some multi-function devices. • • • Configuring the Windows Printer Port for a Network Printer If the “FRITZ!Box” entry is already listed in the “Programs” group of the start menu of the computer. USB Printer as a Network Printer When you connect a USB printer to the FRITZ!Box and set it up without using the “USB Remote Connection” software. for instance combined fax-scanner-printers. For multi-function devices (printers with additional functions like fax or scanning). These printers usually can be used only with an operating system for which the printer manufacturer has provided driver software. Only printers that can be addressed with the device class “Printer” are supported as network printers. it may not be possible to use the status monitor if the printer is operated as a network printer. for instance). like those that expect printer status message responses from the system (bidirectional communication as in the GDI system. the printer connection must be configured.USB Printer as a Network Printer • Host-based printers. on every computer. can only be used via the USB remote connection. this means that the printer port is already configured on this computer. If your printer is equipped with a status monitor. Such printers connected to the FRITZ!Box are not supported as network printers. 53 . and the suitable printer drivers installed. only the printing function is supported for network printers. the FRITZ!Box manages the printer itself and makes it available as a network printer to all computers connected to the FRITZ!Box.

5. If the manufacturer or the model is not included in the lists.. Select the “Use an existing port:” setting and then choose the entry “AVM: (FRITZ!Box USB Printer Port)” from the list. Now you can install the printer drivers of the printer connected to FRITZ!Box for this printer port. Click the “Programs” menu entry in the “Settings” area. Follow the instructions to unzip and to install the program. 4. 2. Select “Add a local printer”. 3.box in the address field.USB Printer as a Network Printer Otherwise. The printer port designated “AVM: (FRITZ!Box USB Printer Port)” will be configured. Installing Printer Drivers in Windows 7 1. On the “Programs” page. The FRITZ!Box user interface opens. Click “Next”. click the link to the “Printer Port”. 3.. The program is downloaded to your computer. Click “Add a printer”. 54 . 4. You must make this selection because the printer port on the computer functions as a local port. work through the following steps to configure the printer port: 1. Click “Next”. Click the “Start” button in the task bar and select “Devices and Printers”.”. Select the manufacturer for the USB printer connected to the FRITZ!Box from the “Manufacturers” list and then select the exact model from the “Printers” list. Open a web browser and enter fritz. 2. use an installation disk or CD with the required files and click “Have Disk.

Click “Add Printer”. Click “Next”. Installation will be concluded. Click the “Start” button in the task bar and select the “Control Panel”. The operating system will use this name to administer the printer. You can enter a name for the printer in the “Printer name” field. 5. Select the “Use an existing port” setting and then choose the entry “AVM: (FRITZ!Box USB Printer Port)” from the list. Click “Next”. Open the start menu of the computer and click the “Printers and Faxes” entry (Windows XP) or click “Start / Settings / Printer” (Windows 2000). Conclude the installation by clicking “Finish”. If the manufacturer or the model is not included in the lists. The operating system will use this name to administer the printer. 2. click “Add a printer”. 8. In the “Printers and Faxes” window. 2. 3.USB Printer as a Network Printer 6. Select “Add a local printer”. 7. Select the manufacturer for the USB printer connected to the FRITZ!Box from the “Manufacturers” list and then select the exact model from the “Printers” list. You must make this selection because the printer port on the computer functions as a local port. Installing Printer Drivers in Windows Vista 1.”. use an installation disk or CD with the required files and click “Have Disk.. 6.. Select “Printers”. Installing Printer Drivers in Windows XP/2000 1. 55 . The “Add Printer” Wizard will be started. You can enter a name for the printer in the “Printer name” field. 7. 4.

1.. Open a console and enter the following command: lpadmin -p <printer_name> -E -v socket://<IP_ address_of_the_FRITZ!Box>:<port> -m <printer_ description_file. The printer is then available to all computers connected with the FRITZ!Box. 5.”. Select the manufacturer for the USB printer connected to the FRITZ!Box from the “Manufacturers” list and then select the exact model from the “Printers” list. use an installation disk or CD with the required files and click “Have Disk. 6. Click “Next”. 8. 4.USB Printer as a Network Printer 3.. You install the printer as “root” or “superuser”. 7. select the option “Use the following port” and select “AVM: (FRITZ!Box USB Printer Port)” from the list field. In the “Name Your Printer” window. In the “Select a Printer Port” window. Select the option “Local printer attached to this computer” (Windows XP) or click “Local Printer” (Windows 2000) and make sure that the setting “Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer” is disabled. Setting Up Printers in SUSE Linux Systems A USB printer can be connected to the FRITZ!Box for use as a network printer. answer the question “Do you want to use this printer as the default printer?” (Windows XP) or “Do you want your Windows-based programs to use this printer as the default printer?” (Windows 2000) with “No”. Click “Next”. Click “Next”. You must make this selection because the printer port on the computer functions as a local port.ppd> 56 . If the manufacturer or the model is not included in the lists.

ppd You can view the PPD files installed in the system with the following command: lpinfo -m For More Information Please direct any questions about PPD files to the manufacturer of the printer or system used. on the console you must enter: lpadmin -p LaserJet4 -E -v socket://192. Setting Up USB Printers on Apple Computers A USB printer can be connected to the FRITZ!Box for use as a network printer.1:9100 m laserjet.178.USB Printer as a Network Printer 2.html The printer must be supported by CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) software and be detected correctly at the USB port of the FRITZ!Box. The printer is then available to all computers connected with the FRITZ!Box. Example For a laser jet printer with the example name of Laserjet4 and the PPD file laserjet. go to the following web site: http://www.org/documentation.org/documentation. The only printers that can be used are the ones whose drivers can be selected in the Printer utility or for which a compatible driver is available there.cups. More detailed information on the CUPS printing software is included in the following documentation: http://www.php More detailed questions on the setup should also be directed to the manufacturer of the distribution or to an Internet-based or usenet forum that deals with CUPS or the distribution used.cups.1. For more information and instructions.php/man-lpadmin. 57 .ppd at a FRITZ!Box with the default address 192.178.168.168.

Click the “+” symbol at the left of the bottom half of the screen.USB Printer as a Network Printer 1. Open “Programs / System Preferences / Print & Fax”. 58 . 2.

1 6. Leave the “Queue:” field empty. 59 . 4. Click “IP Printer”. Enter a driver compatible with your printer in the “Print Using:” field. select the entry “HP JetDirect – Socket”. 8.USB Printer as a Network Printer 3. 5.178. Enter in the “Address:” field the IP address of the FRITZ!Box: 192. In the “Protocol:” field. 7. Enter the desired values in the “Name:” and “Location:” fields.168.

sourceforge. or three USB memory devices and a USB printer. If you use USB hubs. it may be possible to select a compatible printer or printer driver. The printer is then available to all computers connected with the FRITZ!Box.USB Hubs If the printer cannot be selected. The computer and the USB devices are all connected with the FRITZ!Box. A USB device connected to the FRITZ!Box is handed over to a computer via the USB remote connection function (virtual cable replacement). In total you can connect either four USB memory devices (hard drives. We strongly recommend using USB hubs with their own power supply.php 8. Information about compatible printers or printer drivers is available in the Internet. A USB hub is a device to extend existing USB ports. directly to the FRITZ!Box or via a USB hub. memory sticks). 8.7 FRITZ!Box USB Remote Connection With the FRITZ!Box USB remote connection you can control connections between your computer and USB devices.6 USB Hubs One or two USB hubs can be connected to the USB ports of the FRITZ!Box. The USB device is detected as 60 . 9. for instance on the following page: http://gimp-print.net/MacOSX. note that a maximum of four USB devices can be operated on the FRITZ!Box. Click the “Add” button to save your settings.

video converters or TV adapters) are not supported. fax or card reader features are to be used printer with ink level monitor (requiring bidirectional communication) USB scanner • • • Note that isochronal USB devices with time-critical transmission behavior (isochronous USB devices like sound cards. The USB remote connection can be utilized in Windows 7. and Windows XP with Service Pack 2 or higher.Enabling the USB Remote Connection new hardware by the operating system on this computer. so that device software can be installed as if it were connected directly to the computer. Enabling the USB Remote Connection Work through the following steps in order to enable the USB remote connection on your computer: 1. are not available as long as the USB remote connection is active for USB storage devices. which are provided by the FRITZ!Box. Do not use the FRITZ!Box USB remote connection if multiple computers are to be able to access a single USB device connected to the FRITZ!Box at the same time (network printing function). web cams. USB network memory and the media server. Using Enable the FRITZ!Box USB remote connection whenever you would like to use one of the following devices on the FRITZ!Box: • • USB storage device with the NTFS file format printer with the Graphics Device Interface (GDI printer) that requires the driver software for the given operating system multifunctional printer whose scanner. Functions like FTP. 61 . Windows Vista. Start a web browser on your computer.

62 . Select the setting “Enable the USB remote connection” and click “Apply”. 6. The result of the changed USB settings can be viewed in the “Overview of Devices”. click “Apply”. Open the “USB Remote Connection” menu and install the program for the USB remote connection on the computer from which you want to use the USB devices. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Settings” area. 8. Open the “USB Devices / Overview of Devices” menu. 5. Enter fritz. As a final step. Confirm by clicking “Apply”. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Settings” area. 4. 2. Confirm by clicking “Apply”. All USB devices connected to the FRITZ!Box will be detected again. The next step is to specify for which kind of USB devices the USB remote connection should be enabled. 9. Open a web browser on the computer for which the USB remote connection is to be disabled. 4.box in the address field of the browser.box in the address field of the browser. Enable the expert setting of the FRITZ!Box in the “System / Expert Mode” menu. 3. 7. 3. Enter fritz.Disabling the USB Remote Connection 2. Disabling the USB Remote Connection Perform the following steps to disable the USB remote connection: 1. Follow the instructions on the “USB Remote Connection” page. Enable the desired options. Enable the expert setting of the FRITZ!Box in the “System / Expert Mode” menu.

As a final step. To avoid damage to the FRITZ!Box. Thus such phenomena as voltage spikes during storms may occur.Tips for Using USB Devices 5. The result of the changed USB settings can be viewed in the “Overview of Devices”. select the “Remove safely” option in the FRITZ!Box user interface to prevent losses of data. 7. click “Apply”. Otherwise unspecified malfunctions with the USB devices or even damage to the FRITZ!Box may occur. only operate USB storage devices that require more than one USB port for operation (for instance hard drives with a Y cable) if they have their own power supply or a USB hub with its own power supply. please keep in mind the following: • If more than one USB device without its own power supply is connected to the FRITZ!Box. The FRITZ!Box can not defend the USB memory from external influences. the total current consumption may not exceed a value of 500 mA. and writing to older USB memory devices may corrupt the data • • • • 63 . Before removing a USB storage device. 6. in accordance with the USB specification. Open the “USB Devices / USB Remote Connection” menu. please note that. Disable all types of USB devices.8 Tips for Using USB Devices When using USB devices at the USB ports of the FRITZ!Box. AVM expressly advises against performing firmware updates for USB devices connected to the computer via the USB remote connection on the FRITZ!Box. 8.

In such cases a complete loss of data may occur. Therefore we recommend always backing up the USB memory content just in case data are lost on the USB storage device.Tips for Using USB Devices structure due to a high number of defective structures. 64 .

1 Instructions for Operation at the Telephone The table explains the icons used in this chapter: Icon M N O P D Q K Action Dial a number. Talk.25 seconds). you hear a negative acknowledgment tone (an intermittent tone broken into intervals of about 0. Pulse dialing telephones are not suitable. for instance. Three-party conference call Wait for the acknowledgement tone.Configuration and Operation on the Telephone 9 Configuration and Operation on the Telephone FRITZ!Box Keypad Sequences Many of the FRITZ!Box functions and features can be configured and used over a telephone connected to a FRITZ!Box extension. The telephone network features can be used only if they are supported by your telephone network carrier and enabled on your telephone line. • 9. Acknowledgment Tone Entries input on the telephone are confirmed with acknowledgement tones (see also “Audio Signals” on page 66): • Entries made correctly are confirmed with a positive acknowledgement tone (a single tone of one second in length). Hang up the handset. 65 . because of an incorrect key sequence. If the entry was not successful. You hear the ring tone. Pick up the handset. Only tone-dialing (dual-tone multifrequency = DTMF) telephones can be used in configuration and operation.

enter the number of an analog extension (for instance 1 for extension “FON 1” or 2 for extension “FON 2”). Audio signals and ring tones of the connected telephones 66 ./Ext.> Enter the external telephone number (destination number) or extension number (Ext. <DNo> Enter an external telephone number (destination number).> Action Enter the number of an analog extension on the FRITZ!Box. In the place of <DNo>.) to which your calls are to be diverted.>.2 Audio Signals The following diagram illustrates the duration and intervals of the various audio signals and ring tones of the telephones connected to the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340. enter the complete number of the external line.Audio Signals Icon <Ext. <DNo. In place of <Ext. 9.

Restoring Factory Settings r991s159 Restores all settings in the FRITZ!Box to 01590s their original condition.3 Configuring on the Telephone Saving New Settings In this section. It is not necessary to save the configuration immediately after every change. You may first configure all of your settings as desired. Save all settings permanently by dialing the sequence shown at left. you can change the settings by using new commands or restore the FRITZ!Box to its factory settings. and then save them permanently. Restoring Factory Settings All of the settings in the FRITZ!Box can be reset to their condition upon delivery by restoring the factory settings.Configuring on the Telephone 9. Enabling and Disabling WLAN The WLAN function can be switched on and off using the telephone keypad. After factory settings are restored. This is especially convenient when the WLAN function has been switched off. Hang up the handset. Permanent saving cannot be reversed. However. saving refers to all current settings made in the FRITZ!Box. Saving Permanently N r91ss O Pick up the handset. the FRITZ!Box is restarted. Simply use your 67 . All settings you made in the FRITZ!Box—including the configured Internet connection—are deleted when the factory settings are restored.

When Do Not Disturb is set. until 07:00 a. Enabling Do Not Disturb Effective Immediately r81<Ext. the telephone connected to the extension will not ring. you can enter a Do Not Disturb period during which the telephone will not ring. 68 . Then enable Do Not Disturb. This means that the WLAN function can be enabled without having use a wired connection to open the user interface.m. Do Not Disturb then automatically will be switched on daily at the time entered in the “Start” field and switched off again at the time defined in the “End” field. At the extension for which a Do Not Disturb period is to be configured. Disables the WLAN function. In configuring this function you can choose between enabling the function immediately or selecting a specific time period. r91ss Saves the settings.>s0s Immediately enables Do Not Disturb for the extension entered as <Ext>. Immediately When Do Not Disturb is enabled immediately. Enter the value “2000” for <Start> and “0700” for <End>. Enabling and Disabling WLAN r96s1s r96s0s Enables the WLAN function.Do Not Disturb telephone to turn it back on. define the period during which the phone should not ring and save your entries. Do Not Disturb For every analog extension of the FRITZ!Box.m. Period Alternatively. no incoming calls will be signaled at the specified extension. Example: Do Not Disturb should be configured from 20:00 p. the Do Not Disturb option can be enabled by phone. daily. The Do Not Disturb setting will remain enabled until it is disabled.

>. 69 .Alarm Enabling Do Not Disturb for a Prescribed Period r80<Ext.>s <Start>s<End>s r91ss Defines the period for Do Not Disturb at extension <Ext. Disabling Do Not Disturb r81<Ext. Both kinds of Do Not Disturb settings can be disabled by means of a keypad sequence.>. The alarm can be set individually for each telephone and enabled or disabled at any time. Alarm You can use the telephones connected to the FRITZ!Box as alarms.>s6s Enables Do Not Disturb for the defined period. r81<Ext.>s1s Disables Do Not Disturb for extension <Ext. r91ss Disabling Saves the settings. r91ss Saves the settings. Saves the settings.

IP telephones 620 – 629. Saves the settings. Hang up the handset. FRITZ!Box must be connected to an ISDN line.Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line Configuring the Alarm for a Telephone N r881s<time>s <Ext. For instance. Then this feature can be used to forward calls to an external line. To use call forwarding. Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line Call forwarding is performed by the ISDN operator’s switching station. Call forwarding is subject to charges by the carrier and cannot be used to forward calls to Internet numbers. Hang up the handset. Defines the time at which the telephone connected to the analog extension <Ext. r881s<time>s <internal telephone number>s Defines the time at which the DECT or IP telephone with the specified internal telephone number will ring.> will ring.m. enter r881s0700s610s. For instance. Cordless DECT telephones have the internal telephone numbers 610 – 615. if the first cordless DECT telephone should ring at 07:00 a.m. Disables the alarm. r91ss O Saves the settings. Enabling/Disabling the Alarm N r881ss r881r r91ss O Pick up the handset. enter r881s0700s1s. if the telephone at extension “FON 1” should ring at 07:00 a. Enables the alarm. 70 .>s Pick up the handset.

Hang up the handset. Different settings may be configured separately for each number. Dial the sequence shown at left. or when busy. See the section “Call Diversion” on page 75 for more information. For call forwarding you may specify whether you want incoming calls to be forwarded unconditionally. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Call Forwarding Immediately Incoming calls for the given MSN are always diverted immediately to the specified number. Use this kind of call diversion to divert calls to internal and external lines. Call Forwarding immediately for Any MSN N s21s<DNo> s<MSN>r Q O Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Call Forwarding immediately for Your Outgoing Caller ID N s21s<DNo>r Q O Pick up the handset. Do not activate both call forwarding and call diversion at the same time. Hang up the handset. 71 . there is also call diversion via FRITZ!Box. Dial the sequence shown at left. Pick up the handset.Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line In addition to call forwarding. Dial the sequence shown at left. Call Forwarding immediately for All MSNs N s21s<DNo>sr Q O Pick up the handset. Hang up the handset. after the fifth ring. Call forwarding is subject to charges by the carrier and cannot be used for forwarding calls to Internet numbers.

Dial the sequence shown at left. You can define call diversion for the local outgoing call number. Hang up the handset. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Disabling Call Forwarding Immediately for Any MSN N s21ss<MSN>r Q O Pick up the handset. The local outgoing call number is the first number you assigned to an extension. Disabling Call Forwarding immediately for All MSNs N s21ssr Q O Call Forwarding When Busy Pick up the handset. 72 . Hang up the handset. Wait for the acknowledgement tone.Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line Disabling Call Forwarding Immediately for Your Outgoing Caller ID N s21sr Q O Pick up the handset. Hang up the handset. Dial the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. or for all numbers. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number only if a call is already being conducted using the number dialed is busy. Dial the sequence shown at left. e. Dial the sequence shown at left.g. Call Forwarding When Busy for Your Outgoing Caller ID N s67s<DNo>r Q O Pick up the handset. All settings can be disabled at any time. You can also define call diversion for any other number. a telephone at another extension.

Disable Call Forwarding When Busy for Any MSN N s67ss<MSN>r Q O Pick up the handset. Hang up the handset. Call Forwarding When Busy for All MSNs N s67s<DNo>sr Q O Pick up the handset. 73 . Hang up the handset. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Dial the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Disabling Call Forwarding When Busy for Your Outgoing Caller ID N s67sr Q O Pick up the handset. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Dial the sequence shown at left. Dial the sequence shown at left.Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line Call Forwarding when Busy for Any MSN N s67s<DNo> s<MSN>r Q O Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Dial the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset. Hang up the handset. Pick up the handset. Disable Call Forwarding When Busy for All MSNs N s67ssr Q O Pick up the handset. Dial the sequence shown at left.

Disabling Call Forwarding Delayed for Your Outgoing Caller ID N s61sr Q O Pick up the handset. Call Forwarding Delayed for All MSNs N s61s<DNo>sr Q O Pick up the handset. Hang up the handset. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Dial the sequence shown at left. Call Forwarding Delayed for Your Outgoing Caller ID N s61s<DNo>r Q O Pick up the handset. Call forwarding can be configured for your extension’s outgoing caller ID (the first number assigned to an extension). Hang up the handset. Call Forwarding Delayed for Any MSN N s61s<DNo> s<MSN>r Q O Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Dial the sequence shown at left.Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line Call Forwarding Delayed Incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number if not answered at the number originally dialed within 20 seconds (about five rings). All settings can be disabled at any time. Hang up the handset. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Pick up the handset. Dial the sequence shown at left. Dial the sequence shown at left. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Hang up the handset. for any number (for instance. 74 . a telephone at the other FRITZ!Box extension). or for all numbers.

This kind of diversion is organized inside FRITZ!Box so that diversions to another extension are free of charge. Dial the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset.Call Diversion Disabling Call Forwarding Delayed for Any MSN N s61ss<MSN>r Q O Pick up the handset. incoming calls can only be diverted to a different extension or to Internet numbers. If the FRITZ!Box is operated on an analog telephone line. Hang up the handset. where the calls are diverted via the central exchange. Disabling Call Forwarding Delayed for All MSNs N s61ssr Q O Pick up the handset. This is the difference between call diversion and call forwarding. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Do not activate both call forwarding and call diversion at the same time. Calls are diverted to an external number over your ISDN line’s second B channel and are subject to normal transmission charges. 75 . Dial the sequence shown at left. How to use call forwarding by phone is described in the section “Call Forwarding on the ISDN Line” on page 70. Call diversion takes place directly in the FRITZ!Box. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. Call diversion allows you to forward calls to an external line or to another extension. Call Diversion Incoming calls to the FRITZ!Box telephones can be diverted to a different extension or to an external number. Do not activate both call forwarding and call diversion at the same time.

Call Diversion Note that only numerical Internet telephone numbers can be entered for diversion to an Internet telephone number. no letters or other characters. Call Diversion When Busy N r43<Ext. Call Diversion After the Third Ring N r42<Ext.>s <DNo>/<Ext. Hang up the handset. Dial the sequence shown at left. You can select one of five different options. 76 . Hang up the handset. Pick up the handset.>s r91ss O Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left.>s <DNo>/<Ext. Hang up the handset.>s <DNo>/<Ext.>s r91ss O Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left. You can specify the conditions under which an incoming call will be diverted. Different settings may be saved for each extension. Dial the sequence shown at left. This means that you can enter only numerals. Pick up the handset.>s r91ss O Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left. Pick up the handset. Call Diversion Immediately (Without Ringing) N r41<Ext. Dial the sequence shown at left.

Call Waiting Call waiting can be switched on or off for each extension. you should disable call waiting for fax and modem extensions. Dial the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset. 77 . See section “Waiting Calls” on page 85 for information about how to accept a call while another connection is active.>s r91ss O Disabling Call Diversion N r40<Ext. Some older terminal equipment connected to extensions may misinterpret the call waiting signal. Hang up the handset.>s r91ss O Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left.>s <DNo>/<Ext. Call Diversion Immediately With Ringing N r45<Ext. If communication errors occur. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left.Call Waiting Call Diversion After the Third Ring or When Busy N r44<Ext.>ss r91ss O Pick up the handset. Dial the sequence shown at left. Pick up the handset. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left. This is especially true of fax machines and modems. Hang up the handset.>s <DNo>/<Ext. Dial the sequence shown at left. Pick up the handset.

prefix the number dialed with a keypad sequence. Dial the sequence shown at left. Disabling Call Waiting N r2 <Ext.Suppress Caller ID for Outgoing Calls (CLIR) When call waiting is enabled. Dial the sequence shown at left. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left.> s0s r91ss O Pick up the handset.> s1s r91ss O Pick up the handset. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left. The CLIR function is disabled in the factory settings. Hang up the handset. If you would like to conduct only certain calls with the Caller ID suppressed. You have the option of enabling this function permanently and then disabling it again. modem and fax connections may be interrupted. When CLIR is permanently enabled. 78 . Hang up the handset. CLIR can also be used for individual connections. this setting is saved for the extension and always enabled for outgoing connections. Enabling Call Waiting N r2 <Ext. Suppress Caller ID for Outgoing Calls (CLIR) The CLIR (Calling Line Identification Restriction) function prevents your telephone number being displayed on the other party’s phone during outgoing calls. This enables CLIR only for the current connection.

CLIR on a Case-by-case Basis N s31r M Pick up the handset. Dial the sequence shown at left. Displaying the Incoming Caller ID (CLIP) The CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation) function makes the number of callers—external and internal—visible on your telephone display. Dial the sequence shown at left. This function can be permanently disabled and enabled again.>s0s r91ss O Pick up the handset.>s1s r91ss O Pick up the handset.Displaying the Incoming Caller ID (CLIP) Enabling CLIR Permanently N r51<Ext. Now you hear the external dial tone. Dial the number you want to call. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset. Disabling CLIR Permanently N r51<Ext. The CLIP function is enabled in the factory settings. Hang up the handset. Dial the sequence shown at left. This feature is only effective if your telephone supports CLIP. 79 . Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left.

80 . If you want this number to remain concealed so that the caller does not know that the call has been picked up at another extension. Hang up the handset. you have the option of suppressing transmission of the connected line's number. Dial the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset.Connected ISDN Line Identification Restriction and Presentation (COLR/COLP) Enabling Display of Incoming Caller ID (CLIP) N r91ss O Pick up the handset. Connected ISDN Line Identification Restriction and Presentation (COLR/COLP) By default. a caller’s display always shows the Multiple Subscriber Number (MSN) of the extension she or he dialed. Transmission of the connected line’s number can be switched on and off for each extension individually. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left. Disabling Display of Incoming Caller ID (CLIP) N r50<Ext. the MSN of this extension will be displayed. Yet if you take the call at another extension. The caller’s display will continue to show the number dialed. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left.>s1s Dial the sequence shown at left.>s0s r91ss O Pick up the handset. Transmission of the connected line’s number is permanently enabled in the factory settings. r50<Ext.

>s0s r91ss O Pick up the handset. r53<Ext. This means that you will receive an internal dialing tone when you lift the handset at the corresponding extension. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left.>s0s r91ss O Pick up the handset. Enabling Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP) Permanently N r53<Ext. When automatic outside dialing is disabled. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset. for an external call the 0 must be dialed before the telephone number. for instance. This makes sense at any extension which is used to make many internal calls. Hang up the handset. between the extensions of the FRITZ!Box. Disabling Automatic Outside Dialing The FRITZ!Box offers the possibility of disabling automatic outside dialing.>s1s Dial the sequence shown at left. 81 . Hang up the handset. Dial the sequence shown at left. Dial the sequence shown at left.Disabling Automatic Outside Dialing Enabling Connected Line Identification Restriction (COLR) Permanently N r91ss O Pick up the handset. Disabling Automatic Outside Dialing N r1<Ext.

Call Rejection on Busy (Busy on Busy)

Enablimng Automatic Outside Dialing N r1<Ext.>s1s r91ss O Pick up the handset. Dial the sequence shown at left. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset.

Call Rejection on Busy (Busy on Busy)
Calls for an extension can be rejected using the “busy on busy” feature. This means that the user receives a busy signal whenever the extension is busy.
Enabling Busy on Busy N r91ss O Pick up the handset. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset. r52<Ext.>s1s Dial the sequence shown at left.

Disabling Busy on Busy N r91ss O Pick up the handset. Save your settings if desired by dialing the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset. r52<Ext.>s0s Dial the sequence shown at left.

82

Operation at the Telephone

9.4

Operation at the Telephone
This section describes how you can use the FRITZ!Box features via your telephone keypad.

Shortening the Dialing Procedure
The FRITZ!Box automatically recognizes when a number has been entered, but not until a few seconds after the final digits are entered. You have the possibility of shortening the dialing procedure by closing your entry with the r key.
Shortening the Dialing Procedure <number>r indicates that a number has been dialed to shorten the dialing procedure

Selecting the Outgoing Number and the Type of Connection
For outgoing connections you can specify the kind of connection to be used for the next dialing procedure. For this entry you can use settings already made, or circumvent the settings currently configured. In this case the dialing rules are suspended for the given dialing procedure. By entering precisely which Internet telephony account should be used it is possible to have the dialing procedure conducted via a certain Internet telephone number, even though this number was never previously configured for the extension used.

83

Making Internal Calls

Selecting the Outgoing Number and the Type of Connection s111r<tele dials up this connection using the fixed line phone number> s12r<telephone number> s12<P>r establishes a connection for this dialing procedure using the first Internet telephone number establishes an Internet telephony connection via the specified Internet telephone number. For <P> enter the position of the Internet telephone number in the “List of Internet Telephone Numbers”.

Making Internal Calls
All calls conducted between telephones connected to the FRITZ!Box are internal telephone calls. These calls are free of charge.
Dialing Internal Calls N ss<Ext.> Pick up the handset. If you would like to call an analog extension of the FRITZ!Box, dial ss and the number of the extension. For instance, enter ss1, to call the telephone at the analog extension “FON 1”. ss<internal telephone number> If you would like to call a cordless DECT telephone that is connected with the FRITZ!Box, dial ss and the internal number of the telephone. For instance, enter ss610 to call the first cordless telephone. Cordless DECT telephones have the internal telephone numbers 610 – 615.

84

This call will be signaled by an acoustic signal in the handset. You can accept the connection with the new caller within 30 seconds. see the section “Call Waiting” on page 77. For instructions on how to enable and disable the function. Group Call N ss9 Pick up the handset. Waiting Calls When the “call waiting” feature is enabled and you are conducting a call. Picking up a Call N s09 P Pick up the handset.Group Call Group Call Place a group call to call all other extensions at the same time. Dial the sequence shown at left. the waiting call is rejected after 30 seconds. Dial the keypad sequence shown at left to call all free extensions. Picking up a Call from the Answering Machine Use this function to pick up incoming calls on your telephone that already have been taken by the answering machine. You are now connected to the caller. If you ignore the signal. Your call is connected with whichever extension answers first. you will be notified as soon as an external call arrives on your your line. The call is now connected to your extension. 85 .

To reject a waiting call. dial the sequence shown at left. your telephone will ring.Call-back on Busy (CCBS) on the ISDN Line Accepting or Rejecting Waiting Calls R2 R1 To accept a waiting call. your telephone rings for 20 seconds. Call-back on Busy (CCBS) M 5 You have just dialed a number and now you hear the busy signal. Pick up the handset again to accept the waiting call. If the call is not answered. As soon as the line is free. Hang up the handset. i. To return to your original connection. the number of desired party will be dialed automatically. R0 Call-back on Busy (CCBS) on the ISDN Line When you dial a number and it is busy. by hanging up the handset. you can enable the “call-back on busy” feature. as it would for an external call.. When you pick up your handset. dial the sequence shown at left. within twenty seconds. You can also accept the waiting call by hanging up your existing connection. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. In this case the telephone rings as soon as you have hung up. As soon as the subscriber you dialed hangs up. The subscriber’s number is dialed again automatically. dial the sequence shown at left. A maximum of five call-back requests can be enabled for each extension at any given time. 86 . dial either the number 5 or Rs37r Q O K N the sequence shown at left. “Call-back on busy” can be used for both external and internal connections.e. Pick up the handset. Your original call is now on hold.

As soon as the party you dialed completes the conversation being conducted from her or his telephone. Hang up the handset. this function recognizes when this conversation is ended. Pick up the handset. Deleting Call-back Requests Manually N r37r O Pick up the handset. This command can be activated five times for each line. Enabling Call-back on No Response (CCNR) M 5 You have just dialed a number and hear a ring tone. Wait for the acknowledgement tone. When you pick up your handset. The number is dialed again automatically. your telephone rings. within 20 seconds. 87 . If the call is not answered. Once the party can be reached again and conducts a call from her or his telephone. N Call-back requests can also be deleted manually. “Call-back on no response” can be used both for external and internal connections. Dial the sequence shown at left. the number of the desired party is automatically dialed again. with the oldest callback request being deleted first. dial either the number 5 or Rs37r Q O the sequence shown at left. Hang up the handset.Call-back on No Response (CCNR) on the ISDN Line Call-back on No Response (CCNR) on the ISDN Line The “call-back on no response” function can be used when you dial a number and the party does not respond. Your telephone then rings.

Pick up the handset again to return to the last call that was on hold. Caller 1 is now active again and caller 2 is on hold. To establish a second call. Alternating Between Calls Call 1 P R M Press the Hold button. dial the same sequence. You end the active connection by dialing the sequence shown at left. In this case the telephone rings as soon as you hang up. you can switch from one call to the other as often as you want using the Hold button. dial the sequence shown at left. you can consult on this line. Call 2 P R2 Call 1 P R2 Ending Hold O R1 The caller on hold hangs up. and there is no call left on hold. You are talking to caller 1. O K Call P 88 . To switch back from caller 2 to caller 1. The original caller is still on hold. To switch back again from caller 2 to caller 1. If the call is answered. In this way you can alternate between the two connections. Caller 1 is now on hold. You can also return to the call on hold by hanging up the handset: this ends the currently active connection. The call that was on hold is now active again. You can continue talking on the active connection.Alternating Between Calls Alternating Between Calls Whenever you have one active connection and one caller on hold. or the desired external number. simply dial ss plus the desired extension number for an internal call.

Dial the sequence shown at left. This ends the threeparty conference. your connection with the remaining participant remains active. Talk. O R2 89 . Now all three participants can confer together. To establish a second call. Two external and one internal party. You can now conduct a second conversation while your first call is on hold. The connection that was active last before you initiated the three-party conference is now active again. If either of the other two parties hangs up. You can end the three-party call by hanging up the handset. Dial the external number of the first party. or the desired external number. The other call is on hold. You can also switch from the three-party call back to the original two-party connection. or two internal and one external party can conduct a conference call with each other.Three-party Conference Call Three-party Conference Call FRITZ!Box allows you to hold telephone conferences with two other people at once. You can alternate between the two connections by dialing the same sequence again. R3 D Dial the sequence shown at left to begin a threeparty conference call. simply dial ss plus the desired extension number for an internal call. Press the Hold button. Conducting a Three-party Conference Call N M R M Pick up the handset.

dial the sequence shown at left. press the Hold button again to return to caller 1. Once you have finished the consultation. You then may consult with someone else at your workplace or dial a second call. 90 . Pick up the handset to return to caller 1 again. Ending Consultation Call 1 P O You can also return to caller 1 by hanging up the handset: this ends the connection to caller 2.Consultation / Hold Consultation / Hold The “consultation/hold” feature allows you to place an existing call on hold. Caller 1 is now on hold and you can consult someone else. you can consult on this line. To switch back to caller 1 after talking on the second connection. The original caller is still on hold. the connection to caller 2 is not cleared down until caller 2 hangs up. You are talking to caller 1. Call 1 is now active again. To establish a second call. Consultation / Hold Call 1 P R M Press the Hold button. simply dial ss plus the desired extension number for an internal call. If the number you dialed is busy or the call is not answered. you can return to the original connection. Call 2 P R R1 If you return to caller 1 by pressing the Hold button. Hang up the handset to end the connection. or the desired external number. The party on hold does not hear the second conversation. If the call is answered.

dial the star key twice and then her or his extension number. Dial the number for your second external call. 91 . Explicit Transfer of One Active and One Held Connection N M R M Pick up the handset. You are talking to caller 1. You can now conduct a second conversation while your first call is on hold. Then you can end your own connection while the other two parties continue their conversation. Call 2 P O To transfer the caller 1 to caller 2. Talk. Transferring Calls Call 1 P R ss<Ext.Transferring Calls Transferring Calls The “call transfer” function allows you to transfer a connection from one of FRITZ!Box’s extension to another. You can now talk with caller 2.> Press the Hold button. Press the Hold button. simply hang up the handset. Dial the external number of the first party. Caller 1 is now on hold. Explicit Call Transfer (ECT) Use the “explicit call transfer” function to connect two external parties with each other while one connection is active and the other is on hold. To establish a connection to caller 2.

Dial the sequence shown at left. The external parties continue the call while you clear the connection. The connection that was active last before you initiated the three-party conference is now active again. R2 You can also switch from the three-party call back to the original two-party connection.Explicit Call Transfer (ECT) Explicit Transfer of One Active and One Held Connection To clear your connection while allowing the external parties to continue the call. If either of the other two parties hangs up. You can now conduct a second conversation while your first call is on hold. Dial the external number of the first party. The second external call is on hold. The external parties continue the call while you clear the connection. R4 Dial the sequence shown at left. The connection on hold and the active connection are connected with each other. Talk. O Explicit Call Transfer from a Three-party Conference Call N M R M Pick up the handset. Press the Hold button. connect the parties with each other. your connection with the remaining participant remains active. Dial the sequence shown at left to begin a three-party conference call. Hang up the handset. Dial the sequence shown at left. Dial the number for your second external call. This ends the three-party conference. The connection on hold and the active connection are connected with each other. connect the parties with each other. You can alternate between the two connections by dialing the same sequence again. To clear your connections while allowing the external parties to continue the call. Hang up the handset. Now all three participants can confer together. R3 D R4 O 92 .

To clear your connections while allowing the external parties to continue the call. When you end the connection. Dial the external number of the first party. This means that both B channels on your ISDN line remain busy with this connection as long as the parties are connected to each other. Dial the number for your second external call. 93 . O With this type of external transfer. The connection on hold and the active connection are connected with each other. If ECT has not been enabled on your line. The external parties continue the call while you clear the connection. One-time Explicit Transfer N s32r M R M Pick up the handset. both parties are connected to each other over your PBX.One-time Explicit Transfer on the ISDN Line One-time Explicit Transfer on the ISDN Line Explicit Call Transfer (ECT) is an ISDN feature that must be enabled by your ISDN provider and thus usually is subject to extra charges. Hang up the handset. connect the parties with each other. You can now conduct a second conversation while your first call is on hold. R4 Dial the sequence shown at left. Press the Hold button. the other two parties will be connected to each other. Talk. you can program the telephone system to initiate a onetime explicit call transfer before connecting to two parties. You hear the external dial tone. Dial the sequence shown at left.

this may indicate that you made a mistake. You will need to enter this code again when you resume the call. the connection is suspended. also technically known as terminal portability. The call remains suspended at the ISDN provider’s local switch for two minutes. Dial the sequence shown at left. allows you to suspend an existing connection and resume it at another point on the S0 bus. The code can be any number between 0 and 99. The connection can be resumed at a different ISDN terminal device (such as an ISDN telephone) that is connected to your BRI line along with the FRITZ!Box. For more information about this feature. Call 1 is now suspended. It is also possible that the parked-call ID you chose is already in use. You will hear an acknowledgement tone to indicate that the call has been successfully suspended. After the acknowledgement tone. Q O Call Tracing on the ISDN Line You can use this function during a call or after the caller hangs up. 94 . If you hear the failure tone. contact your ISDN provider. or that the “suspend/resume” feature is not enabled on your line. Type in a code for the suspended call as <PC> (parked-call ID). Suspending/Resuming a Call P R s1<PC>s You are talking to a caller. Press the Hold button.Suspending/Resuming a Call on the ISDN Line Suspending/Resuming a Call on the ISDN Line The “suspend/resume” feature. You can hang up the handset. Call Tracing (MCID) Rs39r Dial the sequence shown at left. You can resume the suspended call using another ISDN device on the S0 bus.

or any external number desired. Dial the sequence shown at left. The baby monitoring phone function is now enabled. You can disable the function by simply hanging up the handset of the telephone at which you enabled it. it is advisable to activate the speaker phone function. For <level>. enter the number to be called. Do not hang up the handset! Dial the number of the extension to listen in at an extension with room monitoring activated. First enter the volume level (a value between 1 and 8). Wait for the acknowledgement tone. For <number>. Enabling Room Monitoring N s4 <level> s <number> r Q Pick up the handset or activate the speaker phone function of your telephone. Enter a telephone number. When the telephone rings and you pick up the handset. Do not hang up the handset! When the volume in the room reaches the specified level. a 9 for an internal group call. the PBX cannot generate a new call until at least one minute has lapsed. 95 . the number you entered will be dialed.Room Monitoring (Baby Monitor) Room Monitoring (Baby Monitor) The following keypad sequence enables the function for monitoring the sound level in a room. After initiating a room monitoring phone call. This may be the number of another internal extension. When using this feature. you will be connected with the telephone on which you enabled the room monitoring function. enter a number between 1 the most sensitive sound level) and 8.

Entering Keypad Shortcuts on an Extension with Automatic Outside Dialing N sr<Seq> Pick up the handset. Entering Keypad Sequences on an Extension Without Automatic Outside Dialing N Pick up the handset.Using Keypad Shortcuts Using Keypad Shortcuts The keypad function allows you to control services and features on the telephone line by entering characters and strings on the telephone keypad. Ask your telephone carrier for the specific keypad messages to access ISDN features. 0sr<Seq> Dial the sequence shown at left. Dial the sequence shown at left. <Seq> stands for the keypad sequence you received from your telephone carrier. 96 . These keyboard entries are called keypad messages. <Seq> stands for the keypad sequence you received from your telephone carrier.

this can have various causes.1 Errors Opening the User Interface If an error message is returned when you open the user interface. 2. if you have switched on WLAN. Check the possible causes and attempt to resolve the error. Remove the power cable from the socket. This ensures that the FRITZ!Box restart has been completed. Try again to open the FRITZ!Box user interface by entering fritz. or if you want to change the IP settings on your computer. if you are having problems with the WLAN connection. 97 . 4. Restart the FRITZ!Box. Remedy 1. To make sure that the FRITZ!Box has finished restarting. Checking the Cable Connections The user interface of the FRITZ!Box does not appear in the window of your web browser. Restarting the FRITZ!Box The user interface cannot be opened or does not react. 3. Possible Cause The cable connections are not secure. Wait about five seconds before reconnecting to the power supply.box in the address field. Possible Cause Inconsistencies within the FRITZ!Box.Troubleshooting 10 Troubleshooting Help for Errors This chapter provides assistance if you are not able to open the user interface of your FRITZ!Box. the “WLAN” LED stays lit as well. 10. wait until the “Power/DSL” LED lights up and stop flashing and.

If the user interface cannot be reached via this address.168.box.1. Possible Cause The IP address set on the connected computer is inapplicable. use the fixed IP address of the FRITZ!Box as described on page 102. Adjust the settings to those described in the section “Obtaining an IP Address Automatically” from page 108. Checking the IP Address The user interface of the FRITZ!Box can be reached neither at the address fritz. check the settings configured for your network adapter as described in section “Obtaining an IP Address Automatically” from page 108.168. Remedy Set the network adapter to DHCP so that the IP address can be obtained via the DHCP server of the FRITZ!Box.Checking Name Resolution Remedy Make sure that all cable connections are plugged in securely. 98 .box nor at 192.178.box: 192.168. enter the following IP address in place of fritz.178.1.box or 192.178. Possible Cause The name resolution of the FRITZ!Box does not work. Remedy 1. Checking Name Resolution The user interface of the FRITZ!Box cannot be opened by entering fritz. If it is still not possible to open the FRITZ!Box user interface by entering fritz.1 2. In the web browser.

enable the option “Never dial a connection”. The following example explains how to check the settings of Internet Explorer 8: 1. Possible Cause The browser must use the network connection between the computer and FRITZ!Box when the user interface is opened. a window for a dial-up connection appears instead. 2.. Select the “Connections” settings page under “Tools / Internet Options. The checkmark will be removed and Internet Explorer will switch to online operation. Open the “Tools” menu. click “OK”. Enabling Online Operation The user interface does not appear in the window of your web browser. Remedy You can disable the automatic attempt to establish a DialUp Networking connection. click this line.Disabling Dial-Up Connections Disabling Dial-Up Connections The user interface is not opened. 99 .. Using the example of Internet Explorer 8: 1. 2. For this the automatic establishment of a Dial-Up Networking connection must be disabled. In the “Dial-up and Virtual Private Network settings” section. If a checkmark is displayed in front of “Work Offline”. Remedy Configure the web browser for online operation. As a final step. Possible Cause The web browser is set for offline operation.”. 3.

Possible Cause The execution of CGI scripts is disabled in the web browser. 100 .. 192.”.. Select the “Connections” settings page under “Tools / Internet Options.168. 169.254. Remedy Configure the web browser so that the execution of scripts is allowed in the user interface. check the “Use proxy server for LAN” option and then click “Advanced”. In the “Proxy server” area of the next window. Using the example of the Internet Explorer 8: 1. 2.1 and click “OK”. 3..box. Enter as “Exceptions”: fritz. Checking the CGI Settings The user interface does not appear in the window of your web browser. Click the “LAN settings” button in the “Local Area Network (LAN)” settings area.1.Checking the Proxy Settings Checking the Proxy Settings The user interface does not appear in the window of your web browser.. Select the “Security” settings page under “Tools / Internet Options.”. 4. as described here for the example of the Internet Explorer 8. 1.178. Remedy Enter the DNS name and the IP address of the FRITZ!Box as an exception in the proxy settings of the web browser. Possible Cause The proxy settings of the web browser prevent the user interface from being opened.1.

click the “Advanced” button and enter in the “Add this Web site to the zone:” field: fritz. Proceed as follows if the “Default Level” button is available for selection: Select the “Local intranet” icon as zone to change security settings and click the “Sites” button. Configure exceptions for the FRITZ!Box in all of the enabled security software. Possible Cause Security software is blocking access to the user interface. 4. In the next window. the “Medium” security level is already configured. 5. Remedy Security software like firewalls can prevent access to the user interface of the FRITZ!Box. Disable the “Require server verification (https:) for all sites in this zone” option and click “Close”.box Click “Add”. If the “Default Level” button is not available for selection. remove the DSL cable first! After testing.Checking the Security Software 2. Checking the Security Software The user interface cannot be displayed in the web browser. 3. first start the security software before reinserting the DSL cable and connecting to the Internet! 101 . which means that CGI scripts can be executed in the Internet browser. If you would like to exit security software to test access to the FRITZ!Box.

254. FRITZ!Box always can be reached at this IP address. You can check this setting in the computer’s IP settings (see section “Obtaining an IP Address Automatically” from page 108).254. Start your Internet browser and enter FRITZ!Box’s fixed IP address: 169. Once you have reached the FRITZ!Box user interface again. 2.1. Make sure that the computer obtains its IP address automatically. This fixed IP address is: Fixed IP address 169.1. see the section “Connecting Computers to the LAN Port” from page 15.1 The FRITZ!Box user interface opens. Connect the FRITZ!Box to the computer using the network cable (yellow). you should check the FRITZ!Box settings and correct them if necessary. 3.Opening the User Interface of the FRITZ!Box Opening the User Interface of the FRITZ!Box The FRITZ!Box is equipped with a fixed IP address that cannot be changed. 4. 102 . Restart your computer.1 Proceed as follows to open the FRITZ!Box user interface using this IP address: 1. For more information.

The “WLAN” LED begins flashing and then lights constantly. If the “WLAN” LED on the FRITZ!Box is not lit up or is flashing.2 The WLAN Adapter Cannot Find FRITZ!Box If the “FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340” radio network is not found by the WLAN adapter of a computer. Enabling WLAN The wireless network of the FRITZ!Box is not found by the WLAN adapter. Possible Cause The WLAN adapter is not ready for operation. This means that the WLAN function is enabled. this means that WLAN is not enabled. 103 . Some of the WLAN adapters installed in notebooks must be activated by flipping a switch on the notebook. Remedy Make sure that the WLAN adapter is ready for operation. For questions on the WLAN adapter of your computer. please contact the manufacturer. Remedy Press the WLAN switch on the FRITZ!Box. Possible Cause WLAN is not enabled in the FRITZ!Box. work through the following steps to find the source of the error and resolve it. Enabling the WLAN Adapter The WLAN adapter cannot find a wireless network.The WLAN Adapter Cannot Find FRITZ!Box 10.

6. Click the “Apply” button. Start a web browser. 5. 104 . Here is how to view the WLAN security settings of the FRITZ!Box and print them out. 2.Announcing the Name of the Radio Network Announcing the Name of the Radio Network The WLAN Adapter cannot find the wireless network of the FRITZ!Box. Connect the FRITZ!Box to a computer using a network cable. Remedy Enable the setting “Name of the radio network visible” is enabled in the WLAN settings of the FRITZ!Box. 1. Select the “Settings” menu. 1. Possible Cause The name of the wireless network of the FRITZ!Box is concealed. 10. Select the “Advanced Settings / WLAN / Radio Network” menu and select the “Name of the radio network visible” option. as described in the section “Connecting Computers to the LAN Port” on page 15.box in the address field. 4.3 WLAN Connection Is Not Established Comparing the Security Settings for WLAN Make sure that the WLAN security settings registered in the FRITZ!Box agree with the security settings of the WLAN adapter. Connect the FRITZ!Box to a computer using a network cable. Enter fritz. Proceed as described in the section “Connecting Computers to the LAN Port” from page 15. 3. Remove the network cable and try again to establish a connection via WLAN. 7.

6. Select the “Advanced Settings / WLAN / Security” menu. Remove the network cable and try again to establish a connection. Remove the network cable and check the configuration of the WLAN adapter in the printout.box in the address field. 105 . Proceed as described in the section “Opening the User Interface” on page 26. In the “Advanced Settings / WLAN / Security” menu. Testing the WLAN Connection Without Security Settings Disable the WLAN security settings to test whether a WLAN connection between the FRITZ!Box and the WLAN adapter is possible at all. 1. 5.Testing the WLAN Connection Without Security Settings 2. 4. to find out whether a WLAN connection is possible at all. 2. Enter fritz. Start a web browser. 3. 7. Connect the FRITZ!Box to a computer using a network cable. A window is displayed with the WLAN security settings. 4. Try again to establish a connection. This non-secured condition should be used only for testing. Proceed as described in the section “Connecting Computers to the LAN Port” from page 15. click “Apply”. Print out the page by clicking the “Print Page” button. Open the user interface in a web browser. Click the “Apply” button. Select the “Settings” menu. select “non-encrypted”. 3. As a final step.

Installing the Current Service Pack The WLAN connection to the FRITZ!Box cannot be established using the Microsoft WLAN Service (WZC) in Windows XP with Service Pack 2. Follow the steps listed above and then enable the kind of encryption that was previously configured. Enable WLAN encryption again after completing the tests. so that a WLAN connection can be established to the FRITZ!Box. garage door openers. In this case. so that the FRITZ!Box searches for the best WLAN channel itself. available as a free download from Microsoft. but also by devices like baby monitors. This enables the Autochannel function. or wireless AV bridges. please test a different radio channel for your FRITZ!Box. Then Microsoft WLAN Service will support WPA2.Installing the Current Service Pack If the attempt to connect to the WLAN using the non-encrypted connection is not successful either.11i) may not be not installed. Alternatively. 106 . Possible Cause The required Microsoft patch for WPA2 (IEEE 802. check the installation of the WLAN adapter and contact the manufacturer of the WLAN adapter if necessary. Disruptions can be caused by other WLAN access points. which also use the 2.4-GHz frequency band. Bluetooth devices. you can set the radio channel to “Auto”. Ruling Out Interference Caused by Other Wireless Networks If there are other devices in the immediate vicinity of your FRITZ!Box that use the same frequency band. fluctuations or interrupted connections). game consoles. simultaneous use of frequencies can result in mutual interference (for example. Remedy Install Service Pack 3 (SP3) for Windows XP.

you should use the 5-GHz frequency band. To set the radio channel in the user interface. Afterward you have to reconnect your computer with the FRITZ!Box.box in the address field. 107 . 1. select a different radio channel from the “Radio channel” list. Open the “WLAN / Radio Settings” menu. Start a web browser. After enabling the “Adjust radio channel” option. 4. Click the “Apply” button. 6. 7. Select the “Advanced Settings” menu in the “Settings” area. If your computer is connected via WLAN. continue with Step 2 of the below instructions. note that the existing WLAN connections is interrupted as soon as you apply the changed settings. Proceed as described in the section “Connecting Computers to the LAN Port” on page 15.Ruling Out Interference Caused by Other Wireless Networks For applications that rely on a steady. Remove the network cable and check whether interference continues to occur. 2. your computer must be connected with the FRITZ!Box by network cable or wirelessly. In this case. Connect the FRITZ!Box to a computer using a network cable. 5. 8. high throughput rate (“streaming”). Enter fritz. 3. This radio band provides more channels and is subject to significantly less external interference.

The connected computers must be configured such that they can receive their IP addresses automatically. which assigns IP addresses to the connected computers. no other DHCP server may be activated in this network. Under “Network and Sharing Center”. Possible Cause In the 5-GHz frequency area the access point is programmed to change the channel whenever a radar source transmits on the same channel (Dynamic Frequency Selection. See the relevant section for your operating system. If FRITZ!Box is operated in a network. 4. click on “View network status and tasks”. 10. Select the LAN connection between your computer and the FRITZ!Box. 3. 40. 48).Avoiding WLAN Channels with DFS Avoiding WLAN Channels with DFS The FRITZ!Box loses the WLAN connection in the 5-GHz frequency band for no apparent reason. select the “Change adapter settings” command. Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Windows 7 1. 44. DFS). Click the right mouse button and select “Properties”. 108 . From the left column.4 Obtaining an IP Address Automatically The FRITZ!Box has its own DHCP server. The steps for checking and adjusting this option differ among the operating systems. Remedy A forced channel change can be avoided by selecting in the FRITZ!Box a channel for the 5-GHz frequency band that does not use DFS (channels 36. Click the “Start” button in the task bar and select the “Control Panel / Network and Internet”. 2.

select the “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)” entry and click the “Properties” button.Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Windows 7 5. On the “General” tab. Properties of the Internet protocol (TCP/IP) 7. Confirm your selection by clicking “OK”. enable the options “Obtain an IP address automatically” and “Obtain DNS server address automatically”. 109 . The computer now receives an IP address from the FRITZ!Box. Under “This connection uses the following items”. 6. Repeat steps 5 through 7 for the “Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6)” as well.

repeat steps 5 through 7 for the “Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6)” as well. 3. On the “General” tab. If the “User Account Control” window is displayed. 5. Properties of the Internet protocol (TCP/IP) 7.Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Windows Vista Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Windows Vista 1. Confirm your selection by clicking “OK”. 6. 4. click “Continue” in this window. enable the options “Obtain an IP address automatically” and “Obtain DNS server address automatically”. select the LAN connection between your computer and the FRITZ!Box. In the “LAN or High-Speed Internet” area. The computer now receives an IP address from the FRITZ!Box. From the “Tasks”. select the “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)” entry and click the “Properties” button. If necessary. Under “This connection uses the following items”. 2. 110 . select “Manage network connections”. Click the “Start” button in the task bar and select the “Control Panel / Network and Sharing Center”. Click the right mouse button and select “Properties”.

The computer now receives an IP address from the FRITZ!Box. enable the options “Obtain an IP address automatically” and “Obtain DNS server address automatically”. Select “Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)” in the list of items used in this network connection and click “Properties”. 2. 3. On the “General” tab. 111 . Properties of the Internet protocol (TCP/IP) 5.Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Windows XP Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Windows XP 1. Confirm your selection by clicking “OK”. Click the “Properties” button. 4. Go to “start / Control Panel / Network and Internet Connections / Network Connections” and doubleclick the LAN connection icon of the network adapter connected to the FRITZ!Box.

In the “System Preferences” window. In the “Network” window. 4.tldp. Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Linux For comprehensive information and tips on the topic of network settings in Linux. Switch to the “TCP/IP” settings page and select the “Using DHCP:” option from the “Configure IPv4” drop-down menu. 5.html 112 . 2.Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Mac OS X Obtaining an IP Address Automatically in Mac OS X 1. The computer now receives an IP address from the FRITZ!Box. see. click the “Network” icon. for example: http://www. Select the “System Preferences” in the Apple menu. Click “Apply Now”. 3. select the “Built-in Ethernet” entry from the “Show:” drop-down menu.org/HOWTO/NET3-4-HOWTO-5.

deactivate the WLAN connection to the FRITZ!Box in the software of the WLAN adapter or the WLAN module. 4. Open “Start / Control Panel / Programs”. simply remove the network cable. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box USB Printer Port” entry from the list. 3. Under “Programs and Features”. click “Uninstall a program”.Removing 11 Removing Removing Software and Program Entries This chapter describes how to remove the FRITZ!Box from the computer and uninstall the corresponding software. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box Printer Port” entry from the list. 11. 113 . Open “Start / Settings / Control Panel / Programs and Functions”. If the computer is connected to the FRITZ!Box via a network hub or switch.1 Disconnecting the FRITZ!Box from the Computer LAN Port If the computer is connected to one of the LAN ports on the FRITZ!Box.2 Removing the Printer Port The AVM FRITZ!Box USB printer port is removed using the Control Panel of the Windows operating system. remove the network cable between the FRITZ!Box and the network hub or switch. 2. 2. Removing the Printer Port in Windows Vista 1. Click the “Uninstall/Change” button above the list. Removing the Printer Port in Windows 7 1. WLAN If the computer is connected to the FRITZ!Box wirelessly via WLAN. 11. The printer port is uninstalled.

3. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box Documentation” entry from the list. Click the “Uninstall/Change” button above the list. Removing the Printer Port in Windows XP 1. This concludes the uninstallation of the printer port. Open “Start / Settings / Control Panel / Programs and Functions”. 11. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box USB Printer Port” entry from the list of “Currently installed programs”. Confirm the next query by clicking “Continue”. 4. This concludes the uninstallation of the printer port. Click the “Uninstall/Change” button. Click the “Change/Remove” button. Confirm the next query by clicking “Continue”.3 Removing the Program Group Remove the FRITZ!Box program group using the Control Panel of the Windows operating system. Open “start / Control Panel / Add or Remove Programs”. Click the “Uninstall/Change” button. 4. 2. 3. click “Uninstall a program”. 114 .Removing the Printer Port in Windows XP 3. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box Documentation” entry from the list. 4. Removing the Program Group in Windows Vista 1. Under “Programs and Features”. This concludes the uninstallation of the program group. Make sure that the “Change or Remove Programs” button is selected in the column at left. 3. Removing the Program Group in Windows 7 1. 2. 2. Open “Start / Control Panel / Programs”.

Make sure that the “Change or Remove Programs” button is selected in the column at left. 115 . This concludes the uninstallation of the program group. Select the “AVM FRITZ!Box Documentation” entry from the list of “Currently installed programs”. Click the “Change/Remove” button. 3. 2.Removing the Program Group in Windows XP This concludes the uninstallation of the program group. Open “start / Control Panel / Add or Remove Programs”. Removing the Program Group in Windows XP 1.

cables and adapters. DSL/Telephone Cable The DSL/telephone cable is a special combined cable developed by AVM to connect the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 to the DSL splitter and the ISDN NT or analog telephone line. technical data and further details. you can extend one or multiple ends of the combined cable using RJ45 double couplings. If you need a longer cable.1 Cables See the information in the following section on the individual cables and adapters on the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340. AVM recommends that the standard DSL/telephone cable be extended to no more than 10 meters. 1. You receive information on the LEDs. You will need the following components to extend the length of one or more ends of your DSL/telephone cable: • • 1 standard network cable 1 standard RJ45 Cat5 double coupling Both components are available from specialized vendors.Product Details II 1 PRODUCT DETAILS AND USEFUL INFORMATION Product Details FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 This chapter provides you with product details on FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340. the audible signals. Remember that the quality of the line may be decrease as the distance from the central switching station increases. Which ends of the cable you extend depends on the spatial conditions at your location. 116 .

2 LEDs Five LEDs are built into the top of the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340. When components of a smaller category are used. If you need a replacement cable.Network Cable Network Cable Additional network cable is required if you would like to use all of the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 network ports. 117 . a longer cable or an extension. To extend the cable you will need a shielded RJ45 double coupling (Cat5 or Cat5e) with a 1:1 pin assignment. which flash or light up to display various connection statuses. The FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 network cable (yellow) is a standard category 5 (Cat5) Ethernet cable. All components are available from specialized vendors. 1. reduced transmission rates may result. please use a standard STP-type (Shielded Twisted Pair) Ethernet cable of the category 5 or 5e (Cat5 or Cat5e). You can use both straight cables and crosslink cables. AVM recommends using a network cable no more than 100 meters long.

LEDs LED Power/DSL Condition on Meaning • • FRITZ!Box on standby the device has electrical power and the DSL line is ready for operation the device has electrical power the connection to DSL is being established or has been interrupted flashing • • Internet on flashing a telephone connection to the Internet is active there are messages in your mailbox (this function must be supported by your telephony carrier) a telephone connection via the telephone line (ISDN/analog) is active there are messages in your mailbox (this function must be supported by your telephony provider) WLAN function is enabled • • • • Fixed Line on flashing WLAN on flashing enabling or disabling WLAN function adopting the WLAN settings performing WPS WPS procedure aborted: More than two WLAN devices are performing WPS at the same time. Repeat the connection routine. a telephone connection between two Internet telephony subscribers is active. the call is free of charge (this function must be supported by your Internet telephony provider) signals an event specified by the user Stick & Surf procedure concluded updating the firmware specified value for online meter reached signals an event specified by the user Stick & Surf procedure in progress INFO on • • • flashing • • • • flashes red Error: Open the FRITZ!Box user interface and follow the instructions on the “Overview” page 118 .

WLAN Button “INFO” LED You can define what additional information should be displayed on the “INFO” LED.3 WLAN Button The FRITZ!Box is equipped with a WLAN button. The button has two functions: • • enabling/disabling WLAN establishing a WLAN connection with the WPS method (see “WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)” from page 141) If you hold the button down longer than six seconds.4 DECT Button The FRITZ!Box is equipped with a DECT button. the handset will ring. 1. The DECT button has two functions: • Ring to search for misplaced handsets (paging call) If you press the DECT button once briefly. • Start the login procedure to register handsets How to register a DECT handset is explained in the section “DECT Function” from page 46. this function will be executed. your WLAN adapter must support the WPS method. For details. 119 . see the “Settings / Advanced Settings / System / “INFO” Display” section of the user interface of your FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340. For this to work. 1.

2 Annex A and B – telephone port for connecting to the analog network or ISDN • DSL/telephone port – DSL modem in accordance with standard ITU G.992.992.Technical Summary 1.11a – 54 Mbit/s – IEEE 802. ITU G.3 Annex A and B (ADSL2).11g – 54 Mbit/s – IEEE 802. ITU G.992.11b – 11 Mbit/s – IEEE 802. 10/100/1000 base-T) Two USB host controllers (USB version 2.5 Annex A and B (ADSL2+) – telephone port for connecting to the analog network or ISDN • • • • • Two a/b ports for connecting two extensions via RJ11 sockets DECT base station that supports the GAP and CAT-iq standards Two LAN ports via RJ45 sockets (standard Ethernet.1 Annex A and B (ADSL).993.0) WLAN access point with support for wireless networks – IEEE 802.11n – 300 Mbit/s 120 .5 Technical Summary Ports and Interfaces • VDLS2/telephone port – VDSL modem in accordance with standard ITU G.

Router Function Router Function • • • VDSL/ADSL router DHCP server Firewall with IP masquerading/NAT User Interface and Display • • Configuration and status messages via a web browser on a connected computer Five LEDs indicate the condition of the device Physical Specifications • • • • • • • Dimensions (w x h x d) approx. 226 x 160 x 47 mm Supply voltage: 230 V / 50 Hz Maximum power consumption: 22 W Average power consumption: 8 W – 11 W Firmware can be updated Conform to CE standards Ambient conditions – operating temperature: 0°C – +40°C – storage temperature: -20°C – +70°C – relative humidity (operation): 10% – 90% – relative humidity (idle): 5% – 95% 121 .

EN 301 489-6 V1.ITU-T G. Technical Director Indication of Countries The radio technology of this device is designed for use in all countries of the European Union and in Switzerland.ITU-T G.4 .992.1 (2008) .2 .EN 301 489-1 V1.EN 60950-1:2006 .CTR 3/1998-06-17 . Berlin.1 (12-2008) .EN 301 893 V1.1 (2003) .7.Declaration of CE Conformity 1.3.ITU-T G.ITU-T G. Norway and Iceland. 122 .1 (200708) .ITU-T G.EN 55024/9.3 .1 (2008) The CE symbol confirms that this product conforms with the above mentioned norms and regulations.1 (11-2004) .1 (2009) .992.5.1 .1.ITU-T G.992.01 + A2/01.ITU-T G.5.EN 301 489-17 V2.ETSI ETR 328 (1996-11) .ETSI TS 101 388 V1.03 .6 Declaration of CE Conformity The manufacturer AVM GmbH Alt-Moabit 95 D-10559 Berlin herewith declares that the product FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 ADSL/VDSL WLAN router complies with the following directives: 1999/5/EC 2004/108/EEC 2006/95/EC 2009/125/EC R&TTE Directive: Radio Equipment and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment EMC Directive: Electromagnetic Compatibility Low Voltage Directive:Electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits EU directive: Ecodesign Requirements for Energyusing Products The following norms were consulted to assess conformity: .2 .1 .8.993.98 + A1/10.993.EN 301 406 v1. In France only indoor operation is permitted.ITU-T G.EN 300 328 V1.5 .992.994.4. 2009-06-02 Peter Faxel.1 .992.

This warranty does not restrict your warranty rights based on the contract of sale or other statutory rights. Delivery costs will not be reimbursed. this claim lapses no later than six months after being rejected by us.avm. that the software meets your individual requirements. Compliance with the warranty period can be proven by submission of the original invoice or comparable documents.de/en 123 . All rights reserved. however. repair or replace the defective product. Our warranty does not cover defects which occur due to incorrect installation.Manufacturer’s Warranty 1.7 Manufacturer’s Warranty We offer a manufacturer’s warranty of 2 years for this original product. The warranty period begins with the purchase date from the first end user. not. at our discretion. normal wear and tear or defects in the environment of the system (third-party hardware or software). to the exclusion of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG). This warranty shall be governed by German substantive law. © AVM GmbH 2010. non-observance of instructions in the user manual. We may. Products which have been replaced revert to our ownership. We guarantee that the software conforms with general specifications. If we reject a warranty claim. improper use. We will remove defects to the product which are demonstrably due to faults in materials or manufacturing. Claims recognized under warranty entail neither an extension or recommencement of the warranty period. Claims other than the right to the removal of defects which is mentioned in these terms of warranty are not constituted. Documentation release 07/2010 AVM Audiovisuelles Marketing und Computersysteme GmbH Alt-Moabit 95 D 10559 Berlin Germany AVM in the Internet: www.

Please bring these to your local collection points for disposal. Labeling of electrical and electronic scrap In accordance with European regulations. as well as all devices and electronic components contained in the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 package may not be disposed with household waste. 124 .Disposal 1.8 Disposal Electrical and electronic equipment must be disposed of separately from household waste. the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340.

4 GHz 2.4 / 5 GHz Gross Data Throughput up Net Data Throughput up to to 54 Mbit/s 11 Mbit/s 54 Mbit/s 300 Mbit/s 25 Mbit/s 5 Mbit/s 25 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s The throughputs listed differentiate between gross and net transmission rates. IEEE 802. This allows multiple users to share one wireless Internet connection. Standard 802.11a. IEEE 802.11n Frequency Band 5 GHz 2. The standards IEEE 802. IEEE 802.11a 802. IEEE 802.11a. WLAN adapters based on one or more of the standards listed can be used for WLAN connections with the FRITZ!Box. The net speed describes the transmission rate of the user data.11n define the transmission rate within a wireless LAN.11i standard is a security standard.11n and IEEE 802.11g.11n.11b.1 Standards The WLAN standards IEEE 802.11g 802.11b 802. IEEE 802. The IEEE 802. IEEE 802. 2. The standards are intended for different frequency bands.11b.11b.4 GHz 2.11i were developed by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE).11g and IEEE 802. Standards for the Throughput Rate Data Throughput The FRITZ!Box supports your choice of the standards IEEE 802. 125 .More about WLAN 2 More about WLAN WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) is a radio technology that allows networks and access to the Internet to be provided without cable connections.11g and IEEE 802. IEEE 802.11a.

especially under difficult or strongly-shielding structural conditions. the FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G. available as an accessory from AVM. can be used in combination with the FRITZ!Box. Other wireless networks may be active.11a IEEE 802. However. This is currently the most common WLAN standard. in mobile telephones). IEEE 802. garage door openers.4GHz frequency range (ISM) and guarantees broad compatibility with many WLAN devices. if the WLAN adapter supports newer standards such as 802.4-GHz frequency band.11a are much less common that devices that work in accordance with the 802. if desired. or Bluetooth transmitters (for instance.11n in the 2. audio-video bridges.Standards for the Throughput Rate Range The range within a WLAN is highly dependent on the following factors: • • • the WLAN adapter used the structural conditions the amount of radio traffic on the same frequency band. but also microwave ovens. It is especially easy to install and can be operated at any 230-V power outlet. baby monitors. Older WLAN adapters of the first generation can communicate with the FRITZ!Box using 802. game consoles. The FRITZ!Box supports 802. or.11b/g standard.11b IEEE 802. It communicates with a maximum of 54 Mbit/s gross in the 2. With a maximum throughput rate of 11 Mbit/s. also in the 5-GHz frequency 126 . FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G To increase the WLAN range. WLAN adapters that support 802. Because this standard works exclusively in the seldom used 5-GHz range.11b. it offers the opportunity to transmit data relatively free of interference from external influences.11g IEEE 802. However.11g.4-GHz range.11n This standard allows for high throughput rates and ranges. this is the oldest standard for radio networks. due to heavy use of the 2. interference is more common than in the less-used 5-GHz range. the latest standard should be used.

11g standard. Modulation processes and antenna techniques like MIMO (Multiple Input. The use of the 802. Click “Settings / Advanced Settings”. 2. Thanks to compatibility with the 802. the FRITZ!Box and all WLAN adapters must work in the same frequency band. Setting the Right Standard in the FRITZ!Box The throughput rate that can be achieved in your radio network depends on the WLAN standards used by the integrated WLAN adapters. 5. Open the “WLAN / Radio Channel” and select the setting required in the “WLAN standard” field. 127 • . you can also continue to use older WLAN adapters. Open the FRITZ!Box user interface by entering fritz.box.Setting the Right Standard in the FRITZ!Box band. Start a web browser. Proceed as follows to check which WLAN standards are set and change them if needed: 1. These WLAN standards must also be set in the FRITZ!Box. 4. The standard you configure in the FRITZ!Box must be compatible with the standards of all WLAN adapters used in the WLAN. Make sure that the expert mode is enabled in the “System / Expert Mode” menu. Note the following for the configuration of this setting: • In order to communicate with each other. Multiple Output) use the entire frequency band available more effectively than the older standards.11n standard—and thus the availability of higher throughput rates—is possible only if the WLAN connection is secured using the WPA2 security mechanism (AES-CCMP). 3.

• Your radio network integrates only WLAN adapters that are compatible with one or both of the following standards: – 802.11b – 802.4-GHz frequency band will be used.11b+g The 2.11g Set the following mode in the FRITZ!Box: Mode: 802.Setting the Right Standard in the FRITZ!Box Make a note of which standards the WLAN adapters in your network are compatible with and then adjust the FRITZ!Box settings according to the following information: • Your radio network integrates only WLAN adapters that are compatible with one or both of the following standards: – 802. • Your radio network integrates only WLAN adapters that are compatible with one or both of the following standards: 128 .11g – 802.11n+g+b The 2.11n – 802.11b Set the following mode in the FRITZ!Box: Mode: 802.11g Set the following mode in the FRITZ!Box: Mode: 802.4-GHz frequency band will be used. • Your radio network integrates only WLAN adapters that are compatible with one or several of the following standards: – 802.11n – 802.11n+g The 2.4-GHz frequency band will be used.

The main feature of the extension of WPA to WPA2 is the AES-CCMP encryption process.11i The WPA2 security mechanism is defined in the IEEE 802. FRITZ!Box supports the AES encryption procedure as part of the WPA2 mechanism. WPA2 is an extension of the familiar security mechanism WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access). This means that the FRITZ!Box can be used in combination with any WLAN adapters that also support WPA2 with AES or WPA with TKIP.11n – 802. 129 .11n+a The 5-GHz frequency band will be used. and the TKIP encryption procedure as part of the WPA mechanism.The Standard for Security – 802. Mechanism WPA WPA2 Encryption TKIP (Temporary Key Integrity Protocol) TKIP AES-CCMP based on the extremely secure AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) procedure.11a Set the following mode in the FRITZ!Box: Mode: 802. The Standard for Security IEEE 802.11i standard. CCM (Counter with CBC-MAC) defines how the AES procedure is applied to WLAN packets.

WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) and WPA2 as follows: • As part of the WEP mechanism a static key is determined to serve for the encryption of the user data. FRITZ!Box includes settings on various levels that contribute to the security of your WLAN and thus to the security of your computers. Therefore it is important that no unauthorized users can register in a WLAN to use its Internet access or shared network resources. Enter the key in the WLAN security settings of the FRITZ!Box. The user data are encrypted using an automatically generated key. the TKIP encryption method is used to encrypt the user data. In WPA2 the AES-CCMP encryption method is used. This key is regenerated at regular intervals. All of the WLAN adapters in your wireless network must also use this key. The FRITZ!Box supports the security mechanisms WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy). 130 .2 Security Security is of utmost importance within radio networks. Radio signals can also be received outside of office or residential spaces and abused for criminal purposes. • The WPA and WPA2 mechanisms provide for authentication while the connection is being established.Security 2. For this a WPA password must be defined. When WPA is selected. The encryption method you configure here must also be supported by your WLAN adapter. Encryption The most important security setting is encryption.

Encryption The WPA password used may be 8 to 63 characters in length. but not the WPA2 mechanism: – Enable WPA encryption. This setting allows you to use WLAN adapters that support WPA (TKIP) or WPA2 (AES-CCMP) or both methods. For increased security. – Replace the WPA network key with a new. Default Setting In the FRITZ!Box a method combining WPA + WPA2 encryption with the TKIP/AES-CCMP encryption method is preconfigured. It is advisable to change the preconfigured WLAN key as soon as possible. – Replace the WPA network key with a new. • If your WLAN adapter supports the WPA mechanism. letters and special characters and combine capitals and lower-case letters. you should select the more secure encryption method in your FRITZ!Box. Use numerals. unique value. please note the following recommendations: • If your WLAN adapter supports WPA2 in accordance with the 802.11i standard: – Enable WPA encryption. – Select the WPA mode “WPA (TKIP)” or “WPA+WPA2”. however. unique value. To configure the best security settings possible with FRITZ!Box and your WLAN adapter. 131 . Changes to the settings can be configured on the FRITZ!Box user interface. – Select the WPA mode “WPA2 (CCMP)” or “WPA+WPA2”. Recommendation If your WLAN adapter supports an encryption method that is more secure than the one preconfigured in the FRITZ!Box. the password should be at least 20 characters long.

4-GHz or the 5-GHz frequency band. we recommend changing the preset SSID to a name of your choice. We strongly recommend the use of a WLAN adapter that supports WPA or WPA2 (for instance. unique value. A channel can have a bandwidth of 20 MHz (throughput up to 130 Mbit/s) or 40 MHz (throughput of up to 300 Mbit/s). the AVM FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N). WEP is out of date and data encrypted with WEP can be deciphered within minutes. Generally this has adverse effects on the transmission rate. including aborted connections. 2.3 Frequency Ranges WLAN uses the frequency bands at 2. 132 . With the FRITZ!Box you can establish WLAN connections in either the 2. the name of the wireless network (SSID) is set to “FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340”.Wireless Network Name (SSID) • If your WLAN adapter supports neither the WPA nor the WPA2 mechanism: – Enable WEP encryption. To rule out this possibility. garage-door openers and video bridges. It may occur that an additional device with the same network name is located in the vicinity of your FRITZ!Box. In the 2.4-GHz frequency band the European regulation authorities have designated 13 channels for WLAN. microwave devices and various other devices like radio-controlled toys.4-GHz frequency band WLAN works in the same range as Bluetooth. This means that interference may occur within WLANs operated in the vicinity of such devices. Wireless Network Name (SSID) In the factory settings of the FRITZ!Box. 2. – Replace the WLAN key with a new.4 GHz and 5 GHz as its transmission range.4-GHz Frequency Band In the 2.

This can happen especially when military or civilian radar is used in the immediate vicinity. the channels 6 through 13 can be selected for a second WLAN. This means that if channel 1 is selected for one WLAN. For instance.4-GHz frequency range. 133 .Frequency Ranges Channels located directly next to each other in the 2. microwave ovens). if several WLANs are operated close to each other in the 2. a distance of at least five channels should be left empty between each two channels used. This process takes into consideration interference from radio networks in the vicinity (WLAN access points) and potential sources of interference (for instance video bridges.4GHz band may overlap and result in mutual interference. see the section “Avoiding WLAN Channels with DFS” on page 108. This maintains the minimum distance between channels. 5-GHz Frequency Band The FRITZ!Box can operate in the 5-GHz frequency band as an alternative. the FRITZ!Box automatically searches for the channel subject to the least interference. In the 5-GHz frequency band. Should problems with interference persist despite this function. Additional tips on interference in the wireless network are presented in the section “Ruling Out Interference Caused by Other Wireless Networks” from page 106. baby monitors. This frequency range is used much less often than the most common 2.4-GHz frequency range with a bandwidth of 20 MHz. A prerequisite for use of the 5-GHz frequency band is that all WLAN devices in the network support this frequency range in accordance with the IEEE 802. For more information. WLAN Autochannel With the WLAN autochannel function.11n standard.11a or IEEE 8002. your FRITZ!Box occasionally may change channels automatically due to DFS (Dynamic Frequency Selection) if a “higher-privileged user” simultaneously claims the channel selected by the FRITZ!Box. try to identify the source of interference and switch it off manually.

462 2.4-GHz range or in the 5-GHz range.4-GHz range: Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Frequency (GHz) 2.432 2.452 2.457 2.427 2. but not parallel in both frequency ranges at the same time.Frequency Ranges 2.412 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz The FRITZ!Box works in the WLAN network either in the 2.422 2.472 134 . Allocation of the WLAN channels in the 2.467 2. In both frequency ranges you can select between channel bandwidths of 20 MHz or 40 MHz (exception: channel 140 in the 5-GHz frequency band). The FRITZ!Box initially attempts to select a channel with 40 MHz bandwidth (throughput up to 300 Mbit/s). Greater bandwidth provides for higher data throughput: Bandwidth (MHz) 20 40 Maximum Data Throughput (Mbit/s) 130 300 Bandwidth Increasing bandwidths also increases the probability of interference by wireless networks in the vicinity. Large bandwidths reduce the frequency range available to other wireless networks in the vicinity. If this is not possible due to interference or channels already being used by other WLANs in the vicinity. the FRITZ!Box automatically switches temporarily to a channel with 20 MHz bandwidth.442 Channel 8 9 10 11 12 13 Frequency (GHz) 2.447 2.437 2.417 2.

135 . The following factors have an especially strong influence on the distance over which your FRITZ!Box can establish a stable.70 (20 MHz bandwidth only) 2.56 5.54 5.50 5.30 5.4 Increasing the WLAN Range The range of a WLAN radio network also always depends on external influences.64 5.68 5.28 5. Both options are described in greater detail below.52 Channel 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 Frequency (GHz) 5.26 5.Increasing the WLAN Range Allocation of the WLAN channels in the 5-GHz range: Channel Frequency (GHz) 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 100 104 5. for instance the FRITZ!WLAN Repeater by AVM.18 5.58 5.24 5. To do so you will need supplementary equipment not included in your FRITZ!Box package: You can either use a WLAN repeater.66 5. or use an additional WLAN access point working in repeater mode to set up a wireless distribution system.32 5.62 5. high-throughput wireless connection: • • • the WLAN adapter used structural conditions at your location the number of devices operating near the access point in the same frequency range You can extend the range in your wireless network yourself as needed.20 5.60 5.22 5.

you will need a WLAN access point in addition to the FRITZ!Box. The WDS base station then can use the WDS repeater to reach even computers that would be located beyond its range without the WDS repeater. One of the two WLAN access points works as the WDS base station. available as an accessory from AVM. the FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G. can be used in combination with the FRITZ!Box. is especially easy to install and can be operated at any 230-V power outlet. 136 • • INFO . The WDS base station and WDS repeater are connected to each other via WLAN. especially under difficult or strongly-shielding structural conditions. The wireless network of your FRITZ!Box can be expanded to a WDS (Wireless Distribution System) with up to three WLAN access points.Using the FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G Using the FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G To increase the WLAN range. It supports all common WLAN standards. the other as a WDS repeater. All WLAN access points implemented as repeaters in the WDS must be located within the radio range of the WDS base station. All WLAN access points implemented in the WDS must support WDS and be configured for this technology. Power supply Power/DSL Power supply DSL Festnetz Internet WLAN Repeater FRITZ!Box (base station) WDS: Expanding the WLAN range using a repeater Note the following for WDS configuration: • In order to expand the range of your wireless network. you need at least one additional WLAN access point. Setting up a WDS To extend the range in your wireless network using WDS (Wireless Distribution System).

Windows Vista or by the Windows XP with Service Pack 2 on your WLAN clients. Configuring FRITZ!Box as a Base Station WDS Base Station As a WDS base station. 137 . or as a WDS repeater to expand the range of a WDS base station. Note that the WPA2 encryption method is available only when your network consists of AVM devices. Make sure that the WDS connections between the WDS base station and the WDS repeaters are secured using the same encryption (for instance. This means that the WLAN clients see each WLAN access point with an individual name (SSID) and individual encryption settings. you can assign the same SSID and the same encryption settings to different WLAN access points. since only WEP encryption has been specified for WDS connections among all manufacturers.Setting up a WDS • The FRITZ!Box can function as a WDS base station to establish the Internet connection for other WDS repeaters. If you use the WLAN control software provided in Windows 7. To set up the FRITZ!Box as a WDS base station. Each client can then automatically register at the WLAN access point with the best availability. Every access point participating in the WDS fulfills the tasks of a WLAN access point for its given WLAN clients. For instructions on how to set up the FRITZ!Box as a WDS repeater. start reading from page 139. • • • • Make sure that each IP address is assigned only once in the wireless network. WPA/WPA2). proceed according to the following directions: 1. Make sure that all WLAN access points in the WDS use the same radio channel. the FRITZ!Box establishes Internet connections for other WLAN repeaters and WLAN clients. Start a web browser.

Enter a password. 3. The “Repeater Settings” you require to set up the WDS repeaters are displayed. 138 . Click “Apply”. 13. Select from the list of “WLAN Devices” the devices that are to be used as WDS repeaters. 5. 4. This concludes the configuration of the FRITZ!Box as a WDS base station. 6. 10. Click the “WDS” menu entry.box in the address field. enable the setting “WLAN radio network active” and then click “Apply”. Click “Settings / Advanced Settings”. We recommend printing out these settings. 11. Select “Base station” as the operating mode. Note that the WPA2 encryption method is available only when your network consists of AVM devices. In the “Security” area define how the WDS repeater connection should be encrypted. 8. Register the FRITZ!Box settings you printed out in each WDS repeater operating in your wireless network. 9. Enable the “WDS enabled” setting. If the wireless network (WLAN) is not enabled yet.Setting up a WDS 2. Enter fritz. Open the “WLAN / Radio Network” menu. Make sure that the expert mode is enabled in the “System / Expert Mode” menu and click “Apply”. The FRITZ!Box user interface opens. 7. 14. 12.

start reading from page 137. Enter fritz. you must change its IP settings. Click the “WDS Repeater” menu command. proceed as directed below: 1. Click “Settings / Advanced Settings”. Open the “WLAN / Radio Network” menu. 2. Make sure that the expert mode is enabled in the “System / Expert Mode” menu and click “Apply”. For instructions on how to set up the FRITZ!Box as a WDS base station. 4.Setting up a WDS Configuring FRITZ!Box as a Repeater WDS Repeater As a WDS repeater. 6. 11. 10. To set up the FRITZ!Box as a WDS repeater. the FRITZ!Box extends the range of a WDS base station in the wireless network. 9. 7. Enable the “Enable support for WLAN repeater (WDS repeater mode)” setting. Start a web browser. – IP address: Enter here an IP address for this FRITZ!Box that fulfills the following criteria: The IP address must be different from the IP address of the WDS base station. The FRITZ!Box user interface opens. and must come from the IP network of the WDS base station. Select from the “Known WLAN Devices” list the WLAN device that should be used as the WDS base station. If the FRITZ!Box is to be operated as a WDS repeater. Select the “Repeater” option as the operating mode. 3.box in the address field. 5. 8. Keep in mind that the IP address may not come from the address range of the DHCP server of the WDS base station. enable the setting “WLAN radio network active” and then click “Apply”. If the wireless network (WLAN) is not enabled yet. 139 .

13.Setting up a WDS – Subnet mask: Enter in this filed. 15. Note that the WPA2 encryption method is available only when your network consists of AVM devices.0”. the value “255. – Primary DNS server: Enter the IP address of the WDS base station here. This concludes the configuration of the FRITZ!Box as a WDS repeater. – Default gateway: Enter the IP address of the WDS base station here. 12. Also displayed is the current IP address of the FRITZ!Box you just set up as a WDS repeater. Click “Apply”. Enter a password. 14. This corresponds to the FRITZ!Box subnet mask upon delivery.255. Then register the FRITZ!Box settings you printed out in the WDS base station operating in your wireless network. 140 . for instance. In the “Security” area define how the WDS repeater connection should be encrypted. The “Repeater Settings” window now displays all of the settings you need to set up the WDS base station.255. We recommend printing out these settings. – Secondary DNS server: Enter the IP address of a second DNS server here. You must enter this IP address in the web browser to open the FRITZ!Box user interface.

WPS can be used only in combination with WLAN adapters that also support WPS. either by pressing a WLAN button or in the device’s user interface (depending on the device). With WPS you can create secure links between WLAN adapters and your FRITZ!Box. Consult the documentation of your WLAN adapter to find out whether it supports WPS. WPS with the Push Button Method The push button method (WPS PBC) can be used if your WLAN adapter is also equipped with a WPS button. 6 seconds 2. or if WPS can be enabled via the control software of the WLAN adapter. 141 . As soon as the “WLAN” LED begins flashing. All of the necessary WLAN security settings are transferred in the process. You can use either the push-button or the PIN method. The WLAN device adopts the security settings of the FRITZ!Box. 1. The FRITZ!Box and the WLAN device now connect with each other automatically. Press the “WLAN” button on the FRITZ!Box and hold it down for at least six seconds.5 WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) The FRITZ!Box supports WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup). Activation must be started within two minutes. Internet Power/DSL Festnetz WLAN INFO Push for approx.WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) 2. enable the WPS function.

box in the address field. The “WLAN” LED on the FRITZ!Box flashes slowly. use the PIN method to establish the WLAN connection. 2. Now a secure WLAN connection is being established between the FRITZ!Box and the WLAN adapter. Open “WLAN / Security”. Start a web browser. Click “Start WPS”. 4. Click on “Settings / Advanced Settings”. the WLAN device specifies the PIN”. 5. 2.box in the address field. Select the option “PIN method (WPS-PIN). 6. WLAN Device Specifies the PIN 1.WPS with the PIN Method WPS with the PIN Method If your WLAN adapter supports WPS. 142 . You can choose between two methods: FRITZ!Box Specifies the PIN 1. The FRITZ!Box user interface opens. 7. 3. Open the settings page “WPS Quick Connection”. Enter fritz. 8. 4. The FRITZ!Box user interface opens. Open “WLAN / Security”. FRITZ!Box specifies the PIN”. Select the option “PIN method (WPS-PIN). Click “Settings / Advanced Settings”. 3. 6. Start a web browser. but does not have a button to start the push method nor any possibility to enable it in its control software. The PIN will be displayed. Open the settings page “WPS Quick Connection”. Enter fritz. Enter this PIN in the control software of the WLAN adapter. indicating that the WPS procedure has begun. 5.

Now a secure WLAN connection is being established between the FRITZ!Box and the WLAN adapter. 9. indicating that the WPS procedure has begun. The program outputs a PIN for establishing a connection. 143 . 8.WPS with the PIN Method 7. Click “Start WPS”. The “WLAN” LED on the FRITZ!Box flashes slowly. Now start the control software of the WLAN device. Enter this PIN in the FRITZ!Box user interface.

More about Networks

3

More about Networks
The FRITZ!Box is delivered with preconfigured network settings. According to these settings, all network devices connected with the FRITZ!Box are located in a single network. The network settings can be changed and adapted to your conditions and needs. But you should do so only if you are well versed in networking technology.

• • •

The Glossary explains concepts and terminology having to do with IP networks. The section “Network Overview” from page 144 introduces the network overview of the FRITZ!Box. The sections “IP Address” from page 147 and “DHCP Server” from page 148 explain when it may make sense to change the preconfigured network settings, what the effects of these changes are, and how to make the changes. Section “The Prioritization of Network Applications and Network Devices” from page 156 explains how you can assign priorities to network applications and network devices for accessing the Internet connection.

3.1

Network Overview
The FRITZ!Box user interface shows an overview with all of the devices and users connected with the FRITZ!Box. The “Devices and Users” network overview is found in the following two menus: “Start menu / Network” or “Settings / Advanced Settings / System / Network”.

144

Network Overview

There is an entry in the network overview for each user and each network device. The columns have the following meanings:
Icons The icon in front of each name indicates whether the entry is a user or a network device. In the case of network devices the icon also indicates whether the device is connected via a network (LAN) cable or wirelessly (via WLAN). This column displays the name under which the user or the network device is known to the FRITZ!Box. The names of network devices can be changed by clicking the button to edit the entry. For network devices, also displayed is the IP address with which the device is integrated into the FRITZ!Box network. This column indicates whether port forwarding or child protection is enabled for the respective user or network device. button for editing an entry The button opens the detailed view of the entry. This view displays information about the network device, for instance on child protection or port forwarding settings. The name of the device in the FRITZ!Box can be changed here. button for deleting the entry Users or network devices that do not have an active connection to the FRITZ!Box can be deleted from the network overview by clicking this button.

Name

IP Address

Properties

145

Always Assign the Same IP Address

Always Assign the Same IP Address
The detailed view for network devices includes the setting “Always assign this network device the same IP address”. When this setting is enabled for a network device, the DHCP server of the FRITZ!Box will always assign the same IP address to this device each time the connection is established.

Starting the Computer: Wake on LAN
The detailed view for network devices that are connected with the FRITZ!Box via a network (LAN) port includes the “Start Computer” button. Use this button to start computers that support Wake on LAN. With the Wake on LAN function you can start computers in your FRITZ!Box via the Internet. For instance, you can access a computer at any time using remote maintenance software, without wasting electricity by keeping the computer switched on permanently.

3.2

IP Settings
The IP settings of the FRITZ!Box are preset upon delivery with the following values:
Factory Settings IP address Subnet mask DHCP server 192.168.178.1 255.255.255.0 enabled

The IP address and the corresponding subnet mask yield the following values:
Network address of the subnet 192.168.178.0 Entire IP address range for the computers 192.168.178.2 192.168.178.254

146

one subnet with several computers. data transmission).178. When Does It Make Sense to Change the IP Address? You should change the IP address of the FRITZ!Box if the following apply to your network: • • You have an existing local IP network.1 If you would like to change the IP address.UPnP Settings The following addresses cannot be assigned becuase they are reserved for certain purposes: 192.3 UPnP Settings The Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP) service included in your FRITZ!Box provides status information about the FRITZ!Box to all connected computers.4 IP Address Upon delivery the FRITZ!Box is assigned the following IP address: 192. UPnP service thus allows you to monitor your FRITZ!Box from a connected computer.168.178. Fixed IP addresses are registered in the network settings of the computer.168. 147 • . Programs with UPnP support on these computers can receive this information and use them to display the status of the FRITZ!Box (e. please read through the following sections.168. and you do not want to or are not permitted to change these addresses. Also note the additional information in the section “Reserved IP Addresses” on page 148. You want to connect the FRITZ!Box to the local IP network in order to make the FRITZ!Box features available to all of the computers in the IP network.255 is used by the FRITZ!Box itself broadcast address used to send messages into the network 3.g.1 192.178. connection status. DSL synchronization.. 3.

Every time the operating system on a computer connected with FRITZ!Box is started.0 in the FRITZ!Box is reserved for internal purposes. 3.168.200 This IP address can be changed as needed.178. the DHCP server assigns it an IP address from the IP address range of the DHCP server. see the section “Obtaining an IP Address Automatically” from page 108.180. The computers can receive their IP addresses from the DHCP server only if the setting “Obtain an IP address automatically” is enabled in the their IP settings.5 DHCP Server The FRITZ!Box is equipped with its own DHCP server. Only one DHCP server may be active within any network.192.168.Reserved IP Addresses Reserved IP Addresses The entire IP network 192. The DHCP server is enabled by default in the factory settings.178. For more information. The following range of IP addresses is reserved for the DHCP server in the factory settings: 192.168. 148 . IP addresses from this network may not be assigned to the FRITZ!Box.20 . Assigning the IP addresses via the DHCP server ensures that all of the computers connected with the FRITZ!Box are located in the same IP network.

Fixed IP Addresses when the DHCP Server Is Enabled Fixed IP Addresses when the DHCP Server Is Enabled If you would like to configure fixed IP addresses on individual computers connected with the FRITZ!Box despite the enabled DHCP server.2 . 3. To make sure that all computers remain in the same IP network as the FRITZ!Box. 3. Disabling the DHCP Server You can disable the DHCP server.6 Changing the Network Settings In order to change the network settings of the FRITZ!Box. you must enter the IP addresses manually in the computers’ network settings. the following IP addresses are available for assignment to the computers: 192. Start a web browser on your computer and enter fritz. 2. please note the following: • • • The IP addresses must be from the IP network of the FRITZ!Box.192.178. First disable the option “Obtain an IP address automatically” and then enter the IP address manually in the appropriate field.178.168. Click “Expert Mode” in the “System” menu. The IP addresses may not come from the address range of the DHCP server. 149 .254 Each IP address can be assigned only once. Select the “Advanced Settings / System” menu in the “Settings” area.box in the address field of the browser. enable the setting “Show expert settings” and confirm this setting by clicking “Apply”.168. Each IP address can be assigned only once. In the case of the preset IP address of the FRITZ!Box. the expert mode must be enabled in the user interface: 1.

3. The “IP Settings” page is opened. Once all desired changes to the settings have been configured. Select the “IP Settings” tab. 150 . 4. Please note that changes to the network settings in the FRITZ!Box may make it necessary to adjust the network settings of your computers so that you can continue to access the FRITZ!Box user interface. Select the “Advanced Settings / System / Network” menu in the “Settings” area.Changing the Network Settings Here is how to change the network settings: 1. 2. confirm by clicking “OK” to apply them. Click the “IP Addresses” button.

Data Transfer All kinds of data transmission in the Internet use the Internet Protocol (IP). IP is packet-oriented. fixed-line telephony transmits data in a line-oriented manner. Further advantages include global availability at a single telephone number. 151 . you can make calls in all directions: • • • from the fixed-line network into the fixed-line network from the Internet into the fixed-line network from the Internet into the Internet and receive calls from all directions as well. In this case data are transmitted in a coherent data stream.More about Internet Telephony 4 More about Internet Telephony Voice over IP (VoIP) Internet telephony has already been in use for years. Language is also transmitted in the Internet in this manner. Internet telephony has also made it considerably more convenient to use applications like conference calls and answering machines in networks. In opposition to this.1 Telephony Scenarios If you have configured both a fixed-line number and an Internet telephone number in FRITZ!Box. This means that the data are broken down into data packets for transmission and IP takes care of the transport of the individual data packets through the Internet. usually at significantly lower prices. but today it allows even private customers the convenience familiar from conventional telephony. and the development of new standards for security and voice quality. 4.

The configuration files for the VPN connections are created using a separate program. Computer-LAN coupling and LAN-LAN coupling: VPN connections can be set up for individual remote computers or even for remote networks. as in the local network.avm. The AVM web site offers an English-language Service Portal which presents comprehensive information on VPN in general and in connection with the FRITZ!Box.1 What Is VPN? VPN stands for Virtual Private Network. private network that uses the Internet as its physical base. The chapter is a short introduction to the topic of VPN. The tunnel is the logical. www.de/en/vpn • • • 5. The VPN provides for secure data transmission. Eight simultaneous active VPN connections are supported. • • The VPN solution for the FRITZ!Box is based on the IPSec standard. Visit this portal to obtain more detailed information on this subject. The program is provided free of charge and can be downloaded from the AVM web site. virtual connection.More about Virtual Private Network (VPN) 5 More about Virtual Private Network (VPN) Via VPN a secure remote access to the network of the FRITZ!Box can be established. This excludes the possibility of unauthorized access to the data. All computers registered in the network are connected with each other over the Internet so that they can exchange data. Data transmission takes place over IP. A free VPN client for individual computers can also be downloaded from the AVM web site. In a pure transmission over IP the data are not protected and thus exposed to unauthorized access by third parties. A VPN is a virtual. Security in a VPN is ensured by transmitting the data encrypted via what is known as tunnel. 152 .

Integrity ensures that the data are not changed. Integrity 153 . It also makes sure that incoming data actually come from the registered party and not from another source. Encryption means that unauthorized third parties cannot obtain any knowledge about the transmitted data. The local network at a branch office can also be connected to the local network of company headquarters via VPN. Both of the locations securely connected over VPN must have an Internet connection at their disposal.2 Security through a VPN A VPN fulfills the following security requirements for data transmission: • • • Authenticity authenticity confidentiality integrity Authenticity ensures that no unauthorized users can access the local network via VPN. recorded or diverted during transmission.Security through a VPN Local network A Local network B Tunnel Internet The terminals of the tunnels can be individual computers or entire networks. telecommuters or field staff can connect to the company network via VPN. Confidentiality can be guaranteed by encrypting the data. 5. For instance. Confidentiality Confidentiality requires the nondisclosure of data.

The IP header contains the IP address of the destination and the IP address of the sender. Only the new IP header can be read in the Internet in clear text. The IP addresses of the destination and sender in the IP header of the original packet are private IP addresses in the local network. Thanks to the encryption and authentication. new IP packet. An IP packet is composed of the IP header and the user data. • The tunnel is what makes it possible to connect networks with private IP addresses via the Internet. the original packet remains concealed in the inside of the tunnel. IP header Data Original packet New IP header IP header Data Tunnel packet encrypted • The IP addresses of the destination and the sender in the new IP header are the public IP addresses of the two VPN parties in the Internet. 5. The VPN tunnel is implemented using a tunnel protocol.The Tunnel Technology The VPN tunnel fulfills these security requirements. Moreover. the tunnel secures the connection.3 The Tunnel Technology A tunnel is created by placing an IP packet to be transmitted inside of an additional. 154 . The VPN solution used with the FRITZ!Box uses the IPSec tunnel protocol. The original packet is encrypted and authenticated before repacking.

5. The terminals involved in any VPN must receive this file. • The “FRITZ!Box VPN” Configuration Wizard AVM provides the “Configure FRITZ!Box VPN” software in English to set up configuration files. the configuration file is then imported to the FRITZ!Box. like the encryption method and access rules. are set automatically. • The “FRITZ!VPN” VPN Client AVM offers the “FRITZ!VPN” software in English as a VPN client.avm. the computer must have a VPN client installed.Supplementary Software for VPN IPSec is a tunnel protocol that offers state-of-the-art encryption procedures and can be integrated seamlessly into existing IP networks. If an individual computer is integrated into a network via a VPN. The AES encryption algorithm is used in the FRITZ!Box VPN solution. At the terminal with the FRITZ!Box. All of the necessary VPN settings. This program is a wizard that takes you step by step through the VPN configuration. AES is the most modern encryption algorithm.de/en/vpn 155 .4 Supplementary Software for VPN All of the information required for a VPN is saved in a configuration file. The resulting configuration files must be imported to the respective terminals of the VPN tunnel. The VPN parameters in these files can be adjusted manually to connect to products by other manufacturers. Both the wizard and the client can be downloaded free of charge from the VPN Service Portal on the AVM web site: www.

Just as for any other analog call. 6.2 The Prioritization of Network Applications and Network Devices Prioritization is a function you can use to specify that network applications and network devices are treated with higher or lower priority when they access the Internet connection. To do this. 6. IPTV and video on demand are always treated with higher priority than other applications. This function ensures that the speech quality during telephone calls over the Internet is not reduced by surfing activity. unwelcome interference is largely avoided.More about Bandwidth Management and Prioritization 6 More about Bandwidth Management and Prioritization Integrated bandwidth management ensures high speech quality for telephone calls over the Internet with the FRITZ!Box. you may wish to ensure that applications like Internet telephony.1 Bandwidth Management The FRITZ!Box is equipped with integrated bandwidth management. The following methods are used in the FRITZ!Box to send data packets according to their prioritization: 156 . The FRITZ!Box offers a prioritization function that can be used to divide network applications and network devices into three different categories. For example. The category assigned determines whether an application or device is treated with more or less priority when it accesses the Internet. remote partners hear a busy signal. You can also specify that file-sharing applications like eMule and BitTorrent always have to wait behind online games. the FRITZ!Box adjusts all uploads and downloads to the currently available bandwidth. Because the FRITZ!Box also places a higher priority on Internet telephony connections over Internet data connections. once Internet telephony transmission capacity has been reached.

Internet telephony. – When the Internet connection is working at full capacity. • Real-time applications This category is suitable for applications with high demands on transmission speed and reaction times (for example. then they must share the available capacity. • Categories for Prioritization There are three categories for prioritization: “Real-time applications”. the full transmission rate of the Internet connection is available for low-priority packets. the network packets of the applications of this category will always be sent first. This method is used whenever more packets are supposed to be sent to the Internet than the upstream transmission rate of the Internet connection alllows. like “Prioritized applications”. – Network applications of this category always have priority over other applications accessing the Internet at the same time. As long as no packets are being sent from higher-priority applications. video on demand). – If multiple network applications are assigned to this category.Categories for Prioritization • Change in the order in which packets are sent to the Internet (upstream direction) The order of the packets the FRITZ!Box receives from the Internet (downstream direction) cannot be changed. will be transmitted later. IPTV. “Prioritized applications” and “Background applications”. 157 . The categories are explained below. • Discard low-priority packets in order to ensure the transmission of higher-priority packets. In this case data from network applications assigned to other categories.

terminal applications. – If multiple network applications are assigned to the “Prioritized applications” category. Network applications and network devices are assigned to the categories using rules. 90% of the FRITZ!Box’s upload bandwidth is available. The remaining 10% of the upload bandwidth is available for applications that are prioritized in lower categories or not prioritized at all. even over other real-time applications. games). then they must share the available capacity. • Prioritized applications This category is suitable for applications that require a fast reaction time (for example. as long as no application from the “Real-time applications” category requires bandwidth. company access. this application always has the highest priority. – Network applications assigned to this category are always treated with the lowest priority when the Internet connection is working at full capacity. 158 . • Background applications This category is suitable for applications that do not require any high transmission speed and which are not time-critical (for example. peer-to-peer services or automatic updates). – If no other network applications are active. So whenever an application from a different category or a non-prioritized application requires the entire bandwidth. – For network applications prioritized in this category. all background applications must wait until bandwidth capacity becomes available again. then the background applications receive the entire bandwidth.Categories for Prioritization – Whenever Internet telephony is included in this category.

enable the setting “Show expert settings” and confirm this setting by clicking “Apply”. The “Prioritization” menu is located under “Settings / Advanced Settings / Internet”. the “Expert Mode” must be enabled in the user interface of the FRITZ!Box. Click “Expert Mode” in the “System” menu. Select the “Advanced Settings / System” menu in the “Settings” area. 1.box in the address field of the browser. Start a web browser on your computer and enter fritz. 3. 159 . 2.Categories for Prioritization In order to use prioritization.

7. you can define that your children are allowed to use the Internet connection only on weekdays between 4:00 p. In the Windows 7.m. in the “Advanced Settings / Internet / Child Protection” menu.More Functions 7 More Functions This chapter introduces additional useful functions and features of the FRITZ!Box.2 Energy Monitor The FRITZ!Box is extremely efficient in its energy use.. Modules that are not in use or being used far below their capacity reduce their energy consumption accordingly.m. and then only for one hour.1 Child Protection The child protection feature in the FRITZ!Box allows you to specify when and for how long individual computers or Windows users may use the Internet. • • Child protection can be set up for any computer. child protection can be configured for each user individually. The “Child Protection” menu is available only if you have set up the Internet connection in the FRITZ!Box and established an Internet connection. and 8:00 p. For instance. 7. Windows Vista and Windows XP operating systems. The individual modules of the FRITZ!Box adapt their energy consumption to the amount needed at any given time. The Online Help contains further comprehensive information on the child protection feature. The menu is not available if you have configured the FRITZ!Box as a DSL modem or IP client. See the Online Help of the FRITZ!Box to set up child protection. regardless of the operating system used. 160 . Child protection is set in the “Settings” area of the FRITZ!Box user interface.

When the load is less. When the load is less. The energy consumption is shown as a percentage. both the current value and the daily average. this value equals 100%.Energy Monitor For an overview of energy consumption. and how much they use in total on an average day. Interested users can watch the how these changes are related over time and observe how the FRITZ!Box is affected by simultaneously making telephone calls. When all functions and modules are working at capacity. When the load is less. this value equals 100%. surfing and streaming data. the value is correspondingly lower. When all functions and modules are working at capacity. 161 . go to the “Settings” area and open the “Advanced Settings / System / Energy Monitor” menu. the value is correspondingly lower. The maximum power consumption value of the FRITZ!Box is the amount of energy used when all functions are in operation. this value equals 100%. this page displays the amount of energy being consumed at the moment and the daily average. • “Statistics” Here three diagrams show how certain device parameters of the FRITZ!Box change depending on the actions performed with the FRITZ!Box. • “FRITZ!Box Central Processor” The energy consumption of the CPU is displayed. The “Energy Monitor” page shows the following: • “FRITZ!Box System Overall” This graph shows how much energy all of the FRITZ!Box functions are using at the moment. When all functions and modules are working at capacity. the value is correspondingly lower. • The individual FRITZ!Box modules For each module.

Push Service E-mail 7. For instance. The file can then be opened and evaluated statistically with appropriate software like a spreadsheet program.3 Push Service E-mail With push service you can specify that the FRITZ!Box sends you e-mail messages with status and consumption data at regular intervals. WLAN is switched off during the night service period. to 6:00 a.m. 162 . Configure night service in the “Settings” area. The e-mail contains a table with the overview of your FRITZ!Box connections.m. 7. • “Switch off wireless network (WLAN)” When this setting is selected. The function must be enabled after you specify the settings. using the menu command “Advanced Settings / System / Night Service”. The call list is also sent as a file in csv format. First define the period of time for which the night service of the FRITZ!Box should be active. The push service mail is set up in the “Settings” area. This saves electricity. The wireless network can be switched back on at any time manually by pressing the WLAN button. in the “Advanced Settings / System / Push Service” menu. from 10:00 p.4 Night Service In the FRITZ!Box you can set up night service for WLAN and for the telephones connected to the FRITZ!Box.

this device is not active during night service. you can except individual devices entirely from the Do Not Disturb setting. This setting does not apply to the IP telephones. for instance. The Do Not Disturb setting has no effect on the answering machine integrated in the FRITZ!Box. this device is disabled during night service. If you connected an answering machine to the FRITZ!Box. different times for the Do Not Disturb setting can be set for individual telephones.Night Service • “Enable Do Not Disturb setting” When this setting is selected. The Do Not Disturb setting is not applied to IP telephones. The Do Not Disturb setting has no effect on the fax function integrated in the FRITZ!Box. in the “Advanced Settings / Telephony / Telephony Devices” menu. Or. If you connected a fax machine to the FRITZ!Box. Individual settings can be made for different devices. They are connected with the FRITZ!Box either by means of a network cable or via WLAN. The individual settings can be configured in the “Settings” area. 163 . the telephones connected with the FRITZ!Box will not ring.

manuals. The manual of the FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340 in PDF format is available for download at the following address: www. If you still have problems. That is why we present you with a selection of frequently asked questions. The FAQs can be viewed at the following address: www. in the form of frequently asked questions (FAQs).adobe.avm. 8. sometimes a little tip is all you need to resolve them. consult the following documentation: Help Manual In the FRITZ!Box user interface you can open the detailed Help by clicking the “Help” buttons.Customer Service Guide 8 Customer Service Guide Help on All Important Service Topics AVM is there to help should any questions or problems arise.de/en/service/manuals The current Adobe Acrobat Reader for reading PDF documents can be downloaded from the Internet free of charge at www. Microsoft Updates In many cases problems which arise during operation can be resolved by installing the current Microsoft Service Pack or other Microsoft updates.com.1 Documentation To take advantage of all commands and features of your FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7340.microsoft.avm.2 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) We would like to make our products as easy to use as possible. Here you will find the important information you need. The current service packs and updates can be obtained free of charge from Microsoft at the address: www. updates and support.com 8.de/en/service/FAQs 164 .

Please see the information in the section “Product Details” from page 116. If you have any problems.4 Support from the AVM Service Team Should problems with your FRITZ!Box arise. or enter the following address: ftp.Updates and Software 8.de/en/download FTP Experienced users can also download updates from the AVM FTP server.avm. Firmware Use the “Update Firmware Wizard” on the FRITZ!Box user interface to perform an update of your firmware. open the “Wizards / Update Firmware” command to download the firmware from the Internet and perform the update with a single mouse click. Programs The FRITZ!Box user interface shows all of the software for your FRITZ!Box available for downloading from the Internet in the “Programs” menu in the “Settings”. please consult the chapter “Connecting” from page 14. If you have questions about starting operation of your FRITZ!Box.avm.3 Updates and Software AVM provides firmware updates and additional software you can use with your FRITZ!Box free of change.de 8. This chapter also presents useful tips on problems with establishing connections. we recommend taking the following steps: 1. 2. seek first aid by consulting the chapter “Troubleshooting” from page 97. 165 . The latest software is also available for download at the following address: www. In the “Settings” area. Click the “FTP Server” link in the download area.

Support by E-mail E-mail You can send us an English-language e-mail request at any time using the “Service” area of our web site.de/en/service/FAQs This site contains answers to questions our customers have frequently asked our Support team. Fill out the form in English and send it to AVM support by clicking the “Send” button. The “Service” area can be reached at: www. AVM Support will assist you.avm. If you do not find the answer you need in the FAQs. you can reach AVM Support at the fax number: + 49 30 / 39 97 62 66 Fax The following information should be included in your fax to the Support team: • • Your name and address.Support by E-mail 3.avm. Support by Fax If necessary. The next step is to consult the FAQs in the Internet: www. Click the “Mail Form” link to open the email form. 166 . Our Support team will respond by e-mail as quickly as possible. An e-mail address or fax number at which you can be reached.de/en/service Select the product for which you need support from the “Support” area. The support desk can be reached by e-mail or by fax. Please take advantage of the information sources described above before contacting AVM support. 4.

Support by Fax • The serial number of the FRITZ!Box The serial number is printed on the sticker attached to the base of the device. Windows 7. please fax it to AVM Support. Once you have gathered this information. Windows Vista or Windows XP? How is the FRITZ!Box connected to your computer. The Support team will assist you in resolving your problem. 167 . Support staff will always check this number to ensure that you are a registered user. with a network cable or via WLAN? At what step of the installation or in which application does an error occur or an error message appear? What is the exact wording of the message? • Which firmware does FRITZ!Box use? The firmware version is displayed in the “Start Menu” area on the “Overview” page of the FRITZ!Box user interface. • • • Which operating system are you using: for example.

ADSL2+ abbreviation for extended bandwidth Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line 2 ADSL 2+ (G. as it can simply disable single carrier frequencies when they produce interference.992.Glossary Glossary ADSL abbreviation for Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line ADSL (G. It designates a fast kind of data transmission that works with standard copper cables and transports signals in both directions at different speeds (upstream at 640 Kbit/s and downstream at up to 9 Mbit/s).992. ADSL2 is completely downward compatible. 168 .3) is a further development of the ADSL standard. ADSL2 offers considerably greater bandwidth than ADSL.5) is a further development of the ADSL standard. ADSL2 abbreviation for Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line 2 ADSL2 (G.1/G992. With a throughput rate of up to 12 Mbit/s downstream.2) was developed on the basis of DSL technology in order to satisfy the increasing demand for higher throughput rates during uploading and downloading. This feature allows ADSL2 to prevent synchronization losses. ADSL2 offers range much greater than did the first ADSL generation.992. and is significantly more robust than ADSL. although they cannot exploit the advantages of ADSL2. In practice ADSL2 has become less important since the ADSL2+ standard has made higher throughput rates possible. meaning that terminal equipment compliant with ADSL can also be operated on ADSL2 lines.

The DHCP server also informs the client of the IP addresses of the DECT 169 . ADSL-Controller An ADSL-Controller is an electronic hardware module that allows a computer to access an ADSL line. meaning that terminal equipment compliant with ADSL and ADSL2 can also be operated on ADSL2+ lines. and thus double the maximum bandwidth achievable for downstream to 24 Mbit/s.Glossary ADSL2+ offers a doubled frequency range used for downstream transmission. abbreviation for Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications DECT is a European standard for cordless telephony which was drafted by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute in 1991 and officially adopted in 1992. ADSL-Controllers are stationary equipment. Default Gateway DHCP see gateway abbreviation for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP is a protocol for the dynamic negotiation of the operating parameters for the TCP/IP protocol (TCP is a transport protocol based on the Internet protocol). included on internal ADSL cards (for the PCI bus) or in external ADSL modems (with USB or Ethernet ports). and supports both voice transmission and data transmission with flexible transfer speeds. The computers in a local IP network (DHCP clients) access the DHCP server as part of their operating systems’ start procedure. DECT defines the air interface between a mobile handset and its base station. although they cannot exploit the advantages of ADSL2+. DHCP Server The DHCP server assigns each client an IP address that is has not yet been assigned at the present time. ADSL2+ is completely downward compatible. The central administration of the TCP/IP operation parameters makes it possible to avoid address conflicts caused by IP addresses accidentally assigned more than once.

The addresses of the DNS servers at which the Domain Name Service is to inquire by default generally are handed over to the computer by the Internet Service Provider automatically whenever a connection to the Internet is established. DSL Modem DSL Router 170 . If the Domain Name Service receives negative information from the DNS server (domain name not known). In local networks addresses can also be assigned via DHCP. If it receives the desired IP address instead. the application can use the IP address to retrieve the destination desired by the user. Download Download designates the transfer of files from the Internet to a computer. a connection via the DSL modem does not mean that the telephone line is busy. DNS abbreviation for Domain Name System Domain Name Service takes care of determining the IP address for a given domain name.Glossary DNS server to be used and of the default gateway. This hierarchical system of DNS servers is known as the Domain Name System. It accepts the domain name entered by a user and inquires about the corresponding IP address at a DNS server known to the service. This Domain Name Service runs on every computer. In assigning the IP addresses the DHCP server selects from a prescribed range of IP addresses. A DSL modem connects a computer to the Internet via the DSL line. it can inquire about the IP address (DNS resolution) at other DNS servers. In contrast to the analog modem. Otherwise they must be entered manually in the TCP/IP settings of the computer by the user or the system administrator. A combination of a DSL modem and a router is called a DSL router. it can send inquiries to other DNS servers it knows or return a corresponding error message to the user. If a DNS server cannot answer the inquiry itself.

Since only a limited number of such IP addresses is available. The DHCP service is responsible for assigning unique dynamic IP addresses. This means the home network can always be reached from the Internet. Dynamic IP Address A dynamic IP address is an IP address valid only for the duration of one Internet or network session. Every computer participating in the Internet must have a uniquely assigned public IP address. dynamic addresses are usually used in local IP networks because they are easy to handle. and because using them avoids incorrect IP address entries or unintentional double assignments. Each time the IP address changes. By contrast. the computer can always be reached at the selected domain name. the Internet Service Provider assigns a new public IP address. Every time the Internet connection is established. Even private users have an economical way of placing their own Internet offers on their computer at home. 171 . regardless of the user’s location. they must be used sparingly.Glossary DDNS abbreviation for Dynamic Domain Name System DDNS is a service which allows a computer always to be reached under the same domain name despite constantly changing public IP addresses. Except for the few seconds between the cancellation of the old IP address and the notification of the new IP address. the current IP address is transmitted to a special DDNS server. They are called dynamic because every participant receives a new public address that has not been assigned yet each time he or she dials in to the Internet. That is why most of the Internet participants who dial in to the Internet receive a dynamic IP address.

Firmware Firmware designates software that is embedded in electronic devices. Firewall A firewall protects a computer or local network against attacks from the Internet. Such techniques may also include a Stateful Packet Inspection Firewall. Through the possibility of updating the firmware by computer at any time. integrating new functions requested by customers. The more convenient FTP clients are 172 FTP . Assigning fixed IP addresses makes sense in cases when a local network has a sufficiently large pool of IP addresses available. for instance. or when a computer is always supposed to be accessible at a certain address (such as a web server or e-mail server). which merely check the IP addresses and port numbers of incoming and outgoing data packets and filter the packets according to prescribed rules. Especially effective firewalls go even further. and eliminating errors discovered after production. Some firewalls also integrate additional concepts like IP masquerading and NAT to decouple data traffic by distinguishing strictly between the internal and external network. analyzing and evaluating the contents of the packets and filtering them according to prescribed rules.Glossary Fixed IP Address Fixed IP addresses are IP addresses which are permanently assigned to a computer or another device like a network printer. abbreviation for File Transfer Protocol The File Transfer Protocol allows files to be exchanged between two computers operating in the Internet. Most firewalls work with packet filters. manufacturers enjoy great flexibility in reacting to the demands of the operational environment. Data exchange takes place via an FTP server and what is known as an FTP client. Firmware is saved in programmable components within a device.

in other words.Glossary available as stand-alone software or are components of some ISDN data transfer software. The Internet protocol works without a connection. it must first transmit the packet to the gateway.98 Mbit/s). If the TCP/IP setting is configured by means of a DHCP server. If a router is used for the shared Internet access in a local network. Gateway Gateway is a general term designating an interface between two networks.6 to 13. data packets are transmitted from 173 . If a computer wants to transfer data packets to a computer in another network. for instance. the IP address of the router must be entered as the default gateway in the TCP/IP settings of each computer that wishes to use the Internet connection. IP abbreviation for Internet Protocol The IP Internet Protocol is the most important basic protocol for the control of data exchange in local networks and in the Internet. Such a network interface can be realized using a router or a bridge. the computer must know the address of the gateway. To do this. simple FTP clients are now included in many web browsers. there is no need to enter the gateway address manually. Such a default gateway for the computer is negotiated automatically by the operating system or the dialing software whenever an ISDN-Controller or ADSL-Controller establishes a connection to the Internet. for this purpose the address of the gateway must be saved as the default gateway in the network settings of the computer. If all packets that cannot be delivered in a local network always are to be transmitted to their given recipients via the same gateway. HSPA provides for throughput rates in the mobile radio network that are comparable with DSL (3. HSPA abbreviation for High Speed Packet Access HSPA is a third-generation mobile radio standard further developed from the the UMTS mobile radio standard.

C. Each group of numbers can assume values between 000 and 255. Only the first three of these five address classes are actually used. called the address space. The total volume of Internet addresses. 192. IP Addressing Addressing is one of the main functions of the Internet Protocol (IP).178. See the corresponding entries in the Glossary for more information. IP addresses can be public or private. and also fixed or assigned dynamically. These classes can be described as follows: Classes Properties Network Address Decimal Value Class A address Class B address Class C address Few networks. D. The IP address consists of four three-digit groups of numbers (for instance. Every IP address contains two components: the network address and the host address. IP Address In IP-based networks. few hubs 192-223 174 . These two components can be read out of an IP address only if the subnet mask is also specified. the address space. The addresses of the recipient and the sender in the data packets are given as IP addresses. C. is grouped into address classes designated as A. B. is separated into classes (A. and E). each IP address may be assigned only once within the Internet or a local IP network. Internet addresses can be written in decimal. B. The full set of IP addresses. many hubs 0-127 Intermediate distribution of networks and hubs 128-191 Many networks. all connected devices are addressed via their IP addresses. for instance in the Internet and local networks. octal or hexadecimal notation.168. The FRITZ!Box uses “dotted-decimal” notation: The four bytes of an address are represented by decimal numbers separated by dots. D and E. So that data packets are sure to be delivered to the right address.Glossary the sender to the recipient without previous consultation.247).

IP Masquerading By means of IP masquerading a computer or LAN can be protected from unauthorized connection request from the Internet. NAS is the abbreviation for Network Attached Storage NAS designates one or more devices that are integrated into a network to provide storage space. and local memory expanded by adding online storage. Masquerading works by converting the IP addresses used in a network to one public IP address.Glossary Properties of IP Address Classes Every IP address consists of two parts: the network address and the host address. NAS functionality means that various services for connected USB memory are available in the FRITZ!Box so that it easier for you to use your data and make them available in the local network. In connection with the FRITZ!Box. the router replaces the private IP address of the sender with its 175 IP Network NAS Functionality . To grant the network devices access to the Internet. From the outside it appears that all requests are sent from a single computer. A network in which data exchange takes place on the basis of the Internet Protocol is called an IP network. It is easy to exchange documents in the local network via the storage medium on the FRITZ!Box. pictures and videos in the network available to compatible playback devices. every network device has a private IP address. A typical application for NAT are routers that connect local networks with the Internet. In local networks. The media server makes music. while generally there is only one public IP address available for the Internet. Files can also be released for sharing in the Internet. NAT abbreviation for Network Address Translation NAT is a process used in routers to replace the address information in data packets with new address information. and determined by the first four bits (of the first byte) of the IP address. The sizes of the network address and the host address are variable.

Generally this is “0”. So that a single network connection on a computer can be used by multiple applications to exchange data with remote sites at the same time. Ports substantiate the point of access for the data packets delivered via the IP Internet protocol. 25 for SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol). This means that certain port numbers can be blocked to prevent data from being delivered to system 176 Port . Outside Dialing Prefix Public IP Address The outside dialing prefix is the digit dialed at an extension line to obtain an outside line.535 different port numbers can be specified. The Internet protocol allots 16 bits for the specification of the port number. The router saves all necessary information in a table so that incoming data packets can then be assigned to the correct network device. a computer administers what are known as ports for the IP-based protocols TCP and UDP. These include. Most firewalls offer the possibility of preventing data traffic on certain ports. A public IP address is an IP address valid in the Internet. Thus a total of 65.Glossary own public IP address in all outgoing data packets. Ports are primarily of interest to users for their role in protecting an Internet connection from external attacks. Every computer or router participating in the Internet must have a uniquely assigned public IP address. 53 for DNS (Domain Name Service) and 80 for HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol). While the IP address determines the destination computer quite generally. Ports up to port number 1. for instance.024 are reserved for special system applications and typical Internet applications. the port addresses the communication interface provided by an application for a certain communication procedure. the port numbers 21 for FTP (File Transfer Protocol). The Internet Service Provider assigns the negotiated IP address to the computer or router for the duration of an Internet session. This address is usually negotiated dynamically with the Internet Service Provider when a connection to the Internet is dialed.

the settings of a router using NAT or IP masquerading must forward the port used by the server service for access to incoming data packets and thus keep it open permanently. To allow access to a computer via remote management software like Symantec pcAnywhere or Microsoft’s Remote Desktop. or even use of a file-sharing program like eMule. Port forwarding settings for the most important application cases are quite simple as long as the settings of the router or the firewall already contain rules with a corresponding preconfiguration. for instance. If a computer from the local network offers server services. 177 . Since many local IP networks are not connected to the Internet except via single computers or routers (gateway). An IP address may only be assigned once within the local network. This is also a way of preventing any Trojans (malicious applications opening backdoors on a computer) that may have infected your computer from receiving data on ports it created as means of accessing your computer for potentially damaging activities. The private IP address of the given computer must be saved as the destination address for all of the packets arriving at the port. Private IP Address Private IP addresses are used for computers and other network devices within local IP networks. the required ports must be released for port forwarding. A firewall blocks most atypical port numbers not required for normal operation of an application and offers specialized users the opportunity to forward specified ports. A private IP address may exist in any number of other local networks. certain address ranges are excluded from the publicly available IP addresses so that they are available for assignment in local IP networks. Port Forwarding With port forwarding it is possible to specify ports that will allow all incoming or outgoing data packets to pass through a router or firewall.Glossary services. Typical server applications which require port forwarding are FTP and Web servers.

are transferred almost fully automatically from the WLAN access point to the computer with the WLAN client that is to be connected.255.168. The subnet mask indicates which part of an IP address is the network address and which the address of the computer.Glossary Stick & Surf Stick & Surf is a technique developed by AVM for the fast. Example 1 IP address: Subnet mask: 192. simple. The network address defines what is called the subnet. including the WLAN channel.178. SSID and WLAN standard used. The division into subnetworks is performed when the local IP network is configured. error-free and secure configuration of radio networks. as well as security parameters like the encryption method and network key. Subnetwork A local IP network can consist of one subnetwork or be divided into multiple subnetworks. The following addresses result: 178 . In this process the radio parameters used.0 Subnet Mask The assignment of the first three groups of numerals in the subnet mask indicates that the first three groups of numerals in the IP address define the network. This technique allows for the straightforward transmission of all important parameters of a radio network from the access point to any computer that is to be added to the radio cell. The subnetworks of a local IP network are also IP networks.255.247 255.

255 That’s 65.168.178.168.168.168.255.0 and 192.178.0.247 subnet: IP address pool in the subnet: 192.254 are available for assignment to the computers.1 to 192.255 are reserved.168.247 255.Glossary Example 1 Network address of the subnet: 192.1 to 192.255.168. The IP addresses 192.168.0 and 192.178.0.168. This means that the addresses from 192.254 are available for assignment to the computers.536 IP addresses.168.0.247 subnet: IP address pool in the subnet: 192.0 Address of the computer in the 192.0 The assignment of the first two groups of numerals in the subnet mask indicates that the first two groups of numerals in the IP address define the network.178. The following addresses result: Network address of the subnet: 192. Therefore a maximum of 254 computers can be included in the subnetwork. Example 2 IP address: Subnet mask: 192.178. This means that the addresses from 192.255.168.0.168.168.168.0 192.255 are reserved.0.178.0 192.168.168.178.168.178.255.168.0 Address of the computer in the 192.178.178.255 The IP addresses 192. TCP/IP abbreviation for Transmission Control Protocol / Internet Protocol 179 .

For this an Auto Configuration Client (ACC) must be integrated in the device. It offers the possibility of setting up the terminal device securely and automatically and thus. facilitates simple initial configuration of the ADSL terminal device by the end customer (autoprovisioning). including file transfer (FTP) and e-mail communication (SMTP). The specifications for automatic configuration of the ADSL terminal device are stored on the Auto Configuration Server by the given Internet Service Provider. The high throughput rates make it possible to support multimedia services. The communication between the ADSL terminal device and the Auto Configuration Server takes place in encrypted form. The TR-069 protocol is also known under the alternative name CPE WAN Management Protocol (CWMP). TCP/IP thus offers the advantage of trouble-free communication between otherwise incompatible networks and systems. TCP and IP are the network and transport protocols underlying most Internet services. TR-069 T-069 is an HTTP-based protocol for communication between CPE (Customer Premises Equipment) and an Auto Configuration Server (ACS) belonging to the Internet Service Provider. TCP/IP is available for practically all computer systems. 180 . most importantly. With special cards or USB sticks the Internet connection can also be provided for laptops or computers via UMTS. TCP/IP is used to refer to a suite of protocols used for data communication over the Internet.Glossary TCP/IP is the “language” of the Internet. UMTS abbreviation for Universal Mobile Telecommunications System UMTS is a third-generation (3G) mobile radio standard with throughput rates of 384 Kbit/s to 7. the settings are retrieved from the Auto Configuration Server and implemented in the ADSL terminal device without any further interaction with the user. The TR-069 protocol can be used for automatic configuration only if it is actively supported by the given terminal device.2 Mbit/s. As soon as the ADSL terminal device initiates the autoconfiguration process.

streaming clients) render the audio and video data. 181 .Glossary Update A more recent version of software or firmware is called an update. Today the UPnP forum specifies the UPnP standard and certifies devices that are compliant with the standard. Control devices are remote controls. playback devices and devices controlling the streaming of audio and video data within networks. UPnP allows devices from all kinds of manufacturers (stereo systems. devices can communicate with each other automatically using UPnP to exchange information. routers. This term designates the procedure of transmitting files from one’s own computer to another computer in the Internet. with or without central control through a gateway. Expressed simplistically. resolve minor programming errors. and sometimes also offer new functions. house controls) to be controlled via an IP-based network. stereo system. Media servers are devices that make audio and video data available upon request. Upload UPnP UPnP AV abbreviation for Universal Plug and Play Audio/Video UPnP AV is a UPnP specification for the interaction between the media server. printers. Updates are often free of charge. It is based on a number of standardized network protocols and data formats. Playback devices (television. abbreviation for Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) UPnP is an extension of the Microsoft Plug & Play standard that allows devices to network globally and to exchange services—without a central server or computer.

file sharing and other central applications of the company network can thus be made available via VPN even to distant branch offices. 182 . VDSL2 is a further development of the ADSL2+ standard. Using a Virtual Private Network it is possible to use all network applications of the company network even from distant locations. A VPN is generally an independent company network distributed over several locations. VPN serves to integrates devices from a neighboring network into your own network. This means it is possible to use the advantages of the network even over large geographical distances. to which it is fully downward-compatible. The standard provides for throughput rates of up to 100 Mbit/s for uploading and downloading. the DSL technology VDSL is increasingly becoming available in the VDSL2 (G993. VPN facilitates optimum information flow without delay throughout the entire company.2) version. VPN abbreviation for Virtual Private Network. E-mail servers. field representatives of a company can also be granted secure access to the company network. which uses the infrastructure of a public communications network to link its partial networks or to link individual computers to the rest of the network. even to offices in other locations.Glossary VDSL abbreviation for Very High Speed Digital Subscriber Line In Germany. but requires a distribution network with a more closely meshed infrastructure—a demand that is hardly economical outside of major urban areas. without the networks having to be compatible with each other. subsidiaries and home offices. With VPN. A VPN uses tunneling technologies and typically builds on the infrastructure of the Internet.

Glossary VoIP abbreviation for Voice over IP. but for convenient use with existing terminal devices. VoIP has also made it considerably more convenient to use applications like conference calls and answering machines in networks. Added to this are global accessibility under a single telephone number and new VoIP features like the Buddy List known from chat rooms. WLAN abbreviation for Wireless Local Area Network The term WLAN designates the industry standard for wireless local networks passed by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) in 1997 under the title IEEE 802. usually at significantly lower prices. even to fixed-line and mobile networks. can be conducted conveniently using VoIP telephone systems that allow already existing analog telephones to be used even when the computer is switched off. Today voice connections via the Internet. or LANs can be converted completely to a 183 . individual computers or network devices like printers or DSL access points can be linked wirelessly to an existing cable-connected local network (LAN).11. By means of WLAN technology. it is important that the DSL provider support what is known as the SIP standard. SIP is the current standard defined for VoIP by the IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force). Various Internet Service Providers and telephony carriers provide SIP fixedline gateways for this purpose. Such a gateway is used to provide voice connections between the Internet and conventional telephone networks. The technology has already been in use for years. Internet telephony used to be possible only with a headset connected to the computers of the callers and their conversation partners. In principle VoIP conversations are possible via every DSL access point. also known as Internet telephony Voice over IP makes telephone calls possible via the Internet. but today it allows even private customers the convenience familiar from conventional telephony. and for conversations with the fixed-line and mobile networks.

Bluetooth technology is more flexible and thus can offer a greater bandwidth of potential applications. Ultimately this has maneuvered WLAN into serious competition with mobile UMTS technology. 184 . even network segments located further from each other can be linked or network participants in relatively remote locations can be economically and easily integrated into an existing network. for instance.Glossary wireless structure. hotels and cafes. however. Many airports. WLAN access points often also serve as access points to the Internet in private or public institutions. by cascading WLAN access points or implementing transmission networks with high-power point-to-point radio transmission. The application possibilities for wireless network communication also overlap with Bluetooth technology. make WLAN hotspots available to their customers. For mobile devices with limited energy capacity Bluetooth is the more useful solution. either free or subject to a charge. Although WLAN was actually developed only for shortrange connections. What is more. A further useful purpose for WLAN technology is to link segments of existing cable-connected networks. as Bluetooth uses considerably less power than wireless LAN.

. . . . 33 call blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 acknowledgment tone . 14 analog fixed-line network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 COLR see caller ID display . . . . . . . . . . . 17 connecting to DSL . . . . . . . . . . . . .Index Index A access rights USB memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 185 B baby monitor see room monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 bandwidth management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39. . . . . . . . . 42 call diversion . . 80 suppress outgoing Caller ID. . . . . 48 WLAN. . . 118 multiple computers . . . . . . . . . 79 CLIR see caller ID display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 alternating between calls . . . . . . . . . 85 caller ID display allowing incoming caller ID . 44 operating via telephone keypad . . . . . . . 79 CLIR . . . 16 network hub/switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 computers connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 user interface . . 78 COLR/COLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 C cable DSL/telephone cable. 14 FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick . 41 call list. . . . . . . . . . . . 15 configuring by telephone. . . . . . . 78 suppressing destination number 80 CAT-iq see DECT function . . . . . . . . . 22 computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 audible tones acoustic signals . . 21 connecting to ISDN. 119 WLAN . . . . . . . . . 116 network cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 acknowledgement tone. . . . . . . 66 audio signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 busy on busy . . . . . . . . . 65 adapter WLAN . 82 button DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 network port . . . . . . 15 electrical power . . 22 answering machine integrated. . . 15 telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . answering machine24 USB devices . . 81 autoprovisioning see Internet connection. 134 automatic outside dialing option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 see call rejection on busy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77. . . . . . . . 46 child protection . . . . . 24 LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 CLIP see caller ID display . automatic configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 answering machine signal tones 45 autochannel see WLAN autochannel . . . 78 COLP see caller ID display . . . . . . . . . 18 cable connection (broadband) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 alarm. . . . . . . . . 18 IP telephone . . . 88 analog telephone line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 LEDs . . . . . . . 80 CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 AVM Stick & Surf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 connecting . .

. 47 making internal calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 sending to e-mail address . . 47 GAP . . . . . . . . . 42 disabling DECT . . . . . . . . . 43 forwarding voice messages . . . . . . 42. . . . . . . 46 registering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 USB remote connection. . . . . . . 38 integrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 DHCP server disable . 46 registering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 fixed IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 DECT telephones finding handsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 DECT button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 defining outgoing numbers. . . . . 46 using. . . . . . 10 firmware update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 fixed-line number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 WLAN. 116 F factory settings by telephone keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 cordless telephone deregistering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 features . . . . . . . . 46 customer service . . . . . . . 93 D declaration of CE conformity . . . . . . . . . . 68 documentation. . . . . . . 149 integrated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 push service mail . 67 disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 enabling . .Index consultation function . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164 FAT/FAT32 see USB memory . . . . . 47 do not disturb. . . . . . . 91. . 38 fax machine analog . . . . 148 dialing rules . . . . . . . 47 making an internal call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 electronic equipment recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 DSL/telephone cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 CAT-iq . 132 FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 logging off . . . 124 do not disturb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 disabling . . . . . . 46 defining connection type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 energy monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 frequency ranges WLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 DHCP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 E ECT see explicit call transfer. . . . . . . . 91 electric power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick . . . . . 146 radio network name . . . 46 using. . . . . . . . . 160 error search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 finding handsets . . .124 e-mail forwarding faxes. 121 electrical power connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . 50 fax receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 186 FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 explicit call transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 DECT function base station . . . 162 enabling DECT . . . . . . . . . . 147 network . . . . . . . 122 declaration of conformity . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . 112 Mac OS X. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 factory settings. . . . . . . . . 17 USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 H help customer service . . 15 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 troubleshooting . . . 40 IPSec see tunnel technology . 8 integrated devices answering machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 IP settings . . . . . 120 Internet connection automatic configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 entering telephone numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 K keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 mobile telephone network. . . 60 I icons operation by telephone . . 32 configuring manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 media server . . . . . . . . . . .117 legal notice . . . . . . . . . 11 interfaces and ports . . . 151 Voice over IP (VoIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Configuration Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 INFO LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 information in the Internet FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 instructions security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. . 36 telephony scenarios . 32 limiting time. . . 97 hold function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 via DSL . . . . . . . . . . 43 media server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Internet telephony bandwidth management . 34 hub network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Windows 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Windows Vista . . . . . . 65 imprint .Index G GAP see DECT function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 via cable modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 IP address changing . . . 154 ISDN connecting . . . . . . . . . . 34 187 . . . . . . . . 2 M making internal calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 fax . . 110 Windows XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 L LAN connecting . . . . . . 146 FRITZ!Box . 160 setting up . . . . . . 164 service team. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 keypad sequences . . . . . . . 111 IP telephone connecting . . . . . . . . . . . 32 via mobile telephone network . . . . . . . . . 90 HSPA mobile telephone network . 146 Linux . . . . . . 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. 119 paging call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 network settings . . . . . . . . 121 picking up a call . . . . . . 146 USB network memory . . . . . . . . . 37 Internet telephone number . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 wake on LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 uninstalling in Windows 7 . . . . . . . . . . . 55 installing in Windows XP/2000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 USB printer. . . . . . . 36 P package contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 paging button see DECT button .Index N network changing settings . . . . . . . . . 114 uninstalling in Windows Vista . .162 O obtaining an IP address automatically 108 opening the graphic user interface. . 2 NTFS see USB memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 installing in Windows 7 . . . . . . . . . . 7 notice legal . . . . . . 147 network cable. . 146 new firmware . .160 printer driver installing in Apple . . . . . 157 rules . . . . . . . 50 user interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 prioritization . . . . . . 165 notes on the manual . . . . . . . 55 printer port setting up . . . . . 52 prioritization bandwidth management . . . . 120 power consumption . . . . . 12 overview device properties . . . . . . . . . 114 using USB printer . . . . . . . 85 pickup see picking up calls . . . . . . . 117 network devices remote maintenance of computers 146 same IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 product details . . . . 57 installing in SUSE Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 number fixed-line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 IP settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 PIN method see WPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 network hub/switch . . . . . . . . . . . 113 uninstalling in Windows Vista . . . . . . . . . . 26 operation by telephone . . . . . 26 physical specifications ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . 47 password protection USB memory . . . . . 17 network overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 188 . . . 15 factory settings . . . . . . . . . . 156 UPnP settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 operation requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 push service e-mail . . . 156 categories .142 ports and interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 uninstalling in Windows XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 installing in Windows Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 uninstalling in Windows XP . . . 116 program group uninstalling in Windows 7 . . . . . .

41 call list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 uninstalling FRITZ!Box . 164 UPnP media server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 telephony alarm . . . 89 TR-069 Internet connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 dialing rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 answering machine . . . .113 program group . . . . . . . . . . 29 IP telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . 44 blocking calls . . . . . 38 supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 recovery electrical equipment . . . 136 rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 repeater FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 call diversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 WDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 tunnel technology . . . . 91 troubleshooting . 83 SSID see radio network name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 S security . . . 79 switch see network . . . . . 8 USB memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 support by e-mail. . . 30 transferring calls. . . 38 setup printer port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 remote access see VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 suppressing destination telephone number . . . . . . 36 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Index R radio network name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 three-party conference call . . . . . . . . . . . 147 189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 user interface . . 53 shortening the dialing procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 network . . . . . . 7 FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 U UMTS Internet connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 telephone connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 telephone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 setting up Internet connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 settings IP address . . . . . 41 telephony devices setting up . . . . . 28 telephony devices . . . . . . . . . 43 functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 telephony scenarios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 printer port . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 room monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 ports and interfaces. . . . . . . 17 symbols in the manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 telephony devices . . . . . . 132 starting operation installation requirements . . 46 telephone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 T technical specifications physical properties . . . . . 40 making internal calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 settings . . . . . . . . . . .165 Microsoft. . . . . 42 fax reception. automatic configuration . . 36 configuring . . . . . . . 114 update firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . 50 USB memory access rights . . . . . . . . . . . .Index USB devices connecting . . . 67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 problems opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Wi-Fi protected setup (WPS) . . . . . . . . 51 network sharing . . . . 50 USB hub . . . . . . . . . . 18 using WPS. . . 49. . . . . . . . . . . . 48 USB printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 WDS base station . . . . . . . 135 security . . 26 password protection . . . . . . . . 50 password protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 W wake on LAN . . . . . 151 VPN client. . . . . . 50 USB remote connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 USB modem . 125 wireless local area network . . . . 60 USB memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 using Stick & Surf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 media server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 IPSec. . . 18 connecting via WPS . . . 119 V VoIP see Internet telephony . . . . . 60 disabling . 133 WLAN button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 USB stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 uninstalling in Windows 7 . . . . . . . . . . 136 range . . . . . 18 troubleshooting . 114 WLAN connecting computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 repeater . . . .103 WLAN autochannel . . . . . 154 virtual private network . . . . . . 51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Windows printer port setting up . . . . . . 141 WLAN adapter connecting manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 uninstalling in Windows XP . . . . . 155 configuration wizard . 155 tunnel technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 USB card reader . . . . . . . . . . . 50 file systems supported . . . . 18 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . 19 FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 WEP security mechanism . . . . . 119 encryption. . 48 FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 enabling . . 125 WPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 enabling/disabling . . . . . . . . . 153 security. . . . . . . 18 WPA security mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . 130 WPS PIN method . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 WLAN range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 user interface opening . . . . . . . . . . . 155 remote access . . . . . . . . . . . 119 WLAN connection establishing manually . . . . . 61 USB hard drive . . . . . . . 152 FRITZ!Box Fon WLAN 7270 190 . . . . . . 132 FRITZ!WLAN Repeater N/G . 130 frequency ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 saving settings. . . . . . . . 153 supplementary software . . . . . . . . 49 tips for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 connecting via Stick & Surf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 push button method (WPS-PBC)141 WLAN button. . . . 113 uninstalling in Windows Vista . . . . .